LBL Premier -- Form S-1


    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 13, 2015
                                                            FILE NO. 333-

================================================================================

                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                               -----------------

                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                               -----------------

                         LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
                          (Exact Name of Registrant)

                               -----------------

         Nebraska                    6300                   470221457
     (State or Other          (Primary Standard          (I.R.S Employer
     Jurisdiction of              Industrial          Identification Number)
      Organization)          Classification Code
                                   Number)

               1221 N Street, Suite 200, Lincoln, Nebraska 68508
                                (800) 525-9287
     (Address and Phone Number of Registrant's Principal Executive Office)

                               -----------------

                                  ROBYN WYATT
                         LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY
                           1221 N Street, Suite 200
                               Lincoln, NE 68508
                                1-800-525-9287
                          (Name of Agent for Service)

                               -----------------

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the Public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See
definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller
reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  [_]                                                Accelerated filer          [_]

Non-accelerated filer    [X] (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  Smaller reporting company  [_]

                               -----------------

Table of Contents

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Proposed        Proposed
                                                          Amount        maximum         maximum
                 Title of securities                       to be     offering price    aggregate        Amount of
                   being registered                     registered    per unit(1)    offering price  registration fee
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred annuity interests and participating interests
  therein.............................................. $20,500,000      $1.00        $20,500,000          $0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)The Contract does not provide for a predetermined amount or number of units.

                               -----------------

This filing is being made under the Securities Act of 1933 to register
$20,500,000 of deferred annuity interests and participating interests therein.
The interests being registered herein are being carried over, as unsold
securities, from an existing Form S-1 registration statement of the same issuer
(#333-180371) filed on March 27, 2012. Because a filing fee of $2,349
previously was paid with respect to those securities, there is no filing fee
under this registration statement. In accordance with Rule 415(a)(6), the
offering of securities on the earlier registration statement will be deemed
terminated as of the effective date of this registration statement.

Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as
may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a
further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may
determine.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any State securities
commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the
adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is
a criminal offense.

Allstate Distributors, L.L.C ("ADLLC") serves as distributor of the securities
registered herein. The securities offered herein are sold on a continuous
basis, and there is no specific end date for the offering. ADLLC is a
registered broker dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. ADLLC
is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but
will use its best efforts to sell the securities offered. Commissions earned by
ADLLC are described in the notes to the insurer financial statements, under the
heading "Broker-Dealer Agreements." The prospectuses, dated as of the date
indicated therein, by which the securities registered in this Form S-1 are
described, are included in this registration statement.

================================================================================

CONSULTANT SOLUTIONS (CLASSIC, PLUS, ELITE, SELECT) PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2015

The following information supplements the prospectus for your variable annuity contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

This document contains “forward-looking statements” that anticipate results based on our estimates, assumptions and plans that are subject to uncertainty. These statements are made subject to the safe-harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements as a result of new information or future events or developments.

These forward-looking statements do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and may be identified by their use of words like “plans,” “seeks,” “expects,” “will,” “should,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “believes,” “likely,” “targets” and other words with similar meanings. These statements may address, among other things, our strategy for growth, product development, investment results, regulatory approvals, market position, expenses, financial results, litigation and reserves. We believe that these statements are based on reasonable estimates, assumptions and plans. However, if the estimates, assumptions or plans underlying the forward-looking statements prove inaccurate or if other risks or uncertainties arise, actual results could differ materially from those communicated in these forward-looking statements.

In addition to the normal risks of business, we are subject to significant risks and uncertainties, including those listed below, which apply to us as an insurer and a provider of other products and financial services. These risks constitute our cautionary statements under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and readers should carefully review such cautionary statements as they identify certain important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements and historical trends. These cautionary statements are not exclusive and are in addition to other factors discussed elsewhere in this document, in our filings with the SEC or in materials incorporated therein by reference.

Changes in actual experience could materially affect the profitability of our business

Our product pricing includes long-term assumptions regarding investment returns, mortality, morbidity, persistency and operating costs and expenses of our business. We establish target returns for each product based upon these factors and the average amount of capital that we must hold to support in-force contracts taking into account rating agencies and regulatory requirements. Profitability emerges over a period of years depending on the nature and life of the product and is subject to variability as actual results may differ from pricing assumptions. Additionally, many of our products have fixed or guaranteed terms that limit our ability to increase revenues or reduce benefits, including credited interest, once the product has been issued.

Our profitability depends on the adequacy of investment spreads, the management of market and credit risks associated with investments, the sufficiency of premiums and contract charges to cover mortality and morbidity benefits, the persistency of policies, and the management of operating costs and expenses within anticipated pricing allowances. Legislation and regulation of the insurance marketplace and products could also affect the profitability of our business.

The reserve for life-contingent contract benefits is computed on the basis of long-term actuarial assumptions of future investment yields, mortality, morbidity, persistency and expenses. We periodically review the adequacy of these reserves on an aggregate basis and if future experience differs significantly from assumptions, adjustments to reserves may be required which could have a material effect on our operating results.

Changes in market interest rates may lead to a significant decrease in the profitability of our spread-based products

Our ability to manage our fixed annuities is dependent upon maintaining profitable spreads between investment yields and interest crediting rates. When market interest rates decrease or remain at relatively low levels, proceeds from investments that have matured or have been prepaid or sold may be reinvested at lower yields, reducing investment spread. Lowering interest crediting rates on some products in such an environment can partially offset decreases in investment yield. However, these changes could be limited by market conditions, regulatory minimum rates or contractual minimum rate guarantees on many contracts and may not match the timing or magnitude of changes in investment yields. Decreases in the interest crediting rates offered on products could make those products less attractive, leading to changes in the level of policy loans, surrenders and withdrawals. Non-parallel shifts in interest rates, such as increases in short-term rates without accompanying increases in medium- and long-term rates, can influence customer demand for fixed annuities, which could impact the level and profitability of new customer deposits. Increases in market interest rates can also have negative effects on our business, for example by increasing the attractiveness of other investments to our customers, which can lead to increased surrenders at a time when our fixed income investment asset values are lower as a result of the increase in interest rates. This could lead to the sale of fixed income securities at a loss. For certain products, principally fixed annuity and interest-sensitive life products, the earned rate on assets could lag behind rising market yields. We may react to market conditions by increasing crediting rates, which could narrow spreads and reduce profitability on our business.

Changes in estimates of profitability on interest-sensitive life, fixed annuities and other investment products may adversely affect our profitability and financial condition through the amortization of Value of Business Acquired (“VOBA”)

VOBA related to interest-sensitive life, fixed annuities and other investment contracts is amortized in proportion to actual historical gross profits and estimated future gross profits (“EGP”) over the estimated lives of the contracts. The principal assumptions for determining the amount of EGP are mortality, persistency, expenses, investment returns, including capital gains and losses on assets supporting contract liabilities, interest crediting rates to contractholders, and the effects of any hedges. Updates to these assumptions (commonly referred to as “VOBA unlocking”) could adversely affect our profitability and financial condition.

We may not be able to mitigate the capital impact associated with statutory reserving requirements, potentially resulting in a return on equity below priced levels

To support statutory reserves for certain term and universal life insurance products with secondary guarantees, we currently utilize reinsurance and capital markets solutions for financing a portion of our statutory reserve requirements deemed to be non-economic. If we are not able to maintain sufficient financing as a result of market conditions or otherwise, this could result in a return on equity below priced levels.

Under current federal and state income tax law, certain of our products, primarily life insurance and annuities, receive favorable tax treatment. This favorable treatment may give certain of our products a competitive advantage over noninsurance products. Congress and various state legislatures from time to time consider legislation that would reduce or eliminate the favorable policyholder tax treatment currently applicable to life insurance and annuities. Congress and various state legislatures also consider proposals to reduce the taxation of certain products or investments that may compete with life insurance or annuities. Legislation that increases the taxation on insurance products or reduces the taxation on competing products could lessen the advantage or create a disadvantage for certain of our products making them less competitive. Such proposals, if adopted, could have a material effect on our profitability and financial condition and could result in the surrender of some existing contracts and policies. In addition, changes in the federal estate tax laws could negatively affect the demand for the types of life insurance used in estate planning.

Changes to tax law or interpretations of existing tax law could adversely affect the Company

Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), income tax payable by policyholders on investment earnings is deferred during the accumulation period of certain life insurance and annuity products. This favorable tax treatment may give certain of our products a competitive advantage over other non-insurance products. To the extent that the Code is revised to reduce the tax-deferred status of life insurance and annuity products or to increase the tax-deferred status of competing products, all life insurance companies, including us, would be adversely affected with respect to their ability to retain policyholders who have acquired such products. Depending upon grandfathering provisions, life insurance companies would be affected by the surrenders of existing annuity contracts and life insurance policies. Changes in tax law, which have reduced the federal income tax rates on corporate dividends in certain circumstances, could make the tax advantages of investing in certain life insurance or annuity products less attractive. Additionally, changes in tax law based on proposals to establish new tax-advantaged retirement and life savings plans, if enacted, could reduce the tax advantage of investing in certain life insurance or annuity products. We cannot predict what changes to tax law or interpretations of existing tax law may ultimately be enacted or whether such changes could adversely affect us.

Further acquisitions by Resolution Life, Inc. could be disruptive to our operations

On April 1, 2014, Resolution Life, Inc. acquired all of our outstanding common stock from Allstate Life Insurance Company (“ALIC”). Resolution Life, Inc. intends to acquire additional runoff books of business

from unrelated insurers and may seek to combine portions of the related operations with ours to recognize efficiencies. The risks and uncertainties related to these transactions include, but are not limited to:

Our failure to address these risks could cause us to incur unanticipated liabilities, impose harmful disruptions to our customer service operations and harm our business generally.

We are subject to market risk and declines in credit quality which may adversely affect investment income and cause realized and unrealized losses

We are subject to the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse changes in interest rates or credit spreads. Adverse changes to these rates and spreads may occur due to changes in fiscal policy and the economic climate, the liquidity of a market or market segment, insolvency or financial distress of key market makers or participants, or changes in market perceptions of credit worthiness and/or risk tolerance.

We are subject to risks associated with potential declines in credit quality related to specific issuers or specific industries and a general weakening in the economy, which are typically reflected through credit spreads. Credit spread is the additional yield on fixed income securities above the risk-free rate (typically referenced as the yield on U.S. Treasury securities) that market participants require to compensate them for assuming credit, liquidity and/or prepayment risks. Credit spreads vary (i.e. increase or decrease) in response to the market’s perception of risk and liquidity in a specific issuer or specific sector and are influenced by the credit ratings, and the reliability of those ratings, published by external rating agencies. A decline in the quality of our investment portfolio as a result of adverse economic conditions or otherwise could cause additional realized and unrealized losses on securities.

A decline in market interest rates or credit spreads could have an adverse effect on our investment income as we invest cash in new investments that may earn less than the portfolio’s average yield. In a declining interest rate environment, borrowers may prepay or redeem securities more quickly than expected as they seek to refinance at lower rates. An increase in market interest rates or credit spreads could have an adverse effect on the value of our investment portfolio by decreasing the fair values of the fixed income securities that comprise a substantial majority of our investment portfolio.

Concentration of our investment portfolio in any particular segment of the economy may have adverse effects on our operating results and financial condition

The concentration of our investment portfolio in any particular industry, collateral type, group of related industries, geographic sector or risk type could have an adverse effect on our investment portfolio and consequently on our results of operations and financial condition. Events or developments that have a negative impact on any particular industry, group of related industries or geographic region may have a greater adverse effect on the investment portfolio to the extent that the portfolio is concentrated rather than diversified.

The determination of the amount of realized capital losses recorded for impairments of our investments is subjective and could materially impact our operating results and financial condition

The determination of the amount of realized capital losses recorded for impairments varies by investment type and is based on our ongoing evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. Such evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new information becomes available. We update our evaluations regularly and reflect changes in other-than-temporary impairments in our results of operations. The assessment of whether other-than-temporary impairments have occurred is based on our case-by-case evaluation of the underlying reasons for the decline in fair value. Our conclusions on such assessments are judgmental and include assumptions and projections of future cash flows which may ultimately prove to be incorrect as assumptions, facts and circumstances change. Furthermore, historical trends may not be indicative of future impairments and additional impairments may need to be recorded in the future.

Deteriorating financial performance impacting commercial mortgage loans, securities collateralized by residential and commercial mortgage loans, and collateralized corporate loans may lead to write-downs and impact our results of operations and financial condition

Changes in residential or commercial mortgage delinquencies, loss severities or recovery rates, declining residential or commercial real estate prices, corporate loan delinquencies or recovery rates, changes in credit or bond insurer strength ratings and the quality of service provided by service providers on securities in our portfolio could lead us to determine that write-downs are necessary in the future.

Our investment strategies may be adversely affected by developments in the financial markets

Our investment management strategies may be adversely affected by unexpected developments in the financial markets. For example, derivative contracts may result in coverage that is not as effective as intended, thereby leading to the recognition of losses without the recognition of gains expected to mitigate the losses.

The determination of the fair value of our fixed income securities is subjective and could materially impact our operating results and financial condition

In determining fair values we principally use the market approach which utilizes market transaction data for the same or similar instruments. The degree of management judgment involved in determining fair values is inversely related to the availability of market observable information. The fair value of assets may differ from the actual amount received upon sale of an asset in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Moreover, the use of different valuation assumptions may have a material effect on the assets’ fair values. The difference between amortized cost or cost and fair value, net of deferred income taxes, certain VOBA, and certain reserves for life-contingent contract benefits, is reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholder’s equity. Changing market conditions could materially affect the determination of the fair value of securities and unrealized net capital gains and losses could vary significantly.

Difficult conditions in the global economy and capital markets generally could adversely affect our business and operating results

Although the U.S. economy has recently showed signs of improvement, consumer spending and gross domestic product growth have been less robust than expected and unemployment remains historically high. Some local governments have been experiencing financial difficulties. Debates over the federal debt ceiling and the direction and long-term effects of the Federal Reserve’s quantitative easing (and the tapering of that program) continue to cause uncertainty in financial markets and the economy more broadly. In addition, concerns about the performance of international economies, especially in Europe and emerging markets, and economic conditions in

Asia, particularly the economies of China and Taiwan, can impact the economy and financial markets here in the United States. Concerns about the economy have also resulted in decreased lending by financial institutions to their customers and to each other.

General economic conditions could adversely affect us in the form of consumer behavior and pressure investment results. Holders of some of our interest-sensitive life insurance and annuity products may engage in an elevated level of discretionary withdrawals of contractholder funds. Our investment results could be adversely affected as deteriorating financial and business conditions affect the issuers of the securities in our investment portfolio.

Losses from legal and regulatory actions may be material to our operating results or cash flows

We are involved in various legal actions, some of which involve claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts. We are also involved in various regulatory actions and inquiries, including market conduct exams by state insurance regulatory agencies. In the event of an unfavorable outcome in one or more of these matters, the ultimate liability may be in excess of amounts currently accrued and may be material to our operating results or cash flows for a particular annual period.

We are subject to extensive regulation and potential further restrictive regulation may increase our operating costs

As an insurance company with separate accounts that are regulated as investment companies, we are subject to extensive laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are complex and subject to change. Changes may sometimes lead to additional expenses and increased legal exposure. Moreover, laws and regulations are administered and enforced by a number of different governmental authorities, each of which exercises a degree of interpretive latitude, including state insurance regulators; state securities administrators; state attorneys general; and federal agencies including the SEC, the FINRA and the U.S. Department of Justice. Consequently, we are subject to the risk that compliance with any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue may not result in compliance with another’s interpretation of the same issue, particularly when compliance is judged in hindsight. In addition, there is risk that any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue may change over time to our detriment, or that changes in the overall legal environment may, even absent any particular regulator’s or enforcement authority’s interpretation of a legal issue changing, cause us to change our views regarding the actions we need to take from a legal risk management perspective, thus necessitating changes to our practices that may, in some cases, limit our ability to grow or to improve the profitability of our business. Furthermore, in some cases, these laws and regulations are designed to protect or benefit the interests of a specific constituency rather than a range of constituencies. For example, state insurance laws and regulations are generally intended to protect or benefit purchasers or users of insurance products. In many respects, these laws and regulations limit our ability to maintain the profitability of our business.

Regulatory reforms, and the more stringent application of existing regulations, may make it more expensive for us to conduct our business

The federal government has enacted comprehensive regulatory reforms for financial services entities. As part of a larger effort to strengthen the regulation of the financial services market, certain reforms are applicable to the insurance industry, including the Federal Insurance Office (“FIO”) established within the Treasury Department.

In recent years, the state insurance regulatory framework has come under public scrutiny, members of Congress have discussed proposals to provide for federal chartering of insurance companies, and the FIO and Financial Stability Oversight Council were established. We can make no assurances regarding the potential impact of state or federal measures that may change the nature or scope of insurance and financial regulation.

These regulatory reforms and any additional legislative change or regulatory requirements imposed upon us in connection with the federal government’s regulatory reform of the financial services industry, and any more stringent enforcement of existing regulations by federal authorities, may make it more expensive for us to conduct our business, or limit our ability to grow.

Market conditions beyond our control impact the availability and cost of the reinsurance we may purchase. No assurances can be made that reinsurance will remain continuously available to us to the same extent and on the same terms and rates as is currently available. If we were unable to purchase reinsurance protection in amounts that we consider sufficient and at prices that we consider acceptable, we may have to accept an increase in risk exposure or seek other alternatives.

Reinsurance subjects us to the credit risk of our reinsurers and may not be adequate to protect us against losses arising from ceded insurance, which could have a material effect on our operating results

The collectability of reinsurance recoverables is subject to uncertainty arising from a number of factors, including changes in market conditions, whether insured losses meet the qualifying conditions of the reinsurance contract and whether reinsurers, or their affiliates, have the financial capacity and willingness to make payments under the terms of a reinsurance treaty or contract. Our ceded insurance risks include all new business generated in the thirty months following the closing of our acquisition by Resolution Life, Inc., which business will be entirely ceded to Allstate Life Insurance Company. Our inability to collect a material recovery from a reinsurer could have a material effect on our operating results.

Adverse capital and credit market conditions may significantly affect our ability to meet liquidity needs or our ability to obtain credit on acceptable terms

In periods of extreme volatility and disruption in the capital and credit markets, liquidity and credit capacity may be severely restricted. In such circumstances, our ability to obtain capital to fund operating expenses, financing costs, capital expenditures or acquisitions may be limited, and the cost of any such capital may be significant. Our access to additional financing will depend on a variety of factors such as market conditions, the general availability of credit, the overall availability of credit to our industry, our credit ratings and credit capacity, as well as lenders’ perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities or rating agencies take negative actions against us. If a combination of these factors were to occur, our internal sources of liquidity may prove to be insufficient and in such case, we may not be able to successfully obtain additional financing on favorable terms.

A large scale pandemic, the continued threat of terrorism or military actions may have an adverse effect on the level of claim losses we incur, the value of our investment portfolio, our competitive position, marketability of product offerings, liquidity and operating results

A large scale pandemic, the continued threat of terrorism, within the United States and abroad, or military and other actions, and heightened security measures in response to these types of threats, may cause significant volatility and losses in our investment portfolio from interest rate changes, and result in loss of life, disruptions to commerce and reduced economic activity. Some of the assets in our investment portfolio may be adversely affected by reduced economic activity caused by a large scale pandemic or the continued threat of terrorism. Additionally, a large scale pandemic or terrorist act could have a material effect on the sales, profitability, competitiveness, marketability of product offerings, liquidity, and operating results.

Changes in accounting standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other standard-setting bodies may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition

Our financial statements are subject to the application of generally accepted accounting principles, which are periodically revised, interpreted and/or expanded. Accordingly, we are required to adopt new guidance

or interpretations, or could be subject to existing guidance as we enter into new transactions, which may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition that is either unexpected or has a greater impact than expected. For a description of changes in accounting standards that are currently pending and, if known, our estimates of their expected impact, see Note 2 of the financial statements.

The occurrence of events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems and management continuity planning or a support failure from external providers during a disaster could impair our ability to conduct business effectively

The occurrence of a disaster such as a natural catastrophe, an industrial accident, a terrorist attack or war, cyber attack, events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems, or a support failure from external providers, could have an adverse effect on our ability to conduct business and on our results of operations and financial condition, particularly if those events affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage, and retrieval systems or destroy data. If a significant number of our managers were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct our business could be severely compromised.

We depend heavily upon computer systems to perform necessary business functions. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our computer systems could be subject to cyber attacks and unauthorized access, such as physical and electronic break-ins or unauthorized tampering. Like other companies, we have experienced threats to our data and systems, including malware and computer virus attacks, unauthorized access, system failures and disruptions. If one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations, which could result in damage to our reputation, financial losses, litigation, increased costs, regulatory penalties and/or customer dissatisfaction or loss.

Loss of key vendor relationships or failure of a vendor to protect personal information of our customers, claimants or employees could affect our operations

We rely on services and products provided by many vendors in the United States and abroad. These include, for example, third party administrators of our policies, vendors of computer hardware and software. In the event that one or more of our vendors suffers a bankruptcy or otherwise becomes unable to continue to provide products or services, or fails to protect personal information of our customers, claimants or employees, we may suffer operational impairments and financial losses.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims

We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Although we use a broad range of measures to protect our intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We may have to litigate to enforce and protect our intellectual property and to determine its scope, validity or enforceability, which could divert significant resources and prove unsuccessful. An inability to protect our intellectual property could have a material effect on our business.

We may be subject to claims by third parties for patent, trademark or copyright infringement or breach of usage rights. Any such claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability. If our third party providers or we are found to have infringed a third-party intellectual property right, either of us could be enjoined from providing certain products or services or from utilizing and benefiting from certain methods, processes, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses. Alternatively, we could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties or implement a costly work around. Any of these scenarios could have a material effect on our business and results of our operations.

Lincoln Benefit Life Company (referred to in this document as “we,” “Lincoln Benefit,” “our,” “us” or the “Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Nebraska in 1938. Lincoln Benefit is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Resolution Life, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which is a wholly-owned, indirect subsidiary of Resolution Life L.P. (the “Limited Partnership”), a Bermuda limited partnership, and Resolution Life (Parallel) Partnership, a Bermuda-based partnership.

On April 1, 2014, Resolution Life, Inc. acquired all the outstanding capital stock in Lincoln Benefit (the “Acquisition”) from Allstate Life Insurance Company (“ALIC”). Immediately prior to the closing of the transaction, Lincoln Benefit commuted certain business previously reinsured to ALIC, including (a) all of the fixed deferred annuity, value adjusted deferred annuity and indexed deferred annuity business written by the Company that was previously reinsured to ALIC, (b) all of the life insurance business written by the Company through independent producers that was previously reinsured to ALIC, other than certain specified life business, and (c) all of the net liability of the Company with respect to the accident and health and long-term care insurance business written by the Company that was previously reinsured to ALIC ((a), (b) and (c) collectively, the “Recaptured Business”). ALIC continues to service the Recaptured Business until the servicing transitions to third party administration companies. In connection with the closing, Lincoln Benefit and ALIC entered into an Amended and Restated Reinsurance Agreement (the “ARRA”), pursuant to which ALIC continues to reinsure business that was ceded by Lincoln Benefit to ALIC before the closing, with the exception of the Recaptured Business (the “ALIC Reinsured Business”). The business reinsured under the ARRA is administered by ALIC pursuant to a new Administrative Services Agreement entered into between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC in connection with the closing (the “ASA”).

ALIC continues to reinsure all life insurance business written by Lincoln Benefit through the Allstate Financial Sales channel, all immediate annuities written by Lincoln Benefit prior to closing of the Acquisition, and certain term life policies written by Lincoln Benefit. This business will continue to be administered by ALIC under an existing administrative services agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC. The Allstate Financial sales channel will continue to sell Lincoln Benefit products until they are transitioned to a new Allstate company beginning in the first quarter of 2015.

Lincoln Benefit’s variable annuity business is reinsured by ALIC under an existing reinsurance agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC. In 2006, ALIC disposed of substantially all of its variable annuity business through reinsurance agreements with The Prudential Insurance Company of America, a subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. and therefore mitigated this aspect of ALIC’s risk. The Company was not a direct participant of this agreement and its reinsurance agreement with ALIC remains unchanged.

We provide interest-sensitive, traditional and variable life insurance products through exclusive financial specialists. Prior to July 18, 2013, we sold interest-sensitive traditional and variable life insurance and fixed annuities, including deferred and immediate, through independent master brokerage agencies. Effective January 1, 2014, we no longer offer fixed annuities such as deferred and immediate annuities, however, we continue to accept deposits on existing policies.

We have reinsurance agreements whereby certain premiums, contract charges, interest credited to contractholder funds, contract benefits and expenses are ceded to ALIC, Lincoln Benefit Reinsurance Company (“LB Re”) and other non-affiliated reinsurers.

In our reports, we occasionally refer to statutory financial information. All domestic United States insurance companies are required to prepare statutory-basis financial statements. As a result, industry data is available that enables comparisons between insurance companies, including competitors that are not subject to the requirement to prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We frequently use industry publications containing statutory financial information to assess our competitive position.

Lincoln Benefit is subject to extensive regulation, primarily at the state level. The method, extent and substance of such regulation varies by state but generally has its source in statutes that establish standards and requirements for conducting the business of insurance and that delegate regulatory authority to a state agency. These rules have a substantial effect on our business and relate to a wide variety of matters, including insurer solvency, reserve adequacy, insurance company licensing and examination, agent licensing, policy forms, rate setting, the nature and amount of investments, claims practices, participation in guaranty funds, transactions with affiliates, the payment of dividends, underwriting standards, statutory accounting methods, trade practices, and corporate governance.

In recent years, the state insurance regulatory framework has come under increased federal scrutiny. As part of an effort to strengthen the regulation of the financial services market, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) was enacted in 2010. Many regulations required pursuant to this law must still be finalized, and we cannot predict what the final regulations will require but do not expect a material impact on Lincoln Benefit’s operations. Dodd-Frank also created the Federal Insurance Office (“FIO”) within the Treasury Department. The FIO monitors the insurance industry, provides advice to the Financial Stability Oversight Council, represents the U.S. on international insurance matters and studies the current regulatory system. In addition, state legislators and insurance regulators continue to examine the appropriate nature and scope of state insurance regulation. We cannot predict whether any specific state or federal measures will be adopted to change the nature or scope of the regulation of insurance or what effect any such measures would have on Lincoln Benefit.

Lincoln Benefit occupies leased office space in Lincoln, Nebraska and Rosemont, Illinois.

There are no pending legal proceedings affecting the variable business. Lincoln Benefit is engaged in routine lawsuits, which, in management’s judgment, are not of material importance to its total assets or business prospects.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of shareholder’s equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lincoln Benefit Life Company and its subsidiary at December 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, Schedule I — Summary of Investments — Other than Investments in Related Parties and Schedule IV — Reinsurance (the “financial statement schedules”) present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have audited the accompanying Balance Sheet of Lincoln Benefit Life Company (the “Company”), an affiliate of The Allstate Corporation, as of December 31, 2013 (Predecessor’s Basis), and the related Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, Shareholder’s Equity, and Cash Flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor’s Basis) and for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor’s Basis). Our audits also included Schedule IV —Reinsurance for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor’s Basis) and for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor’s Basis). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the Balance Sheet of Lincoln Benefit Life Company as of December 31, 2013 (Predecessor’s Basis), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor’s Basis) and for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor’s Basis), in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, Schedule IV —Reinsurance for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 (Predecessor’s Basis) and for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 (Predecessor’s Basis), when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Successor) and Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)(Predecessor)

For the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

Consolidated Statement of Shareholder’s Equity(Successor) and Statement of Shareholder’s Equity (Predecessor)

For the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, and the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Successor) and Statements of Cash Flows (Predecessor)

For the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012

Lincoln Benefit Life Company (the “Company” or “Lincoln Benefit”) is a stock insurance company domiciled in the State of Nebraska. It is a wholly owned subsidiary of Resolution Life, Inc. (“Resolution”), which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”). Resolution was formed on July 2, 2013 under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

On April 1, 2014, Lancaster Re Captive Insurance Company (“Lancaster Re”), a Nebraska domiciled captive insurance company, became a wholly owned subsidiary of Lincoln Benefit when it was contributed to Lincoln Benefit by Resolution.

The Company became a wholly owned subsidiary of Resolution on April 1, 2014 after receiving all required regulatory approvals. Prior to this date, it was a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company (“ALIC”). On July 17, 2013, Holdings executed a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Acquisition”) to acquire 100% of the Company from ALIC. In November 2013, Holdings assigned the right to acquire all of Lincoln Benefit’s outstanding capital stock to Resolution pursuant to an Assignment Agreement. The purchase price was $595.8 million.

The Company is authorized to sell life insurance and retirement products in all states except New York, as well as in the District of Columbia, the U.S. Virgin Islands and Guam. Prior to July 18, 2013, the Company sold interest-sensitive, traditional and variable life insurance products through both exclusive agencies (“Allstate Financial Sales channel”) and independent master brokerage agencies. Effective July 17, 2013, sales through the independent master brokerage agencies ceased, and sales through the Allstate Financial sales channel will continue for a period up to 30 months after the closing date of Acquisition. We operate as a single segment entity, based on the manner in which we use financial information to evaluate business performance and to determine the allocation of resources.

On April 1, 2014, immediately prior to the Acquisition (Predecessor Period), the Company, pursuant to a Partial Commutation Agreement, recaptured all deferred annuity, long-term care, accident and health and life business sold through Lincoln Benefit’s independent master brokerage agencies, other than specified life business, previously reinsured by ALIC. The primary impacts of the Partial Commutation Agreement with ALIC were the receipt of investments, the reduction of the related reinsurance recoverable and the reestablishment of deferred acquisition costs. The Company’s assets and liabilities increased by $1.33 billion and $0.19 billion, respectively. Since the Partial Commutation Agreement occurred between entities under common control, the excess of assets received and liabilities assumed was recorded as a capital contribution through additional paid-in capital.

Additionally, Lincoln Benefit and ALIC entered into an Amended and Restated Reinsurance Agreement where ALIC continues to reinsure all life insurance business written by Lincoln Benefit through the Allstate Financial Sales channel, all immediate annuities written by Lincoln Benefit prior to closing of the Acquisition, and certain term life policies written by Lincoln Benefit. Lincoln Benefit’s variable annuity business will remain reinsured by ALIC under an existing reinsurance agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC. This business will continue to be administered by ALIC under an existing administrative services agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC.

Under the acquisition method of accounting, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of April 1, 2014:

Included in the assets acquired is the value of business acquired (“VOBA”), which reflects the estimated fair value of in-force contracts acquired and represents the portion of the purchase price that is allocated to the future profits embedded in the acquired contracts at the acquisition date. See Note 11 for further explanation of VOBA. The assessment of fair value in accordance with ASC 805-20-25 included the establishment of intangible assets for VOBA and various state licenses.

The Company’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). The financial statements are presented for Successor and Predecessor periods, which relate to the accounting periods after and before April 1, 2014, respectively, the date of the closing of the Acquisition. For periods after April 1, 2014, the accompanying financial statements comprise the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary. Due to the Acquisition and the application of push-down accounting, different bases of accounting have been used to prepare the Predecessor and Successor financial statements. A black line separates the Predecessor and Successor financial statements to highlight the lack of comparability between these two periods. The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below and in Note 2.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Successor include the accounts of Lincoln Benefit and its subsidiary, Lancaster Re. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash includes cash on hand, amounts due from banks, money market securities, highly liquid overnight deposits, discount notes and commercial paper held in the ordinary course of business amounts due from banks, certain money market investments and other debt instruments with maturities of three months or less when purchased.

Fixed maturities include bonds, asset-backed securities (“ABS”) residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) and commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”). Fixed maturities, which may be sold prior to their contractual maturity, are designated as available-for-sale (“AFS”) and are carried at fair value. The difference between amortized cost and fair value, net of deferred income taxes, is reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Cash received from calls, principal payments and make-whole payments and cash received from maturities and pay-downs are reflected as a component of proceeds from sales and maturities within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows — Successor and Statement of Cash Flows — Predecessor.

The Company recognizes other-than-temporary impairments (“OTTI”) for securities classified as AFS in accordance with ASC 320, Investments-Debt and Equity Securities. At least quarterly, management reviews impaired securities for OTTI. The Company considers several factors when determining if a security is OTTI, including but not limited to: its intent and ability to hold the impaired security until an anticipated recovery in value, the issuer’s ability to meet current and future principal and interest obligations for fixed maturity securities, the length and severity of the impairment, the financial condition and near term and long term prospects for the issuer. In making these evaluations, the Company exercises considerable judgment.

If the Company intends to sell or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell an impaired security prior to recovery of its cost basis, then the Company recognizes a charge to earnings for the full amount of the impairment (the difference between the amortized cost and fair value of the security). For fixed maturity securities that are considered OTTI and that the Company does not intend to sell and will not be required to sell, the Company separates the impairment into two components: credit loss and noncredit loss. Credit losses are charged to net realized investment losses and noncredit losses are charged to other comprehensive income. The credit loss component is the difference between the security’s amortized cost and the present value of its expected future cash flows discounted at the current effective rate. The remaining difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of its expected future cash flows is the non-credit loss. For corporate bonds, historical default (by rating) data is used as a proxy for the probability of default, and loss given default

(by issuer) projections are applied to the par amount of the bond. Potential losses incurred on structured securities are based on expected loss models rather than incurred loss models. Expected cash flows include assumptions about key systematic risks (e.g. unemployment rates, housing prices) and loan-specific information (e.g. delinquency rates, loan-to-value ratios). Estimating future cash flows is a quantitative and qualitative process that incorporates information received from third parties, along with assumptions and judgments about the future performance of the underlying collateral.

Commercial mortgage loans (“CMLs”) acquired at fair value are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. CMLs held by the Company are diversified by property type and geographic area throughout the U.S. CMLs are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will not collect amounts due according to the terms of the original loan agreement. The Company assesses the impairment of loans individually for all loans in the portfolio. The Company estimates the fair value of the underlying collateral using internal valuations generally based on discounted cash flow analyses. The Company estimates an allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”) representing potential credit losses embedded in the CML portfolio. The estimate is based on a consistently applied analysis of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration all available information, including industry, geographical, economic and political factors.

Policy loans represent loans the Company issues to policyholders. Policy loans are carried at unpaid principal balances. Interest income on such loans is recognized as earned using the contractually agreed upon interest rate and reflected in Net investment income in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Generally, interest is capitalized on the associated policy’s anniversary date.

Short-term investments include securities and other investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase and are stated at estimated fair value or amortized cost, which approximates fair value.

As part of the Company’s overall risk management policy, the Company uses listed options and exchange traded futures to economically hedge its obligation under certain fixed indexed annuity and universal life contracts. Derivative financial instruments utilized by the Company in the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 (the “Successor Period”) included index option contracts and futures contracts. Derivatives are carried in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet either as assets within Other invested assets or as liabilities within Accrued expenses and other liabilities at estimated fair value. The Company offsets the fair value amounts recognized for derivatives executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement. Accruals on derivatives are generally recorded in accrued investment income or within other liabilities. However, accruals that are not scheduled to settle within one year are included with the derivatives carrying value in other invested assets or other liabilities. If a derivative is not designated as an accounting hedge or its use in managing risk does not qualify for hedge accounting, changes in the estimated fair value of the derivative are reported in realized investment gains, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The notional amounts specified in the contracts are used to calculate contractual payments under the agreements and are generally not representative of the potential for gain or loss on these contracts. Futures contracts are defined as commitments to buy or sell designated financial instruments based on specified prices, yields or indexes. Futures contracts provide returns at specified or optional dates based upon a specified index or interest rate applied to a notional amount. The Company uses futures to hedge exposures in indexed annuity and life contracts. Daily cash settlement of variation margins is required for futures contracts and is based on the changes in daily prices. The final settlement of futures contracts is in cash. Index option contracts provide returns at specified or optional dates based on a specified equity index applied to the option’s notional amount. The Company purchases and writes (sells) option contracts primarily to reduce market risk

associated with certain annuity and life contracts. When the Company purchases/sells option contracts at specific prices, it is required to pay/receive a premium to/from the counterparties. The amount of premium paid/received is based on the number of contracts purchased/sold, the specified price and the maturity date of the contract. The Company receives/pays cash equal to the premium of written/purchased options when the contract is established. If the option is exercised, the Company receives/pays cash equal to the product of the number of contracts and the specified price in the contract in exchange for the equity upon which the option is written/purchased. If the options are not exercised, then no additional cash is exchanged when the contract expires. Premiums paid are reported as a derivative asset and premiums received are reported as a derivative liability. Purchased put and call index option contracts are cash settled upon exercise and the gain or loss on the settlement is reported in net investment income. If the purchased option contract expires without being exercised, the premiums paid are reported as net investment income and the corresponding asset previously recorded is reversed. The change in the fair value of written option contracts is reported in Realized investment gains, net, with an adjustment to a corresponding liability. Written call index option contracts are cash settled upon exercise and the gain or loss on settlement is reported in Realized investment gains, net.

The Company has derivatives embedded in non-derivative host contracts that are required to be separated from the host contracts and accounted for at fair value. The Company’s embedded derivatives are equity options in life and annuity product contracts, which provide equity returns to contractholders, guaranteed minimum accumulation and withdrawal benefits in variable annuity contracts. The Company has reinsurance agreements to transfer all the risk related to guarantee minimum income, accumulation and withdrawal benefits in variable annuity contracts to third party reinsurers. None of these derivatives are designated as accounting hedging instruments and all are gross liabilities reported in policyholder account balances or future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities.

Investment income primarily consists of interest and is recognized on an accrual basis using the effective yield method. Interest income for RMBS and CMBS is determined considering estimated pay-downs, including prepayments, obtained from third party data sources and internal estimates. Actual prepayment experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual prepayments received and currently anticipated. For RMBS and CMBS of high credit quality with fixed interest rates, the effective yield is recalculated on a retrospective basis. For all others, the effective yield is recalculated on a prospective basis. Accrual of income is suspended for other-than-temporarily impaired fixed maturities when the timing and amount of cash flows expected to be received is not reasonably estimable. It is the Company’s policy to cease to carry accrued interest on commercial mortgage loans that are over 90 days delinquent. The Company held no non-income producing investments as of December 31, 2014.

Realized capital gains and losses include gains and losses on investment sales and write-downs in value due to other-than-temporary declines in fair value. Realized capital gains and losses on investment sales, including principal payments, are determined on a specific identification basis.

Recognition of Premium Revenues and Fees, and Related Policyholders’ Benefits and Interest Credited

Prior to April 1, 2014 or the periods prior to April 1, 2014 (the “Predecessor Periods”), the Company had reinsurance agreements whereby all premiums, fee income from policyholders and returns credited to policyholders, policyholder benefits and substantially all expenses were ceded to ALIC and other reinsurers. Amounts reflected in the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) are presented net of reinsurance.

Traditional life insurance products consist principally of products with fixed and guaranteed premiums and benefits, primarily term and whole life insurance products. Premiums from these products are recognized as revenue when due from policyholders. Surrender values on traditional life and death benefits are reflected in policyholder benefits.

Immediate annuities with life contingencies provide insurance protection over a period that extends beyond the period during which premiums are collected. Premiums from these products are recognized as revenue when received at the inception of the contract. Benefits and expenses are recognized in relation to premiums. As of April 1, 2014, the Company has reinsurance agreements to transfer all the risk related to immediate annuities.

Interest-sensitive life contracts, such as universal life and single premium life, are insurance contracts whose terms are not fixed or guaranteed. The terms that may be changed include premiums paid by the policyholder, interest credited to the policyholder account balance and contract charges assessed against the policyholder account balance. Premiums from these contracts are reported as policyholder account balances. Fee income from policyholders consist of fees assessed against the policyholder account balance for the cost of insurance (mortality risk), contract administration and surrender of the policy prior to contractually specified dates. These charges are recognized as revenue when assessed against the policyholder account balance. Policyholder benefits include life-contingent benefit payments in excess of the policyholder account balance.

Contracts that do not subject the Company to significant risk arising from mortality or morbidity are referred to as investment contracts. Fixed annuities, including market value adjusted annuities, equity-indexed annuities and immediate annuities without life contingencies, are considered investment contracts. Consideration received for such contracts is reported as policyholder account balance deposits. Policy fees for investment contracts consist of fees assessed against the contractholder account balance for maintenance, administration and surrender of the contract prior to contractually specified dates, and are recognized when assessed against the policyholder account balance.

Return credited to policyholder funds represents interest accrued or paid on interest-sensitive life and investment contracts. Crediting rates for certain fixed annuities and interest-sensitive life contracts are adjusted periodically by the Company to reflect current market conditions subject to contractually guaranteed minimum rates. Crediting rates for indexed life and annuities are generally based on an equity index, such as the Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) 500 Index.

Policy charges for variable life and variable annuity products consist of fees assessed against the policyholder account balances for contract maintenance, administration, mortality, expense and surrender of the contract prior to contractually specified dates. Policy benefits incurred for variable annuity products include guaranteed minimum death, income, withdrawal and accumulation benefits.

The Company incurs significant costs in connection with renewal insurance business. All acquisition-related costs, including commissions, those related to general advertising, agent training, as well as all indirect costs, are expensed as incurred and reported in Operating and acquisition expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The Company also receives expense allowances on reinsurance ceded. These amounts are recognized when earned and reported in Operating expenses and acquisition expenses on the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

Reinsurance accounting is applied for ceded and assumed transactions when the risk transfer provisions of ASC 944-40, Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts, have

been met. To meet risk transfer requirements, a long-duration reinsurance contract must transfer mortality or morbidity risks, and subject the reinsurer to a reasonable possibility of a significant loss. Those contracts that do not meet risk transfer requirements are accounted for using deposit accounting. For short duration contracts, to meet risk transfer requirements the reinsurer must assume significant insurance risk and have a reasonable possibility of experiencing significant loss.

With respect to ceded reinsurance, the Company values reinsurance recoverables on reported claims at the time the underlying claim is recognized in accordance with contract terms. For future policy benefits, the Company estimates the amount of reinsurance recoverables based on the terms of the reinsurance contracts and historical reinsurance recovery information. The reinsurance recoverables are based on what the Company believes are reasonable estimates and the balance is reported as an asset in the Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor) and Balance Sheets (Predecessor). However, the ultimate amount of the reinsurance recoverable is not known until all claims are settled. Reinsurance contracts do not relieve the Company from its obligations to policyholders, and failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company, consequently, allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible.

In the Predecessor periods, or the periods prior to April 1, 2014, the Company had reinsurance agreements whereby all insurance risks represented by premiums, fee income from policyholders, returns credited to policyholder account balances, policyholder benefits and substantially all expenses were ceded to ALIC and other reinsurers. Additionally, investment income earned on the assets that supported policyholder account balances and future policy benefits and other policyholder funds were not included in the Company’s financial statements as those assets were owned and managed by ALIC and other reinsurers under the terms of the reinsurance agreements.

For interest sensitive life products, VOBA is amortized over the life of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits (“EGP’s”) from margins on mortality, interest, expenses, and surrenders, all of which are net of reinsurance and include actual realized gains and losses on investments. For non-interest sensitive life products, such as term life insurance, VOBA is amortized in relation to premium. VOBA is reviewed periodically for loss recognition to ensure that the unamortized balance is recoverable from future earnings from the business. The carrying amount of VOBA is adjusted for the effects of realized and unrealized gains and losses on debt securities classified as AFS.

Separate Accounts assets are carried at fair value. The assets of the Separate Accounts are legally segregated and available only to settle separate account contract obligations. Separate Account liabilities represent the contractholders’ claims to the related assets and are carried at an amount equal to the Separate Account assets. Investment income and realized capital gains and losses of the separate accounts accrue directly to the contractholders and therefore are not included in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Successor) or Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Predecessor). Deposits to and surrenders and withdrawals from the Separate Accounts are reflected in Separate Accounts liabilities and are not included in cash flows.

Absent any contract provision wherein the Company provides a guarantee, variable annuity and variable life insurance contractholders bear the investment risk that the Separate Accounts’ funds may not meet their stated investment objectives.

Policy liabilities are established for future policy benefits on certain annuity, life, and long term care policies. Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in-force. Changes in policy and contract claims are recorded in policyholder benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

For ASC 944-20 products, benefit reserves are computed using the net level premium method for individual life and annuity policies, and are based upon estimates as to future investment yield, mortality and lapse that include provisions for adverse deviation. Mortality, morbidity and lapse assumptions for all policies are based on the Company’s own experience and industry standards.

Liabilities for outstanding claims and claims adjustment expenses are estimates of payments to be made on life and health insurance contracts for reported claims and claims adjustment expenses. A liability is also held for claims adjustment expenses incurred but not reported as of the balance sheet date. These liabilities are determined using case basis evaluations and statistical analyses and represent estimates of the ultimate cost of all claims incurred but not paid. These estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as necessary; such adjustments are reflected in current operations.

Future policy benefit reserves for the portion of fixed indexed annuity policies with returns linked to the performance of a specified market index are equal to the sum of the fair value of the embedded derivatives and the host (or guaranteed) component of the contracts. The change in the fair value of the embedded derivative is linked to the performance of the equity option. The host value is established as of the date of acquisition and is equal to the account value for which returns are linked to an equity index, plus the value of the unexpired options at the date of acquisition, less the embedded derivative, and accreted over the policy’s life at a constant rate of interest. Future policy benefits reserves for the portion of fixed indexed annuities earning a fixed rate of interest, and other deferred annuity products are computed under a retrospective deposit method and represent policy account balances before applicable surrender charges.

The Company holds additional liabilities for its no lapse guarantees (associated with universal life) and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (associated with fixed indexed annuities). These are accounted for in accordance with ASC 944-20, Financial Services — Insurance Activities.

Policy liabilities and accruals are based on the various estimates discussed above. Although the adequacy of these amounts cannot be assured, the Company believes that policy liabilities and accruals will be sufficient to meet future obligations of policies in-force. The amount of liabilities and accruals, however, could be revised if the estimates discussed above are revised.

Future policy benefit and other policyholder liabilities consist of the reserve for life-contingent contract benefits payable under insurance policies, including traditional life insurance and life-contingent immediate annuities, and is computed on the basis of long-term actuarial assumptions of future investment yields, mortality, morbidity, policy terminations and expenses. These assumptions, which for traditional life insurance are applied using the net level premium method, include provisions for adverse deviation and generally vary by characteristics such as type of coverage, year of issue and policy duration.

The Company holds additional liabilities for guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”) associated with variable annuities, which are accounted for in accordance with ASC 944-20, Financial Services — Insurance Activities. The reserves for certain living benefit features, including guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”) and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) are accounted for as embedded derivatives, with fair values calculated as the present value of expected future benefit payments to contractholders less the present value of assessed rider fees attributable to the embedded derivative feature. This methodology could result in either a liability or contra-liability balance, given changing capital market conditions and various actuarial assumptions. The Company’s GMIB, GMAB and GMWB reserves are ceded to external reinsurers. For additional information regarding the valuation of these optional living benefit features, see Note 10.

Policyholder account balances represent interest-bearing liabilities arising from the sale of products such as interest-sensitive life insurance and fixed annuities. Policyholder account balances primarily comprise cumulative deposits received and interest credited to the contractholder less cumulative contract benefits, surrenders, withdrawals and contract charges for mortality or administrative expenses. Policyholder account balances also include reserves for secondary guarantees on interest-sensitive life insurance and certain fixed annuity contracts and reserves for certain guarantees on variable annuity contracts.

Income taxes are provided for using the asset and liability method under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The realizability of deferred tax assets is assessed at each reporting date. Tax positions are assessed under a two-step approach, which requires the assessment of recognition and measurement. The Company reports interest expense related to income tax matters and tax penalties in other operating expenses in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The income tax provision is calculated under the liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities at the enacted tax rates. The principal assets and liabilities giving rise to such differences are unrealized capital gains and losses, accrued expenses and reinsurance recoverables. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is established when there is uncertainty that such assets will be realized.

Effective April 1, 2014, and with Nebraska Department of Insurance (the “NE DOI” or the “Department of Insurance”) approval, Lancaster Re issued a variable funding Surplus Note (the “Surplus Note”) to its affiliate, Lanis, LLC. for $513,000,000 and acquired from Lanis a Vehicle Note (the “Vehicle Note”) for $513,000,000.

The Vehicle Note is held to support a portion of Lancaster Re’s reinsurance obligations and has been authorized as an acceptable form of reinsurance collateral pursuant to Nebraska Rev. Stat. §44-8216(8)(c)(i) which allows a special purpose financial captive insurer to establish any method of security that the Department deems acceptable. The scheduled maturity date of the Vehicle Note is April 1, 2034, and the scheduled maturity date of the Surplus Note is April 1, 2039, although each may be cancelled earlier or extended under certain conditions. The Surplus Note does not repay principal prior to maturity and principal payment at maturity is subject to the prior approval of the Department of Insurance. With pre-approval, the Surplus Note is increased each quarter with a corresponding increase in the Vehicle Note. With Department pre-approval, interest on the Surplus Note for the prior quarter is paid on the first day of each subsequent quarter at a rate consistent with the rate received on the Vehicle Note of 4%. The Surplus Note and Vehicle Note increased by $38,600,000 and interest expense of $15,711,000 was recognized in the Successor Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The Surplus Note is unsecured and subordinated to all present and future indebtedness, policy claims and other creditor claims of Lancaster Re.

Other assets consist primarily of premiums due, intangible assets, the Vehicle Note, receivables resulting from sales of securities that had not yet settled at the balance sheet date. Other liabilities consist primarily of accrued expenses, technical overdrafts, derivatives, and payables resulting from purchases of securities that had not yet been settled at the balance sheet date.

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued guidance requiring expanded disclosures about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. The guidance requires the presentation of significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by income statement line item but only if the amount reclassified is required under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional detail about those amounts is required. The Company adopted the new guidance in 2013. The new guidance affects disclosures only and therefore had no impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Effective November 18, 2014, the Company adopted new guidance on when, if ever, the cost of acquiring an entity should be used to establish a new accounting basis (“pushdown”) in the acquired entity’s separate financial statements. The guidance provides an acquired entity and its subsidiaries with an irrevocable option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. If a reporting entity elects to apply pushdown accounting, its stand-alone financial statements would reflect the acquirer’s new basis in the acquired entity’s assets and liabilities. The election to apply pushdown accounting should be determined by an acquired entity for each individual change-in-control event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity; however, an entity that does not elect to apply pushdown accounting in the period of a change-in-control can later elect to retrospectively apply pushdown accounting to the most recent change-in-control transaction as a change in accounting principle. The Company has applied pushdown accounting as a result of the Acquisition in the Successor Period, as disclosed in Note 1.

In February 2015, the FASB issued updated guidance regarding consolidation. The pronouncement eliminates specialized guidance for limited partnerships and similar legal entities, and removes the indefinite deferral for certain investment funds. The new guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within

those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. This guidance is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

In January 2014, the FASB issued updated guidance regarding investments in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. Under the guidance, an entity is permitted to make an accounting policy election to amortize the initial cost of its investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognize the net investment performance in the Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) as a component of Income tax expense (benefit) if certain conditions are met. The new guidance is effective for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014, and should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. This guidance is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

In January 2014, the FASB issued updated guidance for troubled debt restructurings clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and when a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan. The new guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. This guidance can be elected for prospective adoption or by using a modified retrospective transition method. This guidance is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued updated guidance on accounting for revenue recognition. The guidance is based on the core principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. The guidance also requires additional disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from cost incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. Revenue recognition for insurance contracts is explicitly scoped out of the guidance. The new guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016 and must be applied using one of two retrospective application methods. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of the guidance on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and financial statement disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance requiring that mortgage loans be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if certain conditions are met. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable should be measured based on the amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The new guidance is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. This guidance can be adopted using either a prospective transition method or a modified retrospective transition method. This guidance is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.

The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value for fixed maturities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

The scheduled maturities for fixed maturities are as follows as of December 31, 2014:

Actual maturities may differ from those scheduled as a result of calls and make-whole payments by the issuers. Asset and mortgage-backed securities are shown separately because of the potential for prepayment of principal prior to contractual maturity dates.

The Company diversifies its commercial mortgage loan portfolio by geographical region to reduce concentration risk. The following table presents the Company’s commercial mortgage loan portfolio by geographical region as of December 31, 2014:

The credit quality of commercial mortgage loans held-for-investment were as follows at December 31, 2014:

As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no allowance for credit losses for commercial mortgage loans. As of December 31, 2014, $1,139 million of commercial mortgage loans were in current status and no commercial mortgage and other loans were classified as past due. The Company defines current in its aging of past due commercial mortgage and other loans as less than 30 days past due.

Impaired loans include those loans for which it is probable that all amounts due will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. As of December 31, 2014, the Company held no impaired commercial mortgage loans.

The Company’s commercial mortgage and other loans may occasionally be involved in a troubled debt restructuring. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had no significant commitments to fund borrowers that have been involved in a troubled debt restructuring. For the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, there were no new troubled debt restructurings related to commercial mortgage and other loans, and no payment defaults on commercial mortgages.

The following table sets forth the composition of “Other invested assets” at December 31, 2014:

Net investment income for the Successor Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and Predecessor Periods for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

Realized investment gains and losses for the Successor Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and Predecessor Periods for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

There were no other-than-temporary impairment losses recorded in the Successor Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

There were no other-than-temporary impairment losses recorded in the Predecessor Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014. Realized capital gains and losses in the Predecessor years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 included $2 thousand and $19 thousand, respectively, of other-than-temporary impairment losses related to RMBS, none of which were included in other comprehensive income. No other-than-temporary impairment losses were included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Proceeds from sales of fixed maturities and gross realized investment gains and losses for the Successor Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 and Predecessor Periods for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

The following table summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of fixed maturities by the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

The Company has a comprehensive portfolio monitoring process to identify and evaluate each fixed maturity security whose carrying value may be other-than-temporarily impaired.

For each fixed maturity security in an unrealized loss position, the Company assesses whether management with the appropriate authority has made the decision to sell or whether it is more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost basis for reasons such as liquidity, contractual or regulatory purposes. If a security meets either of these criteria, the security’s decline in fair value is considered other than temporary and is recorded in earnings.

If the Company has not made the decision to sell the fixed maturity security and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company evaluates whether it expects to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. The Company calculates the estimated recovery value by discounting the best estimate of future cash flows at the security’s original or current effective rate, as appropriate, and compares this to the amortized cost of the security. If the Company does not expect to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the fixed maturity security, the credit loss component of the impairment is recorded in earnings, with the remaining amount of the unrealized loss related to other factors recognized in other comprehensive income.

The Company’s portfolio monitoring process includes a quarterly review of all securities to identify instances where the fair value of a security compared to its amortized cost is below established thresholds. The process also includes the monitoring of other impairment indicators such as ratings, ratings downgrades and payment defaults. The securities identified, in addition to other securities for which the Company may have a concern, are evaluated for potential other-than-temporary impairment using all reasonably available information relevant to the collectability or recovery of the security. Inherent in the Company’s evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment for these fixed maturity securities are assumptions and estimates about the financial condition and future earnings potential of the issue or issuer. Some of the factors that may be considered in evaluating whether a decline in fair value is other than temporary are: 1) the financial condition, near-term and long-term prospects of the issue or issuer, including relevant industry specific market conditions and trends, geographic location and implications of rating agency actions and offering prices; 2) the specific reasons that a security is in an unrealized loss position, including overall market conditions which could affect liquidity; and 3) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost.

Net Unrealized Investment Gains and Losses in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

See Note 2 for a description of the Company’s accounting policies for derivatives and Note 5 for information about the fair value hierarchy for derivatives.

The following table provides a summary of the notional and fair value positions of derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

The standardized ISDA Master Agreement under which the Company’s derivative transactions includes provisions for payment netting. In the normal course of business activities, if there is more than one derivative transaction with a single counterparty, the Company will set-off the cash flows of those derivatives into a single amount to be exchanged in settlement of the resulting net payable or receivable with that counterparty. The Company nets the fair value of all derivative financial instruments with counterparties for which an ISDA Master Agreement and related CSA have been executed. At December 31, 2014, the Company held $6.4 million in cash and securities collateral delivered by trade counterparties. This unrestricted cash collateral is reported in Cash on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

The following table presents the amount and location of gains (losses) recognized in income, net of reinsurance, for derivatives that were not designated or qualifying as hedging instruments for the Successor Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014:

The following table presents the amount and location of gains (losses) recognized in income for derivatives that were not designated or qualifying as hedging instruments for the Predecessor Periods from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2013:

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The hierarchy for inputs used in determining fair value maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that observable inputs be used when available. Assets and liabilities recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor) and Balance Sheet (Predecessor) at fair value are categorized in the fair value hierarchy based on the observability of inputs to the valuation techniques as follows:

The availability of observable inputs varies by instrument. In situations where fair value is based on internally developed pricing models or inputs that are unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. The degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is typically greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. In many instances, valuation inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. The category level in the fair value hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market disruption. In periods of market disruption, the ability to observe prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments.

The Company is responsible for the determination of fair value and the supporting assumptions and methodologies. The Company gains assurance that assets and liabilities are appropriately valued through the execution of various processes and controls designed to ensure the overall reasonableness and consistent application of valuation methodologies, including inputs and assumptions, and compliance with accounting standards. For fair values received from third parties or internally estimated, the Company’s processes and controls are designed to ensure that the valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistently applied, the inputs and assumptions are reasonable and consistent with the objective of determining fair value, and the fair values are accurately recorded. For example, on a continuing basis, the Company assesses the reasonableness of individual fair values that have stale security prices or that exceed certain thresholds as compared to previous fair values received from valuation service providers or brokers or derived from internal models. The Company performs procedures to understand and assess the methodologies, processes and controls of valuation service providers. In addition, the Company may validate the reasonableness of fair values by comparing information obtained from valuation service providers or brokers to other third party valuation sources for selected securities. The Company performs ongoing price validation procedures such as back-testing of actual sales, which corroborate the various inputs used in internal models to market observable data. When fair value determinations are expected to be more variable, the Company validates them through reviews by members of management who have relevant expertise and who are independent of those charged with executing investment transactions.

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014. There are no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2014.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 from the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

Summary of significant valuation techniques for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

The fair values of the Company’s public fixed maturity securities are generally based on prices obtained from independent pricing services. Prices for each security are generally sourced from multiple pricing vendors, and a vendor hierarchy is maintained by asset type based on historical pricing experience and vendor expertise. The Company ultimately uses the price from the pricing service highest in the vendor hierarchy based on the respective asset type. The pricing hierarchy is updated for new financial products and recent pricing experience with various vendors. Consistent with the fair value hierarchy described above, securities with validated quotes from pricing services are generally reflected within Level 2, as they are primarily based on observable pricing for similar assets and/or other market observable inputs. Typical inputs used by these pricing services include but are not limited to reported trades, benchmark yields, issuer spreads, bids, offers, and/or estimated cash flow,

prepayment speeds, and default rates. If the pricing information received from third party pricing services is deemed not reflective of market activity or other inputs observable in the market, the Company may challenge the price through a formal process with the pricing service or classify the securities as Level 3. If the pricing service updates the price to be more consistent with the presented market observations, the security remains within Level 2.

Indicative broker quotes are also used to determine fair value in circumstances where vendor pricing is not available, or where the Company ultimately concludes that pricing information received from independent pricing services is not reflective of market activity. If the Company concludes the values from both pricing services and brokers are not reflective of market activity, it may override the information with an internally-developed valuation. Pricing service overrides, internally-developed valuations and indicative broker quotes are generally included in Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of private fixed maturities, which are comprised of investments in private placement securities are primarily determined using discounted cash flow models. These models primarily use observable inputs that include Treasury or similar base rates plus estimated credit spreads to value each security. The credit spreads are obtained through a survey of private market intermediaries who are active in both primary and secondary transactions, and consider, among other factors, the credit quality and industry sector of the issuer and the reduced liquidity associated with private placements. Since most private placements are valued using standard market observable inputs and inputs derived from, or corroborated by, market observable data including observed prices and spreads for similar publicly traded or privately traded issues, they have been reflected within Level 2. For certain private fixed maturities, the discounted cash flow model may incorporate significant unobservable inputs, which reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset. To the extent management determines that such unobservable inputs are significant to the price of a security, a Level 3 classification is made. No private placement securities were classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2014.

Short-term investments include money market instruments, highly liquid debt instruments and certain other investments. Certain money market instruments are valued using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible for identical assets and are primarily classified as Level 1. The remaining instruments in this category are generally fair valued based on market observable inputs and these investments have primarily been classified within Level 2. Short-term investments classified within Level 3 primarily consist of commercial mortgage loans. The fair value of commercial mortgage loans is equal to unpaid principal.

The estimated fair value of derivatives is determined through the use of quoted market prices for exchange-traded derivatives.

Separate account assets and liabilities consist principally of investments in mutual fund shares. The fair values are based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and are classified within Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.

The liabilities for guarantees primarily associated with the optional living benefit features of certain variable annuity contracts and equity indexed life and annuity contracts are calculated as the present value of future expected benefit payments to contractholders less the present value of assessed rider fees attributable to the optional living benefit feature. This methodology could result in either a liability or contra-liability balance, given changing capital market conditions and various actuarial assumptions. Since there is no observable active market for the transfer of these obligations, the valuations are calculated using internally developed models with option pricing techniques. The models are based on a risk neutral valuation framework and incorporate premiums for risks inherent in valuation techniques, inputs, and the general uncertainty around the timing and amount of future cash flows. The determination of these risk premiums requires the use of management judgment.

The significant inputs to the valuation models for these embedded derivatives include capital market assumptions, such as interest rate levels and volatility assumptions, as well as actuarially determined assumptions, including contractholder behavior, such as lapse rates, benefit utilization rates, withdrawal rates, and mortality rates. Since many of these assumptions are unobservable and are considered to be significant inputs to the liability valuation, the liability included in future policy benefits has been reflected within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

Actuarial assumptions, including contractholder behavior and mortality, are reviewed at least annually, and updated based upon emerging experience, future expectations and other data, including any observable market data. These assumptions are generally updated annually unless a material change that the Company feels is indicative of a long term trend is observed in an interim period.

The following table summarizes quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements.

Excluded from the table above at December 31, 2014 are approximately $15 million of Level 3 fair value measurements of investments for which the underlying quantitative inputs are not developed by the Company and are not reasonably available. These investments primarily consist of certain public debt securities with limited trading activity, including asset-backed instruments, and their fair values generally reflect unadjusted prices obtained from independent valuation service providers and indicative, non-binding quotes obtained from third-party broker-dealers recognized as market participants. Significant increases or decreases in the fair value amounts received from these pricing sources may result in the Company’s reporting significantly higher or lower fair value measurements for these Level 3 investments.

The table above also excludes underlying quantitative inputs related to liabilities held for the Company’s guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits and guaranteed withdrawal benefits. These liabilities are not developed by the Company as they are 100% ceded to external reinsurers. The development of these liabilities generally involve actuarially determined models and could result in the Company reporting significantly higher or lower fair value measurements for these Level 3 investments.

The following table presents the rollforward of Level 3 assets and liabilities held at fair value on a recurring basis from the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014:

Transfers into Level 3 are generally the result of unobservable inputs utilized within the valuation methodologies and the use of indicative broker quotes for assets that were previously valued using observable inputs. Transfers out of Level 3 are generally due to the use of observable inputs in valuation methodologies as well as the availability of pricing service information for certain assets that the Company is able to validate.

The following table presents the carrying amount and fair value by fair value hierarchy level of certain financial instruments that are not reported at fair value. The financial instruments presented below are reported at carrying value on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet; however, in some cases, as described below, the carrying amount equals or approximates fair value as of December 31, 2014.

The fair values presented above have been determined by using available market information and by applying market valuation methodologies, as described in more detail below.

The fair value of most commercial mortgage loans is based upon the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted at the appropriate U.S. Treasury rate plus an appropriate credit spread for similar quality loans.

The fair value of policy loans was determined by discounting expected cash flows at the current loan coupon rate. As a result, the carrying value of the policy loans approximates the fair value.

The Company believes that due to the short-term nature of certain assets, the carrying value approximates fair value.

The carrying value of the Vehicle Note and Other long-term debt approximates fair value.

Only the portion of policyholders’ account balances related to products that are investment contracts (those without significant mortality or morbidity risk) are reflected in the table above. For fixed deferred annuities fair values are derived using discounted projected cash flows based on interest rates that are representative of the Company’s financial strength ratings, and hence reflect the Company’s own nonperformance risk. For those balances that can be withdrawn by the customer at any time without prior notice or penalty, the fair value is the amount estimated to be payable to the customer as of the reporting date, which is generally the carrying value.

Summary of significant valuation techniques for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

U.S. government and agencies: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields and credit spreads.

Municipal: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields and credit spreads.

Corporate, including privately placed: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields and credit spreads. Also included are privately placed securities valued using a discounted cash flow model that is widely accepted in the financial services industry and uses market observable inputs and inputs derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. The primary inputs to the discounted cash flow model include an interest rate yield curve, as well as published credit spreads for similar assets in markets that are not active that incorporate the credit quality and industry sector of the issuer.

Foreign government: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields and credit spreads.

RMBS: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields, prepayment speeds, collateral performance and credit spreads.

CMBS: The primary inputs to the valuation include quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, contractual cash flows, benchmark yields, collateral performance and credit spreads.

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013. There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2013.

The following table summarizes quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements as of December 31, 2013:

If the projected option cost increased (decreased), it would result in a higher (lower) liability fair value.

The following table presents the rollforward of Level 3 assets and liabilities held at fair value on a recurring basis during the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014.

The following table presents the rollforward of Level 3 assets and liabilities held at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following table presents the rollforward of Level 3 assets and liabilities held at fair value on a recurring basis during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Transfers between level categorizations may occur due to changes in the availability of market observable inputs, which generally are caused by changes in market conditions such as liquidity, trading volume or bid-ask spreads. Transfers between level categorizations may also occur due to changes in the valuation source. For example, in situations where a fair value quote is not provided by the Company’s independent third-party valuation service provider and as a result the price is stale or has been replaced with a broker quote whose inputs have not been corroborated to be market observable, the security is transferred into Level 3. Transfers in and out of level categorizations are reported as having occurred at the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred. Therefore, for all transfers into Level 3, all realized and changes in unrealized gains and losses in the quarter of transfer are reflected in the Level 3 rollforward table.

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, 2013 or 2012.

Transfers out of Level 3 during 2012 included situations where a broker quote was used in the prior period and a fair value quote became available from the Company’s independent third-party valuation service provider in the current period. A quote utilizing the new pricing source was not available as of the prior period, and any gains or losses related to the change in valuation source for individual securities were not significant.

The following table provides the change in unrealized gains and losses included in net income for Level 3 assets and liabilities.

The amounts in the table above represent the change in unrealized gains and losses included in net income for the period of time that the asset or liability was determined to be in Level 3. The amount attributable to derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts is reported as follows: $17.6 million in interest credited to contractholder funds and $946 thousand in contract benefits in the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, $33.0 million in interest credited to contractholder funds and $10.2 million in contract benefits in 2013, and $125.9 million in interest credited to contractholder funds and $5.1 million in contract benefits in 2012. These amounts are ceded in accordance with the Company’s reinsurance agreements.

As of December 31, 2013, financial instruments not carried at fair value included contractholder funds on investment contracts. The carrying value and fair value of contractholder funds on investment contracts were $7.76 billion and $7.66 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2013. The fair value of contractholder funds on investment contracts is based on the terms of the underlying contracts utilizing prevailing market rates for similar contracts adjusted for the Company’s own credit risk. Deferred annuities included in contractholder funds are valued using discounted cash flow models which incorporate market value margins, which are based on the cost of holding economic capital, and the Company’s own credit risk. Immediate annuities without life contingencies are valued at the present value of future benefits using market implied interest rates which include the Company’s own credit risk. The fair value measurements for contractholder funds on investment contracts are categorized as Level 3.

The Company has agreements that provide for reinsurance of certain policy-related risks. Under the agreements, premiums, contract charges, interest credited to policyholder funds, policy benefits and substantially all expenses are reinsured. The Company purchases reinsurance to limit aggregate and single losses on large risks. The Company cedes a portion of the mortality risk on certain life policies under coinsurance agreements to a pool of twelve non-affiliated reinsurers. As of December 31, 2014, approximately 99.8% of the Company’s reinsurance recoverables are due from companies rated A- or better by S&P. ALIC represents over 65% of the Company’s reinsurance recoverable as of December 31, 2014.

On April 1, 2014, the Company entered into an experience rated modified coinsurance and monthly renewal term reinsurance arrangement with an external reinsurer. No portion of the assets constituting the consideration has been transferred to the reinsurer. This agreement was structured to finance reserves on certain universal life and fixed annuity products, in exchange for a fee based on those reserves. The profit to the reinsurer expected on the modified coinsurance and monthly renewable term portions is returned through an experience refund. The Company has determined that this agreement does not fulfill the requirements of risk transfer under generally accepted accounting principles and is accounted for on a deposit method of accounting. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had a deposit receivable and a modified coinsurance payable of $1,383 million related to this agreement.

The effects of reinsurance on premiums earned and fee income from policyholders for the Successor Period for the period April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 were as follows:

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company had reinsurance agreements under which it reinsured all of its business to ALIC, Lincoln Benefit Re (“LB Re”) or non-affiliated reinsurers. Under the agreements, premiums, contract charges, interest credited to policyholders account balances, contract benefits and substantially all expenses were reinsured. The Company purchased reinsurance to limit aggregate and single losses on large risks. The Company ceded a portion of the mortality risk on certain life policies under coinsurance agreements to a pool of twelve non-affiliated reinsurers.

As of December 31, 2013, 86.9% of the total reinsurance recoverables were related to ALIC and 13.1% were related to non-affiliated reinsurers. As of December 31, 2013, 95% of the Company’s non-affiliated reinsurance recoverables are due from companies rated A- or better by S&P.

The effects of reinsurance on return credited to policyholders’ account balances, policyholder benefits and other expenses are as follows:

In connection with the Acquisition as defined in Note 1, ALIC made an election under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-36(d) to reduce the tax basis of certain of the Company’s assets immediately prior to the Acquisition. The reduced tax bases were used to determine the deferred tax impact under the acquisition method of accounting as discussed in Note 1.

The Company is party to a federal income tax allocation agreement (the “Tax Allocation Agreement”) with Lancaster Re. The Company and Lancaster Re will file a separate consolidated federal income tax return for the period April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 and will continue to do so in future tax years under Internal Revenue Code Section 1504 (c)(1).

Following the Acquisition, the Company exited The Allstate Corporation’s consolidated federal income tax return and is no longer a party to the tax allocation agreement with its former affiliates. Final tax settlements were agreed to with The Allstate Corporation and no future tax allocations are expected to occur with The Allstate Corporation.

As part of the Acquisition, although the Company remains jointly and severally liable for consolidated tax liabilities for years prior to the Acquisition, the Company is held harmless by ALIC in accordance with the Acquisition agreement and believes the possibility of a tax liability for the pre-sale tax years is remote. Additionally, the Company does not believe it has any uncertain tax positions for its federal income tax return that would be

material to its financial condition, results of income, or cash flows. Therefore, the Company did not record a liability for unrecognized tax contingencies/benefits at December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, there were no uncertain tax positions for which management believes it is reasonably possible that the total amounts of tax contingencies will significantly increase within 12 months of the reporting date. No amounts have been accrued for interest or penalties.

The components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 are as follows:

The Company evaluates the recoverability of deferred tax assets and establishes a valuation allowance if necessary to reduce the deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not expected to be realized. Considerable judgment is required in determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, and if so, the amount of such valuation allowance. In evaluating the need for a valuation allowance the Company considers many factors, including: (1) the nature of the deferred tax assets and liabilities; (2) whether they are ordinary or capital; (3) in which tax jurisdictions they were generated and the timing of their reversal; (4) taxable income in prior carryback years as well as projected taxable earnings exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards; (5) the length of time that any tax attribute carryovers can be utilized in the various taxing jurisdictions; (6) any unique tax rules that would impact the utilization of the deferred tax assets; and (7) prudent and feasible tax planning strategies that the Company would employ to avoid a tax benefit from expiring

unused. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The Company had no valuation allowance as of December 31, 2014. Management believes the Company will produce sufficient taxable income in the future to realize its deferred tax assets. Adjustments to the valuation allowance will be made if there is a change in management’s assessment of the amount of deferred tax asset that is realizable.

The Company has a net operating loss carryforward as of December 31, 2014 of approximately $21.5 million that will expire in the year 2029, if unused.

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate on income from operations for the Successor Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 were as follows:

The dividends received deduction (“DRD”) reduces the amount of dividend income subject to U.S. tax and is the primary component of the non-taxable investment income, and, as such, is a significant component of the difference between the Company’s effective tax rate and the federal statutory tax rate of 35%. The actual current year DRD can vary from the estimate based on factors such as, but not limited to, changes in the amount of dividends received that are eligible for the DRD, changes in the amount of distributions received from mutual fund investments, changes in the account balances of variable life and annuity contracts, and the Company’s taxable income before the DRD.

There remains the possibility that the IRS and the U.S. Treasury will address, through subsequent guidance, issues related to the calculation of the DRD. For the last several years, the revenue provisions included in the Obama Administration’s budgets included a proposal that would change the method used to determine the amount of the DRD. A change in the DRD, including the possible retroactive or prospective elimination of this deduction through guidance or legislation, could increase actual tax expense and reduce the Company’s consolidated net income.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company joined The Allstate Corporation and its other subsidiaries (the “Allstate Group”) in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax return and was party to a federal income tax allocation agreement (the “Allstate Tax Sharing Agreement”). Under the Allstate Tax Sharing Agreement, the Company paid to or received from The Allstate Corporation the amount, if any, by which the Allstate Group’s federal income tax liability was affected by virtue of inclusion of the Company in the consolidated federal income tax return. The Company also had a supplemental tax sharing agreement with respect to reinsurance ceded to ALIC to allocate the tax benefits and costs related to such reinsurance. Effectively, these agreements resulted in the Company’s annual income tax provision being computed, with adjustments, as if the Company filed a separate return, adjusted for the reinsurance ceded to ALIC.

The IRS is currently examining the Allstate Group’s 2011 and 2012 federal income tax returns. The IRS has completed its examination of the Allstate Group’s 2009 and 2010 federal income tax returns and a final settlement related to the examination was approved by the IRS Appeals Division on September 19, 2014. The Allstate Group’s tax years prior to 2009 have been examined by the IRS and the statute of limitations has expired on those years. Any adjustments that may result from IRS examinations of tax returns are not expected to have a material effect on the results of operations, cash flows or financial position of the Company.

The Company had no liability for unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2013.

The components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are as follows:

The Company paid no income taxes in the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014. The Company paid income taxes of $4.2 million and $4.8 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective income tax rate on income from operations is as follows:

Life insurance liabilities include reserves for death benefits and other policy benefits. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities consisted of the following:

Future policy benefits are generally equal to the present value of future benefit payments and related expenses, less the present value of future net premiums. Assumptions as to mortality, morbidity and persistency are based on the Company’s experience, industry data, and/or other factors, when the basis of the reserve is established. Interest rates used in the determination of present values range from 2.5% to 6.0% for setting reserves.

The following table highlights the key assumptions generally used in calculating the reserve for life-contingent contract benefits as of December 31, 2013:

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, policyholders’ account balances consisted of the following:

Policyholders’ account balances represent an accumulation of account deposits plus credited interest less withdrawals, expenses and mortality charges, if applicable. These policyholders’ account balances also include provisions for benefits under non-life contingent payout annuities. Interest crediting rates range from 0.4% to 6.0% for interest sensitive contracts. Interest crediting rates for individual annuities range from 0.0% to 6.0%.

The following table highlights the key contract provisions relating to policyholders’ account balances:

The Company offered traditional variable annuity contracts through its separate accounts for which investment income and investment gains and losses accrue directly to, and investment risk is borne by, the contractholder. The Company also offered variable annuity contracts with general and separate account options where the Company contractually guarantees to the contractholder a return of no less than total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals (“return of net deposits”). In certain of these variable annuity contracts, the Company also contractually guarantees to the contractholder a return of no less than (1) total deposits made to the contract less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return (“minimum return”), and/or (2) the highest contract value on a specified date adjusted for any withdrawals (“contract value”). These guarantees include benefits that are payable in the event of death, annuitization or at specified dates during the accumulation period and withdrawal and income benefits payable during specified periods. The Company also issues annuity contracts with market value adjusted investment options (“MVAs”), which provide for a return of principal plus a fixed rate of return if held to maturity, or, alternatively, a “market adjusted value” if surrendered prior to maturity or if funds are allocated to other investment options. The market value adjustment may result in a gain or loss to the Company, depending on crediting rates or an indexed rate at surrender, as applicable. The Company also issues fixed deferred annuity contracts without MVA that have a guaranteed credited rate and annuity benefit. All of the risks associated with the Company’s variable annuity contracts are reinsured with external reinsurers.

In addition, the Company issues certain variable life, variable universal life and universal life contracts where the Company contractually guarantees to the contractholder a death benefit even when there is insufficient value to cover monthly mortality and expense charges, whereas otherwise the contract would typically lapse (“no lapse guarantee”). Variable life and variable universal life contracts are offered with general and separate account options similar to variable annuities.

The assets supporting the variable portion of both traditional variable annuities and certain variable contracts with guarantees are carried at fair value and reported as Separate Account assets with an equivalent amount reported as Separate Account liabilities. Amounts assessed against the contractholders for mortality, administration, and other services are included within revenue in fee income from policyholders and changes in liabilities for minimum guarantees are generally included in policyholder benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Successor) and Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Predecessor).

For those guarantees of benefits that are payable in the event of death, the net amount at risk is generally defined as the current guaranteed minimum death benefit in excess of the current account balance at the balance sheet date. The Company’s primary risk exposures for these contracts relates to actual deviations from, or changes to, the assumptions used in the original pricing of these products, including fixed income and equity market returns, contract lapses and contractholder mortality.

For guarantees of benefits that are payable at annuitization, the net amount at risk is generally defined as the present value of the minimum guaranteed annuity payments available to the contractholder determined in accordance with the terms of the contract in excess of the current account balance. The Company’s primary risk exposures for these contracts relates to actual deviations from, or changes to, the assumptions used in the original pricing of these products, including fixed income and equity market returns, benefit utilization, timing of annuitization, contract lapses and contractholder mortality.

For guarantees of benefits that are payable at withdrawal, the net amount at risk is generally defined as the present value of the minimum guaranteed withdrawal payments available to the contractholder determined in accordance with the terms of the contract in excess of the current account balance. For guarantees of accumulation balances, the net amount at risk is generally defined as the guaranteed minimum accumulation balance minus the current account balance. The Company’s primary risk exposures for these contracts relates to actual deviations from, or changes to, the assumptions used in the original pricing of these products, including equity market returns, interest rates, market volatility or contractholder behavior used in the original pricing of these products.

The Company’s contracts with guarantees may offer more than one type of guarantee in each contract; therefore, the amounts listed may not be mutually exclusive. The liabilities related to the net amount at risk are reflected within Future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities or Policyholders’ account balances. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had the following guarantees associated with these contracts, by product and guarantee type:

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had the following guarantees associated with these contracts, by product and guarantee type:

The table below summarizes the changes in general account liabilities for guarantees on variable contracts. The liabilities for guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDB”) and secondary guarantees on interest-sensitive life and fixed annuities are included in Future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor) and the related changes in the liabilities are included in policyholder benefits in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Successor Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. In the Predecessor Period, secondary guarantees on interest-sensitive life and fixed annuities are included in policyholders’ account balances. Guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”), guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) and guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”) features are accounted for as bifurcated embedded derivatives and are recorded at fair value within Policyholders’ account balances on the Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor).

The following table provides estimated percentage of the VOBA balance to be amortized for the years indicated:

The Company is subject to changing social, economic and regulatory conditions. From time to time, regulatory authorities or legislative bodies seek to impose additional regulations regarding agent and broker compensation, regulate the nature of and amount of investments, and otherwise expand overall regulation of insurance products and the insurance industry. The Company has established procedures and policies to facilitate compliance with laws and regulations, to foster prudent business operations, and to support financial reporting. The Company routinely reviews its practices to validate compliance with laws and regulations and with internal procedures and policies. As a result of these reviews, from time to time the Company may decide to modify some of its procedures and policies. Such modifications, and the reviews that led to them, may be accompanied by payments being made and costs being incurred. The ultimate changes and eventual effects of these actions on the Company’s business, if any, are uncertain.

The Company is currently being examined by certain states for compliance with unclaimed property laws. It is possible that this examination may result in additional payments of abandoned funds to states and to changes in the Company’s practices and procedures for the identification of escheatable funds, which could impact benefit payments and reserves, among other consequences; however, it is not likely to have a material effect on the financial statements of the Company.

The Company is assessed amounts by the state guaranty funds to cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or rehabilitated insurance companies. Those mandatory assessments may be partially recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes in certain states. At December 31, 2014, the Company accrued $6.7 million for guaranty fund assessments which is expected to be offset by estimated future premium tax deductions of $11.2 million.

The Company is involved from time to time in judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection with the conduct of its business. As part of the Acquisition, ALIC has agreed to indemnify the Company for certain matters. ALIC has also agreed to indemnify the Company for certain litigation, regulatory matters and other liabilities related to the pre-closing activities of the transferred business. Management believes, based on currently available information, that the results of such proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of the Company’s litigation and regulatory matters, particularly in cases or proceedings in which substantial or indeterminate damages or fines are sought, the Company cannot estimate losses or ranges of losses for cases or proceedings where there is only a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred. However, the Company believes that at the present time there are no pending or threatened lawsuits that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations.

In the normal course of its business, the Company has entered into agreements that include indemnities in favor of third parties, such as contracts with advisors and consultants, outsourcing agreements, information technology agreements and service agreements. The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors, officers and employees in accordance with the Company’s by-laws. The Company believes any potential liability under these agreements is neither probable nor estimable. Therefore, the Company has not recorded any associated liability.

The Company prepares its statutory-basis financial statements in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the State of Nebraska. Prescribed statutory accounting practices include a variety of publications of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), as well as state laws, regulations and general administrative rules. Permitted statutory accounting practices encompass all accounting practices not so prescribed.

The State of Nebraska requires insurance companies domiciled in its state to prepare statutory-basis financial statements in conformity with the NAIC Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual, subject to any deviations prescribed or permitted by the State of Nebraska Insurance Commissioner. Statutory accounting practices differ from GAAP primarily since they require establishing life insurance reserves based on different actuarial assumptions, and valuing certain investments at amortized cost.

Statutory net income was $226 million and $7.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Statutory capital and surplus was $719 million and $332.5 million as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

The ability of the Company to pay dividends is dependent on business conditions, income, cash requirements and other relevant factors. The payment of shareholder dividends by the Company without the prior approval of the Department of Insurance is limited to formula amounts based on net income and capital and surplus, determined in conformity with statutory accounting practices, as well as, the timing and amount of dividends paid in the preceding twelve months. In connection with the Acquisition, prior approval of the Nebraska Director of Insurance is required for the Company for any dividend or distribution for five years subsequent to the Acquisition.

Without the prior approval of the Nebraska Director of Insurance, the Company may not:

Under state insurance laws, insurance companies are required to maintain paid up capital of not less than the minimum capital requirement applicable to the types of insurance they are authorized to write. Insurance companies are also subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) requirements adopted by state insurance regulators. A company’s “authorized control level RBC” is calculated using various factors applied to certain financial balances and activity. Companies that do not maintain statutory capital and surplus at a level in excess of the company action level RBC, which is two times authorized control level RBC, are required to take specified actions. Company action level RBC is significantly in excess of the minimum capital requirements.

In December 2014, the Company entered into a lease agreement, effective February 2015, to lease office space under a non-cancellable operating lease agreement that expires in January 31, 2026. For the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the Company made no payments pursuant to this operating lease.

The minimum aggregate rental commitments as of December 31, 2014 were as follows:

On April 1, 2014, the Company entered into a management services agreement with Resolution. Under this agreement, Resolution and Lincoln Benefit provide services to each other including but not limited to compliance, legal, risk management, accounting and reporting, treasury, tax and other management related services. Services are provided at cost. Resolution provided $21.1 million in services to Lincoln Benefit for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

Effective April 1, 2014, the Company entered into a Fee Letter (the “Fee Letter”) with Lanis LLC (“Lanis”) pursuant to which the Company will pay Lanis the risk spread due on the Vehicle Note issued by Lanis to Lancaster Re. The total expense related to this risk spread for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 was approximately $4.6 million.

The Company reported the following receivables/ (payables) to affiliates as of December 31, 2014:

Intercompany receivable and payable balances are evaluated on an individual company basis. Intercompany balances are generally settled quarterly.

The Company’s stock is pledged as collateral on Resolution’s term loan agreement with a syndicate of lenders (“Term Loan”). The maturity date of the loan is June 15, 2018. The Term Loan was funded on April 1, 2014.

On April 1, 2014, the Company and Resolution entered into a Letter Agreement whereby from and after the fifth anniversary of the date of the agreement, if the Company makes any payment pursuant to the Fee Letter, within ten Business Days of such payment by the Company, Resolution shall reimburse the Company in cash in an amount equal to such payment by the Company.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company used services performed by its affiliates, Allstate Insurance Company (“AIC”), ALIC and Allstate Investments LLC, and business facilities owned or leased and operated by AIC in conducting its business activities. In addition, the Company shared the services of employees with AIC. The Company reimbursed its affiliates for the operating expenses incurred on behalf of the Company. The Company was charged for the cost of these operating expenses based on the level of services provided. Operating expenses allocated to the Company were $50.1 million, $249.7 million and, $241.8 million in the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and, 2012, respectively. Of these costs, the Company retained investment related expenses on the invested assets that were not transferred under the reinsurance agreements. All other costs were ceded to ALIC under the reinsurance agreements.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company had a service agreement with Allstate Distributors, L.L.C. (“ADLLC”), a broker-dealer company owned by ALIC, whereby ADLLC promoted and marketed products sold by the Company. In return for these services, the Company recorded expense of $12 thousand, $71 thousand and $80 thousand in the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, that was ceded to ALIC under the terms of the reinsurance agreements.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company received distribution services from Allstate Financial Services, LLC, an affiliated broker-dealer company, for certain annuity and variable life insurance contracts sold by Allstate exclusive agencies. For these services, the Company incurred commission and other distribution expenses of $2.2 million, $7.7 million and $6.4 million in the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, that were ceded to ALIC.

The following table summarizes amounts that were ceded to ALIC under reinsurance agreements and reported net in the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

Reinsurance recoverables due from ALIC totaled $14.5 billion as of December 31, 2013.

In September 2012, the Company entered into a coinsurance reinsurance agreement with LB Re to cede certain interest-sensitive life insurance policies to LB Re. Reinsurance recoverables due from LB Re totaled $1.9 million as of December 31, 2013.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company was a party to a federal income tax allocation agreement with The Allstate Corporation (see Note 7).

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company had an intercompany loan agreement with The Allstate Corporation. The Company had no amounts outstanding under the intercompany loan agreement as of December 31, 2013.

Schedule I Consolidated Summary of Investments Other Than Investments in Related Parties

No reinsurance or coinsurance income was netted against premiums ceded in the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the period from January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014, the year ended December 31, 2013 or the year ended December 31, 2012.

The following discussion highlights significant factors influencing the financial position and results of operations of Lincoln Benefit. It should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and related notes found under Item 11(e) contained herein. We operate as a single segment entity, based on the manner in which we use financial information to evaluate business performance and to determine the allocation of resources.

The most important factors we monitor to evaluate the financial condition and performance of our company include:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires the application of accounting policies that often involve a significant degree of judgment. Management, on an ongoing basis, reviews estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements. If management determines that modifications in assumptions and estimates are appropriate given current facts and circumstances, the Company’s results of operations and financial position as reported in the Consolidated Financial Statements could change significantly.

Management believes the critical accounting policies relating to the following areas are most dependent on the application of estimates, assumptions and judgments:

Policy liabilities are established for future policy benefits on certain annuity, life, and long term care policies. Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in-force. Changes in policy and contract claims are recorded in policyholder benefits, in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Future policy benefit reserves for fixed indexed annuity policies with returns linked to the performance of a specified market index are equal to the sum of the fair value of the embedded derivatives and the host (or guaranteed) component of the contracts. The change in the fair value of the embedded derivative is linked to the performance of the equity option. The host value is established as of the date of acquisition and is equal to the total account value, plus the value of the unexpired options at the date of acquisition, less the embedded derivative, and accreted over the policy’s life at a constant rate of interest. Future policy benefits reserves for the portion of fixed indexed annuities earning a fixed rate of interest and other deferred annuity products are computed under a retrospective deposit method and represent policy account balances before applicable surrender charges.

The Company holds additional liabilities for its no lapse guarantees (associated with universal life policies) and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) associated with fixed annuities, which are accounted for in accordance with ASC 944-20, Financial Services — Insurance Activities. The Company’s reserves related to guaranteed minimum income benefits, guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits, and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits associated with variable annuities are ceded to external reinsurers.

The Company’s liability for future policy benefits also includes reserves based on the present value of estimated future payments to or on behalf of contractholders, where the timing and amount of payment depends on policyholder mortality. Expected mortality is generally based on the Company’s experience, industry data, and/or other factors. Interest rate assumptions are based on factors such as market conditions and expected investment returns. After the initial establishment of reserves, premium deficiency and loss recognition tests are performed

using best estimate assumptions as of the testing date without provisions for adverse deviation. When the liabilities for future policy benefits plus the present value of expected future gross premiums for the aggregate product group are insufficient to provide for expected future policy benefits and expenses for that line of business (i.e., reserves net of any VOBA asset), VOBA would first be written off and thereafter, if required, a premium deficiency reserve would be established by a charge to earnings.

In conjunction with the acquisition of a block of insurance policies or investment contracts, a portion of the purchase price is allocated to the right to receive future gross profits from the acquired insurance policies or investment contracts. This intangible asset, called value of business acquired, represents the actuarially estimated present value of future cash flows from the acquired policies. The estimated present value of future cash flows is based on certain assumptions, including mortality, persistency, expenses, and interest rates that the Company expects to experience in future years. For interest sensitive products, VOBA is amortized over the life of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits from margins on mortality, interest, expenses, and surrenders, all of which are net of reinsurance and include actual realized gains and losses on investments. For non-interest sensitive products, such as term life insurance, VOBA is amortized in relation to premium. VOBA is reviewed periodically for loss recognition to ensure that the unamortized balance is recoverable from future earnings from the business. The carrying amount of VOBA is adjusted for the effects of realized and unrealized gains and losses on debt securities classified as available-for-sale. We also periodically evaluate the recoverability of our VOBA. For certain contracts, this evaluation is performed as part of our premium deficiency testing.

Annually, we perform a comprehensive review of the assumptions used in estimating gross profits for future periods. Beginning in 2015, we will perform our annual review of assumptions during the second quarter. Updates to assumptions may cause significant variability in amortization expense in the future. The impact on our results of operations of changes in lapse experience, mortality and revisions to expected future rates of return on investments can be offsetting and therefore we are unable to predict their movement or offsetting impact over time.

The quarterly adjustments for current period experience reflect the impact of differences between actual gross profits for a given period and the previously estimated expected gross profits for that period. To the extent each period’s actual experience differs from the previous estimate for that period, the assumed level of total gross profits may change. In these cases, we recognize a cumulative adjustment to all previous periods’ amortization, also referred to as an experience true-up adjustment.

For our equity-indexed annuity, variable and universal life policies, a significant portion of our gross profits is derived from interest and mortality margins. As a result, our estimates of future gross profits are significantly influenced by our interest and mortality assumptions. Our mortality assumptions are used to estimate future death claims over the life of these policies and may be developed based on Company experience, industry experience and other factors. Unless a material change in mortality experience that we feel is indicative of a long term trend is observed in an interim period, we generally update our mortality assumptions annually. Updates to our mortality assumptions in future periods could have a significant adverse or favorable effect on our results of operations.

The following table provides a demonstration of the sensitivity of the VOBA balance relative to our future interest and mortality assumptions by quantifying the adjustments that would be required, assuming both an increase and decrease in our future interest and mortality margin by 10%. The information below is for illustrative purposes only and reflects only the direct effect of changes in our interest and mortality margin on the VOBA balance with no changes in any other assumptions such as persistency or expenses included in our evaluation of VOBA.

In addition to the impacts of interest and mortality experience relative to our assumptions, other factors may also drive variability in amortization expense, particularly when our annual assumption updates are performed. As noted above, however, the impact on our results of operations of changes in these assumptions can be offsetting and we are unable to predict their movement or offsetting impact over time.

Valuation of Investments, Including Derivatives, and the Recognition of Other-than-Temporary Impairments

Our investment portfolio consists of public and private fixed maturity securities, commercial mortgage and other loans, other invested assets and derivative financial instruments. Derivatives are financial instruments whose values are derived from interest rates, financial indices or the values of securities. The derivative financial instruments we generally use are futures and options. Management believes the following accounting policies related to investments, including derivatives, are most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions. Each of these policies is discussed further within other relevant disclosures related to the investments and derivatives, as referenced below.

We present at fair value in the statements of financial position our investments classified as available-for-sale, including fixed maturities, derivatives, and embedded derivatives. For additional information regarding the key estimates and assumptions surrounding the determination of fair value of fixed maturity and equity securities, as well as derivative instruments, embedded derivatives and other investments, see Notes 2 and 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

For our investments classified as available-for-sale, the impact of changes in fair value is recorded as an unrealized gain or loss in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net (“AOCI”), a separate component of equity. For a discussion of our policies regarding other-than-temporary declines in investment value and the related methodology for recording other-than-temporary impairments of fixed maturity and equity securities, see Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Commercial mortgage loans (“CMLs”) acquired at fair value as a result of the Acquisition are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. CMLs held by the Company are diversified by property type and geographic area throughout the U.S. CMLs are considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will not collect amounts due according to the terms of the original loan agreement. The Company assesses the impairment of loans individually for all loans in the portfolio. The Company estimates the fair value of the underlying collateral using internal valuations generally based on discounted cash flow analyses. The Company estimates an

allowance for loan losses (“ALL”) representing potential credit losses embedded in the CML portfolio. The estimate is based on a consistently applied analysis of the loan portfolio and takes into consideration all available information, including industry, geographical, economic and political factors.

Income taxes represent the net amount of income taxes that the Company expects to pay to or receive from various taxing jurisdictions in connection with its operations. The Company provides for Federal and state income taxes currently payable, as well as those deferred due to temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the balance sheet date using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The realization of deferred tax assets depends upon the existence of sufficient taxable income within the carryforward periods under the tax law in the applicable jurisdiction. Valuation allowances are established when management determines, based on available information, that it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management considers all available evidence including past operating results, the existence of cumulative losses in the most recent years, forecasted earnings, future taxable income and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. The Company’s accounting for income taxes represents management’s best estimate of the tax consequences of various events and transactions.

Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and deferred tax assets and liabilities, and in evaluating the Company’s tax positions including evaluating uncertainties under the guidance for Accounting for Uncertainty in Income taxes. Under the guidance, the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recorded in the financial statements. The Company’s liability for income taxes includes the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and interest that relate to tax years still subject to review by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or other taxing authorities. We do not anticipate any significant changes within the next 12 months to our total unrecognized tax benefits related to tax years for which the statute of limitations has not expired.

A contingency is an existing condition that involves a degree of uncertainty that will ultimately be resolved upon the occurrence of future events. Under GAAP, reserves for contingencies are required to be established when the future event is probable and its impact can be reasonably estimated, such as in connection with an unresolved legal matter. The initial reserve reflects management’s best estimate of the probable cost of ultimate resolution of the matter and is revised accordingly as facts and circumstances change and, ultimately, when the matter is brought to closure.

Overview and strategy. We provide interest-sensitive, traditional and variable life insurance products through exclusive financial specialists. Prior to July 18, 2013, we sold interest-sensitive, traditional and variable life insurance, and fixed annuities including deferred and immediate through independent master brokerage agencies. Effective January 1, 2014, we no longer offer fixed annuities such as deferred and immediate annuities, however we continue to receive deposits on existing policies.

On April 1, 2014, all of the capital stock in Lincoln Benefit was acquired by Resolution Life, Inc. Immediately prior to that closing, Lincoln Benefit signed a Partial Commutation Agreement with ALIC (the “Partial Commutation”), whereby we commuted certain business previously reinsured to ALIC, including (a) all of the fixed deferred annuity, value adjusted deferred annuity and indexed deferred annuity business written by the Company that was previously reinsured to ALIC, (b) all of the life insurance business written by the Company through independent producers that was previously reinsured to ALIC, other than certain specified life business, and (c) all of the net liability of the Company with respect to the accident and health and long-term care insurance business written by the Company that was previously reinsured to ALIC.

Immediately after the announcement of the execution of the Purchase Agreement in July 2013, we ceased soliciting and selling new policies through our independent agent channel. We continued to sell new policies provided through the Allstate exclusive agency channel for a transitional period following the execution of the Purchase Agreement until they are transitioned to a new Allstate company beginning in the first quarter of 2015. ALIC continues to reinsure the ALIC Reinsured Business pursuant to the ARRA or certain existing reinsurance agreements. In addition, ALIC continues to administer the ALIC Reinsured Business pursuant to the ASA or certain existing administrative service agreements.

In connection with the Acquisition, Resolution Life, Inc. and ALIC entered into a Transition Services Agreement (the “TSA”), pursuant to which ALIC will continue to provide certain administrative services for the Recaptured Business for a period of twelve to twenty-four months after the closing. Following termination of the TSA, we plan to outsource the administration of the Recaptured Business to third-party administrators. In particular, the administration of our deferred annuity business has been outsourced to se², LLC, an unaffiliated third-party service provider, effective February 23, 2015. The remaining administration will be outsourced to Alliance–One Services, Inc., an unaffiliated third-party service provider, later this year.

At the closing, Lincoln Benefit entered into two transactions with Hannover Re. The first transaction provided financing for a portion of our statutory reserves associated with our universal life business with no-lapse guarantees and our level premium term life business (the “AXXX/XXX Financing”). The second transaction involved a reinsurance agreement with Hannover Re, structured on a combined modified coinsurance and monthly renewable term reinsurance basis.

Our parent company, Resolution Life, Inc., is focused on the management of in-force policies of life insurance companies. Pursuant to this strategy, Resolution Life, Inc. intends to acquire additional life insurance companies or runoff blocks of business from unrelated insurers. Resolution Life, Inc. may seek to combine portions of its acquired businesses in order to recognize efficiencies.

The financial statements are presented for Successor and Predecessor Periods, which relate to the accounting periods after and before April 1, 2014, respectively, the date of the closing of the Acquisition. For periods after April 1, 2014, the accompanying financial statements comprise the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiary. Due to the Acquisition and the application of push-down accounting, different bases of accounting have been used to prepare the Predecessor and Successor financial statements. A black line separates the Predecessor and Successor financial statements to highlight the lack of comparability between these two periods.

As a result of the Acquisition and Partial Commutation effective April 1, 2014, comparison of the financial condition and results of operations for the pre- and post-acquisition periods is not meaningful. For purposes of the Management Discussion and Analysis, the Company has provided comparative analysis of the Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2014 compared to December 31, 2013. For the Results of Operations, the Company has provided summary level information for the Successor and Predecessor Periods, but has provided more detail analysis of the components of operations for the Successor Period only from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014.

The following table outlines amounts reported in the Company’s Balance Sheet for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 (in millions):

Total assets increased by $1.9 billion, from $18.8 billion at December 31, 2013 to $20.7 billion at December 31, 2014. While the total increase in assets was more modest, the components changed significantly as a result of the Partial Commutation on April 1, 2014 as noted above. Significant variances are as follows:

Cash and invested assets increased by $10.8 billion, from $351.9 million at December 31, 2013 to $11.1 billion at December 31, 2014. The significant increase in cash invested assets relates to the Partial Commutation on April 1, 2014 as discussed earlier in this document. At that date, the Company assumed a proportionate ‘slice’ of the ALIC portfolio and the composition of the assets has remained relatively consistent since the Partial Commutation on April 1, 2014. During the second quarter, the Company repositioned the portfolio to lessen the interest rate risk inherent in the short duration ALM position while also providing for incremental yield by year-end 2014. As the Company’s retained business is in run-off, the asset portfolio will decline as policy liabilities expire or surrender.

The Company’s fixed income bond portfolio was $9.4 billion at December 31, 2014 and is comprised approximately 75% of publicly traded securities and approximately 25% in privately placed issuances.

Mortgage loans were $1.1 billion at December 31, 2014 and comprise 11% of the invested asset portfolio. During third quarter, the Company extended a mandate to its third party asset managers to provide origination capabilities for high quality mortgage loans to replace maturing mortgages, better match liability profiles and improve yield.

Policy loans were $194.4 million at December 31, 2014 and are comprised of loans to policyholders pursuant to the terms of the policies issued. These balances are expected to continue to decline over time.

Derivatives were $26.0 million at December 31, 2014 and are comprised primarily of options and futures that are used to hedge the market risk inherent in the Company’s equity-indexed annuity products. These assets are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized as realized investment gains for GAAP reporting purposes. None of the derivatives are reported as accounting hedges for GAAP.

Short-term investments were $361.4 million at December 31, 2014. The amount invested in short-term investments fluctuates based on liquidly needs and the timing of investment decisions.

Reinsurance recoverables arise under GAAP because reinsurance contracts do not relieve the ceding company of legal liability to contractholders, and therefore the ceding company is required to report reinsurance recoverables arising from these contracts separately as assets. The liabilities to policyholders for the contracts are reported as future policyholder benefits or policyholder account balances. In 2013 and prior to the Acquisition of the Company by Resolution Life, Inc. on April 1, 2014, the Company had reinsurance agreements under which it reinsured all of its business to ALIC, LB Re or non-affiliated reinsurers. Under the agreements, premiums, contract charges, interest credited to policyholders’ account balances, contract benefits and substantially all expenses were reinsured.

Reinsurance recoverables declined by $11.0 billion from $16.7 billion as of December 31, 2013 to $5.7 billion as of December 31, 2014. This decline reflects the Partial Commutation noted above, whereby the reinsurance recoverables from ALIC and other Allstate affiliates on the acquired business were settled, partially offset by the transaction that the Company entered into with Hannover Re.

The Company maintains reinsurance to limit aggregate and single losses on large risks. The Company ceded a portion of the mortality risk on certain life policies under coinsurance agreements to a pool of twelve non-affiliated reinsurers.

Valuation of Business Acquired (“VOBA”) arises because at the Acquisition date, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed generally are required to be measured at fair value. Fair value for financial reporting purposes is defined in ASC 820 (“Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”). ASC 820 emphasizes that fair value is a market participant-based exit price measurement, and not an entity-specific measurement.

Once it has been determined that an asset exists, the VOBA as of the Acquisition date is a part of the business combination, and this asset is measured at fair value in accordance with ASC 820 (i.e., the price that would be received to sell the asset in an ordinary transaction between market participants).

The actuarial appraisal method was used to determine the VOBA by lines of business and resulted in a total VOBA of $290.8 million. This was determined by projecting the present value of after tax statutory profits, discounted at a risk discount rate (“RDR”) of 12% and adjusted by projected cost of capital. This was compared to a fair deal RDR between 10% and 16% and determined to create a collar of reasonable values around this central value. This statutory value is then converted to VOBA by adjusting for GAAP to statutory accounting differences.

Deposit receivable and ModCo Payable were each $1,383.4 million at December 31, 2014 and arise due to the modified coinsurance/monthly renewable term reinsurance agreement entered into with Hannover Re. For GAAP reporting purposes, a reinsurance transaction must pass significant risk to the reinsurer for a company to record a

credit for liabilities ceded. The Company has determined that the reinsurance transaction with Hannover Re does not pass GAAP risk transfer requirements and therefore must account for the transaction using Deposit Accounting principles. Under Deposit Accounting, the Company is required to establish a Deposit Receivable asset on the balance sheet that represents the reinsurance recoverable with an offsetting ModCo Liability for the same amount.

Other assets primarily consist of an intercompany loan, or “Vehicle Note” that the Company entered into on April 1, 2014 with its affiliate Lanis LLC (“Lanis”) in the amount of $513.0 million. The Vehicle Note balance was $551.6 million at December 31, 2014. Please see the discussion on the related Surplus Note in the Long-Term Debt section below.

Separate Account assets and liabilities decreased by $126.7 million from $1,700.6 million at December 31, 2013 to $1,573.9 million at December 31, 2014. This decrease was primarily driven by surrenders and benefits during the year, partially offset by investment income.

The assets of Separate Accounts are carried at fair value for GAAP. Separate Accounts liabilities represent the contractholders’ claims to the related assets and are carried at the fair value of the assets. In the event the asset values of certain contractholder accounts are projected to be below the value guaranteed by the Company, a liability is established through a charge to earnings.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had Separate Account assets related to variable annuity and variable life contracts totaling $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. Lincoln Benefit’s variable annuity business is reinsured by ALIC under an existing reinsurance agreement between Lincoln Benefit and ALIC. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, all assets of the Separate Accounts that support the variable annuity and variable life business were legally insulated.

Prior to April 1, 2014, the Company had been recording the sale of certain Market Value Adjusted Annuities (“MVAAs”) as part of the Separate Accounts, and then reinsuring these risks to ALIC. As part of the Partial Commutation with ALIC, effective April 1, 2014, the Company retained these MVAAs with assets and liabilities of $1.3 billion. In conjunction with the Partial Commutation and with Nebraska Department of Insurance (the “Department of Insurance”) approval, the Company reclassified these MVAAs to General Account liabilities and are reflected in Policyholders’ Account Balances.

Total liabilities increased by $1.5 billion, from $18.5 billion at December 31, 2013 to $20.0 billion at December 31, 2014. The increase primarily relates mainly to Policy Liabilities.

Policy liabilities increased by $2.9 billion, from $3.6 billion at December 31, 2013 to $6.5 billion at December 31, 2014 as a result of the Partial Commutation noted above. Policy liabilities are established for future policy benefits on annuity, life, and long term care policies. Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in-force. Changes in policy and contract claims are recorded in policy benefits.

Policyholders’ Account Balances decreased by $3.3 billion, from $13.1 billion at December 31, 2013 to $9.8 billion at December 31, 2014 as a result of the Partial Commutation noted above. Policyholders’ account balances represent interest-bearing liabilities arising from the sale of products such as interest-sensitive life insurance and fixed annuities. Policyholder funds primarily comprise cumulative deposits received and interest credited to the contractholder less cumulative contract benefits, surrenders, withdrawals and contract charges for mortality or administrative expenses.

The Company holds additional liabilities for guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIB”) associated with variable annuities, which are accounted for in accordance with ASC 944-20, Financial Services — Insurance Activities. The reserves for certain living benefit features, including guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (“GMAB”) and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”) are accounted for as embedded derivatives, with fair values calculated as the present value of expected future benefit payments to contractholders less the present value of assessed rider fees attributable to the embedded derivative feature. This methodology could result in either a liability or contra-liability balance, given changing capital market conditions and various actuarial assumptions. The Company’s GMIB, GMAB and GMWB reserves are ceded to external reinsurers. For additional information regarding the valuation of these optional living benefit features, see Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Long-Term Debt of $551.6 million represents a surplus note that was initially issued on April 1, 2014 in the amount of $513.0 million. Effective April 1, 2014, and with Department of Insurance approval, Lancaster Re Captive Insurance Company, a Nebraska special purpose financial captive insurer (“Lancaster Re”) and a subsidiary of the Company, issued a variable funding Surplus Note (the “Surplus Note”) to its affiliate, Lanis, for $513.0 million and acquired from Lanis a Vehicle Note (the “Vehicle Note”) for $513.0 million. The Vehicle Note is held to support a portion of Lancaster Re’s reinsurance obligations and has been authorized as an acceptable form of reinsurance collateral pursuant to Nebraska Statutes.

With Department of Insurance pre-approval, (i) the Surplus Note is increased each quarter with a corresponding increase in the Vehicle Note, and (ii) interest on the Surplus Note for the prior quarter is paid on the first day of each subsequent quarter at a rate consistent with the rate received on the Vehicle Note of 4%. The Surplus Note and Vehicle Note increased by $38.6 million and was recognized in the Successor Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The Surplus Note is unsecured and subordinated to all present and future indebtedness, policy claims and other creditor claims of Lancaster Re.

Deferred income taxes increased by $38.1 million, from a liability of $2.6 million at December 31, 2013 to a liability of $40.7 million at December 31, 2014. The net Deferred Income Tax liability of $40.7 million at December 31, 2014 consisted of $2,098.2 million of deferred tax assets, primarily related to policyholder reserves less $2,138.9 million of deferred tax liabilities, primarily related to amounts recoverable from reinsurers.

The following table outlines amounts reported in Net Income for the Predecessor period from January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014 and Successor period from April 1, 2014 for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the Predecessor year ended December 31, 2013 ($ in millions):

Net Income of $30.7 million for 9 months of the Successor period from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 increased significantly compared to the Predecessor periods as a result of the Partial Commutation on April 1, 2014 and was driven by realized capital gains (net of changes in future policy benefits and VOBA) and release of product margins.

Other comprehensive income for the 9 months from April 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 was primarily driven by unrealized gains on fixed maturities of $159.2 million as interest rates declined, partially offset by shadow adjustments related to VOBA and SOP 03-01 liabilities of $27.8 million.

A discussion of the significant components of income in the Successor period is summarized below.

Prior to April 1, 2014 (the “Predecessor Periods”), the Company had reinsurance agreements whereby all premiums, fee income from policyholders and returns credited to policyholders, policyholder benefits and substantially all expenses were ceded to ALIC and other reinsurers.

Premiums earned for the Successor Period were $20.4 million. The premiums of $20.4 million recognized in the Successor Period relate primarily to traditional life and health insurance products and immediate annuities. Premiums from these products are recognized as revenue when received at the inception of the contract. Premiums earned are net of reinsurance premiums paid on the ceded business.

Contracts that do not subject the Company to significant risk arising from mortality or morbidity are referred to as investment contracts. These products include fixed annuities, including market value adjusted annuities, equity-indexed annuities. Consideration received for such contracts is reported as policyholder account balances.

Additionally, interest-sensitive life contracts, such as universal life and single premium life, are insurance contracts whose terms are not fixed and guaranteed. The terms that may be changed include premiums paid by the policyholder, interest credited to the policyholder account balance and contract charges assessed against the policyholder account balance. Premiums from these contracts are credited to policyholder account balances.

Fee income from policyholders for the Successor Period was $259.2 million. The fee income from policyholders consists of fees assessed against the policyholder account balance for the cost of insurance (mortality risk), contract administration and surrender of the policy prior to contractually specified dates. These charges are recognized as revenue when assessed against the policyholder account balance. Policyholder benefits include life-contingent benefit payments in excess of the policyholder account balance.

Net investment income for the Successor Period was $288.6 million and was attributable to the following asset types (in millions):

Realized investment gains for the Successor Period were $46.0 million, primarily from the sale of fixed income securities and unrealized gains on derivatives that are used to economically hedge certain market-related risk on equity indexed annuity products. This amount also includes unrealized gains on derivatives.

Policyholder benefits for the Successor Period were $216.5 million and include both incurred claims and the change in liability for future policy benefits. Liabilities for future policy benefits on annuity, life and long-term care policies are established in amounts adequate to meet the estimated future obligations of policies in-force. Liabilities for outstanding claims and claims adjustment expenses are estimates of payments to be made on life and health insurance contracts for reported losses and claims adjustment expenses. Changes in policy and contract claims are recorded in policy benefits.

Interest credited to policyholders for the Successor Period were $256.7 million and represent interest-bearing liabilities arising from the sale of products such as interest-sensitive life insurance and fixed annuities. Policyholder funds primarily comprise cumulative deposits received and interest credited to the contractholder less cumulative contract benefits, surrenders, withdrawals and contract charges for mortality or administrative expenses.

Operating and acquisition expenses for the Successor Period were $96.0 million and were comprised of primarily of general operating expenses, premium taxes and other fees associated with reinsurance of $57.0 million. This is reduced for allowances received on reinsurance ceded. Amortization of VOBA of $39.0 million, reducing the initial balance to $251.8 million (prior to shadow adjustments) from an initial balance at April 1, 2014 of $290.8 million. The VOBA relates primarily to interest sensitive life products and is amortized over the life of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits from margins on mortality, interest, expenses, and surrenders, all of which are net of reinsurance and include actual realized gains and losses on investments. For non-interest sensitive life products, such as term life insurance, VOBA is amortized in relation to premium.

The following table presents surrender and withdrawal amounts and rates for major insurance product lines for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014:

The General Account Investment Assets (“GAIA”) portfolio consists of a well-diversified portfolio of public and private fixed maturities, commercial mortgages and other loans and other invested assets. The General Account portfolios and investment results support the insurance liabilities of Lincoln Benefit’s business operations. The following table reconciles the balance sheet asset amounts to GAIA.

The following table summarizes investment results by asset category for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014:

The fixed maturity portfolio consists largely of investment grade corporate debt securities and includes significant amounts of U.S. government and agency obligations. At December 31, 2014, GAIA held CMBS with an amortized cost of $331 million. The General Account had $149 million of direct exposure to the sovereign debt of Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and the Republic of Ireland.

The General Account fixed maturities portfolios include publicly-traded and privately-placed corporate debt securities across an array of industry categories. The following table sets forth these fixed maturities by industry category as of December 31, 2014 along with their associated gross unrealized gains and losses:

The Securities Valuation Office (“SVO”) of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”), evaluates the investments of insurers for regulatory reporting purposes and assigns fixed maturity securities to one of six categories (“NAIC Designations”). NAIC designations of “1” or “2” include fixed maturities considered investment grade, which include securities rated Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by Standard & Poor’s. NAIC Designations of “3” through “6” are referred to as below investment grade, which include securities rated Ba1 or lower by Moody’s and BB+ or lower by Standard & Poor’s. As a result of time lags between the funding of investments, the finalization of legal documents and the completion of the SVO filing process, the fixed maturity portfolio generally includes securities that have not yet been rated by the SVO as of each balance sheet date. Pending receipt of SVO ratings, the categorization of these securities by NAIC designation is based on the expected ratings indicated by internal analysis.

Below investment grade fixed maturities represented 27.6% of the gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2014. The following table sets forth the General Accounts’ fixed maturities by NAIC rating at the dates indicated.

At December 31, 2014, approximately 10.3% of GAIA were in commercial mortgage loans. At December 31, 2014, the carrying value of commercial mortgage loans was $1,115.2 million.

The investment strategy for the mortgage loan portfolio emphasizes diversification by property type and geographic location with a primary focus on asset quality. The table below shows the breakdown of the amortized cost of the General Accounts investments in mortgage loans by geographic region as of December 31, 2014:

The values used in these ratio calculations were developed as part of the periodic review of the commercial mortgage loan portfolio, which includes an evaluation of the underlying collateral value.

At December 31, 2014, there were no mortgage loans classified as problem loans or considered a troubled debt restructuring.

Net income Net income for the period January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is presented in the following table.

Under reinsurance agreements all premiums, contract charges, interest credited to policyholders’ account balances, contract benefits and substantially all expenses were ceded to ALIC, Lincoln Benefit Reinsurance Company (“LB Re”, an affiliate of Lincoln Benefit) and other non-affiliated reinsurers, and were reflected net of such reinsurance in the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. Results of operations included net investment income and realized capital gains and losses recognized in connection with the assets that were not transferred under the reinsurance agreements.

Net income in the ninety day period ended March 31, 2014 was $1.7 million including net investment income and realized capital gains. Net income decreased 10.5% in 2013 compared to 2012 due to lower net investment income and the absence of net realized capital gains in 2013.

Net investment income The following table presents net investment income for the period January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Net investment income was $2.4 million for the ninety day period. Net investment income decreased 5.7% or $655 thousand in 2013 compared to 2012. Both periods were impacted by lower yields.

Realized capital gains and losses Realized capital gains and losses were $.3 million in the 90 day period, primarily related to sales of investments and netted to zero in 2013 with gains from sales offsetting impairment write-downs. Realized capital gains of $626 thousand were recognized in 2012, primarily related to sales of investments.

Market risk is the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse changes in interest rates or credit spreads. We also have certain exposures to changes in equity prices in our equity-indexed annuities and separate accounts liabilities.

Overview. In formulating and implementing guidelines for investing funds, we seek to earn returns that contribute to stable profits while also meeting the future cash flow requirements of our liabilities.

We use quantitative and qualitative market-based approaches to measure, monitor and manage market risk. We evaluate our exposure to market risk through the use of multiple measures including but not limited to duration, earnings- and capital-at-risk, scenario analysis and sensitivity analysis. Duration measures the price sensitivity of assets or liabilities to changes in interest rates. For example, if interest rates increase 100 basis points, the fair value of an asset with a duration of 5 is expected to decrease in value by 5%. Earnings- and capital-at-risk are estimates of the change in earnings or capital that might be expected to emerge over a given time horizon in various defined stress tests. Scenario analysis estimates the potential changes in the value of various financial parameters that could occur under different hypothetical market conditions defined by changes to the market risk factors of interest rates and credit spreads. Sensitivity analysis estimates the potential changes in the value of various financial parameters that could occur under different hypothetical shocks to a market risk factor. In general, we establish investment portfolio asset allocation and market risk limits based upon a combination of duration, earnings- and capital-at-risk, scenario analysis and sensitivity analysis as well as a consideration of liquidity and diversification. The asset allocation limits place restrictions on the total funds that may be invested within an asset class. Comprehensive day-to-day management of market risk within defined tolerance ranges occurs as portfolio managers buy and sell within their respective markets based upon the acceptable boundaries established by investment and other risk policies.

Interest rate risk is the risk that we will incur a loss due to adverse changes in interest rates. This risk arises when our investments are not fully matched to our liabilities, or when characteristics of the assets or liabilities change. Interest rate risk includes risks related to changes in U.S. Treasury yields and other key risk-free reference yields.

One of the measures used to quantify interest rate exposure is duration. To estimate asset durations, we project asset cash flows and calculate their net present value using a risk-free market interest rate adjusted for credit quality, sector attributes, liquidity and other specific risks. Duration is calculated by revaluing these cash

flows at alternative interest rates and determining the percentage change in aggregate value. The asset projections include assumptions (based upon historical market experience and our experience) that are intended to reflect the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment, leverage and/or option features of instruments, where applicable. The preceding assumptions relate primarily to mortgage-backed securities, and municipal and corporate obligations. Our asset duration was 5.5 as of December 31, 2014 (excluding assets in respect of business ceded to our wholly-owned subsidiary, Lancaster Re).

The difference between asset and liability duration is called the duration gap and is a measure of the mismatch between asset and liabilities. At the current time, because our asset durations are shorter than our liability durations, lower interest rate environments will in general result in more adverse financial outcomes than higher interest rate environments.

Based upon the information and assumptions used in the duration calculation, and interest rates in effect as of December 31, 2014, we estimate that a 100 basis point immediate, parallel fall in interest rates (“rate shock”) would increase the net fair value of the assets by $460 million, compared to $11.2 million as of December 31, 2013. The increase is due to an increase in the amount and mix of invested assets since the Partial Commutation and Acquisition by Resolution Life. The selection of a 100 basis point immediate, parallel change in interest rates should not be construed as our prediction of future market events, but only as an illustration of the potential effect of such an event.

To the extent that conditions differ from the assumptions we used in these calculations, duration and rate shock measures could be significantly impacted. Additionally, our calculations assume that the current relationship between short-term and long-term interest rates (the term structure of interest rates) will remain constant over time. As a result, these calculations may not fully capture the effect of non-parallel changes in the term structure of interest rates and/or large changes in interest rates.

Credit spread risk is the risk that we will incur a loss due to adverse changes in credit spreads (“spreads”). This risk arises from our investment in spread-sensitive fixed income assets.

We manage the spread risk in our assets. One of the measures used to quantify this exposure is spread duration. Spread duration measures the price sensitivity of the assets to changes in spreads. For example, if spreads increase 100 basis points, the fair value of an asset exhibiting a spread duration of 5 is expected to decrease in value by 5%. A mismatch of spread duration relative to liability duration could result in financial losses over time.

Spread duration is calculated similarly to interest rate duration. For our portfolio, spread duration is close to the asset duration, and thus has a similar sensitivity. As of December 31, 2014, the spread duration of assets was 5.6 years, compared to 4.0 as of December 31, 2013. Based upon the information and assumptions we use in this spread duration calculation, and spreads in effect as of December 31, 2014, we estimate that a 100 basis point immediate, parallel increase in spreads across all asset classes, industry sectors and credit ratings (“spread shock”) would decrease the net fair value of the assets by $470 million, compared to $10.6 million as of December 31, 2013. The increase is due to an increase in the amount and mix of invested assets since the Partial Commutation and Acquisition by Resolution Life. The selection of a 100 basis point immediate parallel change in spreads should not be construed as our prediction of future market events, but only as an illustration of the potential effect of such an event.

Equity price risk is the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse changes in the general levels of the equity markets. Equity risk exists for contract charges based on account balances as well as for guarantees for living, death and/or income benefits provided by our variable and equity indexed products.

Our variable life products are partially reinsured to ALIC. For the products that are retained, there is equity exposure to contract charges and fees that are based on separate account values, but there is only small exposure to guarantees.

All variable annuity contract charges and fees, liabilities and benefits, including guarantees for death and/or income benefits, are ceded to ALIC in accordance with the reinsurance agreements, thereby limiting our equity risk exposure. In 2006, ALIC disposed of substantially all of its variable annuity business through reinsurance agreements with The Prudential Insurance Company of America, a subsidiary of Prudential Financial, Inc. and therefore mitigated this aspect of ALIC’s risk. The Company was not a direct participant of this agreement and its reinsurance agreements with ALIC remain unchanged. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had Separate Accounts assets related to variable annuity and variable life contracts totaling $1.6 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively.

As of December 31, 2014 we had $1.8 billion in equity-indexed life and annuity liabilities that were not reinsured that provide customers with interest crediting rates based on the performance of the S&P 500. We maintain a hedging program that aims to offset the impact of equity market performance on the value of these guarantees. As of December 31, 2014 we had $26 million in market value of S&P 500 options under the hedging program.

Counterparty credit risk relates to the Company’s potential loss if a counterparty fails to perform under the terms of a contract. The Company manages its exposure to counterparty credit risk by utilizing highly rated counterparties, establishing risk control limits, executing legally enforceable master agreements and obtaining collateral where appropriate.

Lincoln Benefit’s counterparty risk consists of the following two types of exposures: (1) Derivative counterparty risk: The Company only holds future contracts and option contracts which are traded on organized exchanges, which require margin deposits and guarantee the execution of trades, thereby mitigating potential credit risk. Exchanges serve as a marketplace for the buyer and the seller. The associated clearing house sits between the two sides of the trade. The Company has not incurred any losses on derivative financial instruments due to counterparty nonperformance in 2014; and (2) Reinsurance counterparty risk. The reinsurance counterparty risk is the risk of the reinsurance counterparty failing to pay reinsurance recoveries in full to Lincoln Benefit in a timely manner (i.e. unwillingness to pay, not paying them in full or inability to pay.) We attempt to mitigate this risk by diversifying the risk with multiple reinsurers and monitoring their credit ratings.

Capital resources consist of shareholder’s equity. The following table summarizes our capital resources as of December 31.

Shareholder’s equity increased in 2014 primarily due to additional paid-in capital resulting from the Acquisition increased unrealized net capital gains partially offset by the dividend to parent. Shareholder’s equity decreased in 2013 due to decreased unrealized net capital gains partially offset by net income.

Financial strength ratings. Our financial strength ratings as of December 31, 2014 are A- from A.M. Best Company, Inc. and BBB+ from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, both with a stable outlook. These ratings reflect the rating agencies’ opinions of our relative financial strength and are not a recommendation to buy or hold any investment. Ratings may be revised or revoked at any time at the sole discretion of the issuing rating agency.

The NAIC has developed a set of financial relationships or tests known as the Insurance Regulatory Information System to assist state regulators in monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies and identifying companies that require special attention or actions by insurance regulatory authorities. The NAIC analyzes financial data provided by insurance companies using prescribed ratios, each with defined “usual ranges”. Generally, regulators will begin to monitor an insurance company if its ratios fall outside the usual ranges for four or more of the ratios. If an insurance company has insufficient capital, regulators may act to reduce the amount of insurance it can issue. Our ratios are within these ranges.

Liquidity sources and uses. Our potential sources of funds principally include the following.

Cash flows. As reflected in our Statements of Cash Flows, net cash provided by operating activities was $106 million, $16 thousand and $15.0 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Fluctuations in net cash provided by operating activities primarily occur as a result of changes in net investment income and differences in the timing of reinsurance payments to and from our affiliated and non-affiliated reinsurers as well as cash contributions resulting from the Acquisition. Prior to 2014, fluctuations in net cash provided by operating activities primarily occurred as a result of changes in net investment income and differences in the timing of reinsurance payments to and from ALIC and payments to Allstate affiliates.

Prior to our acquisition by Resolution Life, under the terms of reinsurance agreements, all premiums and deposits, excluding variable annuity and life contract deposits allocated to separate accounts and those reinsured to non-affiliated reinsurers, were transferred to ALIC, which maintained the investment portfolios supporting our products. Payments of contractholder claims, benefits, contract surrenders and withdrawals and certain operating costs (excluding investment-related expenses), were reimbursed by ALIC, under the terms of the reinsurance agreements. Notwithstanding any reinsurance arrangements, we continue to have primary liability as a direct insurer for risks reinsured. Our ability to meet liquidity demands is dependent on reinsurers’ ability to meet those obligations under the reinsurance programs.

Our ability to pay dividends is dependent on business conditions, income, cash requirements and other relevant factors. The payment of shareholder dividends without the prior approval of the state insurance regulator is limited by Nebraska law to formula amounts based on net income and capital and surplus, determined in conformity with statutory accounting practices, as well as the timing and amount of dividends paid in the preceding twelve months. In addition, in connection with its approval of our acquisition by Resolution Life, the

Department of Insurance order requires prior approval to pay any dividend for five years following the Acquisition. In December 2014, after receiving approval from the Department of Insurance, the Company paid dividends of $33.2 million. No dividends were paid in 2013.

Contractual obligations. Due to the reinsurance agreements that we have in place, certain contractual obligations are ceded to ALIC, LB Re, Hannover Re and other non-affiliated reinsurers.

We are subject to extensive regulation and we are involved in various legal and regulatory actions, all of which have an effect on specific aspects of our business. For a detailed discussion of the legal and regulatory actions in which we are involved, see Note 12 of the financial statements.

There are pending accounting standards that we have not implemented because the implementation date has not yet occurred. For a discussion of these pending standards, see Note 2 in the consolidated financial statements. The effect of implementing certain accounting standards on our financial results and financial condition is often based in part on market conditions at the time of implementation of the standard and other factors we are unable to determine prior to implementation. For this reason, we are sometimes unable to estimate the effect of certain pending accounting standards until the relevant authoritative body finalizes these standards or until we implement them.

After conducting a ‘request for proposal’ process with three major accounting firms for the annual independent audit of Resolution and its subsidiaries, and after completing our 2014 filing which included our 2013 financial statements Lincoln Benefit’s Board dismissed Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”) as our independent registered public accounting firm. The decision to change accountants was recommended by the Audit Committee to the Board, and approved by the Board, on August 13, 2014. On the same day, the Audit Committee recommended appointment to the Board, and the Board appointed, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”) as our new independent registered public accounting firm to audit Lincoln Benefit’s financial statements for the period beginning April 1, 2014. Deloitte was also reengaged on March 17, 2015 to audit Lincoln Benefit’s financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

The reports of Deloitte on Lincoln Benefit’s financial statements for each of the two fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 did not contain any adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

During the two years ended December 31, 2013 and through the date of Deloitte’s report on Lincoln Benefit’s financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014, there were: (i) no disagreements between Lincoln Benefit and Deloitte on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedures, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Deloitte, would have caused Deloitte to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in connection with its report, and (ii) no reportable events within the meaning set forth in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

Lincoln Benefit provided Deloitte with a copy of this disclosure before its filing with the SEC and requested that Deloitte provide us with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether or not it agrees with the above statements. A copy of this letter, dated April 10, 2015, is filed as Exhibit 16 to this registration form on Form S-1.

During the two years ended December 31, 2013 and through the date of PwC’s engagement, we did not consult with PwC regarding (1) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on Lincoln Benefit’s financial

statements, and PwC did not provide either a written report or oral advice to Lincoln Benefit that was an important factor considered by Lincoln Benefit in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing, or financial reporting issue, or (2) any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions) or a reportable event (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

Information required for Item 11(j) is incorporated by reference to the material under the caption “Market Risk” in Item 11(h) of this report.

The biographies of each of the directors and executive officers as of April 13, 2015 are included below.

Clive Cowdery, 51, has been a director since April 2014. Mr. Cowdery is also a director and President of both Resolution Life GP Ltd. and Resolution Life (Parallel) GP Ltd., and a director of both Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. He is the Founder and Chairman of The Resolution Group. Before founding Resolution in 2003, Mr. Cowdery served as Chairman and Chief Executive of GE Insurance Holdings. Mr. Cowdery currently serves as a director of Prospect Publishing Limited, and he is the Founder and Chairman of the Resolution Foundation, a charitable organization dedicated to improving living standards for the 15 million people in Britain on low and middle incomes.

Jon Hack, 47, has been a director since April 2014. Mr. Hack is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and a director of Resolution Life, Inc. He currently serves as the Managing Partner for The Resolution Group. Prior to joining Resolution in 2009, Mr. Hack was a Managing Director and Head of European Financial Institutions Group for Lazard. Mr. Hack qualified as a chartered accountant in 1992 and is a member of The Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales.

Ann Frohman, 51, has been a director since April 2014. Ms. Frohman is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and a director of Resolution Life, Inc. Ms. Frohman is currently self-employed at Frohman Law Office LLC, a law and government relations firm. From December 2010 to March 2012, Ms. Frohman served as Senior Vice President, Government and Industry for Physicians Mutual and Physicians Life Insurance Companies. Prior to that, Ms. Frohman held a number of leadership positions with the Nebraska Department of Insurance, including Director. Ms. Frohman is a licensed attorney with the Nebraska State Bar Association. Ms. Frohman has advised Resolution on issues of Nebraska law from time to time and expects to do so in the future.

Robert Stein, 66, has been a director since April 2014. Mr. Stein is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and a director of Resolution Life, Inc. From November 1976 to September 2011, Mr. Stein held various positions at Ernst & Young, including Partner. He currently serves on the boards of directors of Assurant, Inc. and Aviva plc. Mr. Stein is an actuary and a Certified Public Accountant. He is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants.

Grace Vandecruze, 51, has been a director since April 2014. Ms. Vandecruze is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. Since 2006, Ms. Vandecruze has been employed with Grace Global Capital LLC, where she currently serves as Managing Director. Prior to that, she served as Managing Director at Fox-Pitt, Kelton and Vice President at Head & Company LLC. Ms. Vandecruze is a Certified Public Accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

Richard Carbone, 67, has been a director since April 2014. Mr. Carbone is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and a director of Resolution Life, Inc. Prior to joining Lincoln Benefit, Mr. Carbone served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Prudential Financial, Inc. and The

Prudential Insurance Company of America. He also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Prudential Financial, Inc. from November 2001 to January 2008 and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Prudential Insurance Company of America from July 1997 to January 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Carbone held various leadership roles at Salomon, Inc., Bankers Trust New York Corporation and Bankers Trust Company. Mr. Carbone is a member of the board of directors for E*Trade Financial Corporation. Mr. Carbone is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).

Stephen Campbell, 48, has been a director since May 2014. Mr. Campbell is also a director of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and a director of Resolution Life, Inc. Since July 2013, Mr. Campbell has been self-employed as a consultant and investor. Prior to that, he was as an Investment Banker with Lazard Freres & Co. from 2002 to July 2013. Mr. Campbell currently serves as a member of the board of directors for Hardscuffle, Inc., American Life & Accident Insurance Company of Kentucky and Confluent Health

W. Weldon Wilson, 54, has been a director and Chief Executive Officer since April 2014. Mr. Wilson also serves as a director and Chief Executive Officer for Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. From 2010 to 2013, he was self-employed as a consultant. From July 1991 to December 2009, Mr. Wilson held various positions at Swiss Reinsurance Company, including Chief Executive Officer, President and Director of Swiss Re Life & Health America, Inc. He is a licensed attorney with the State Bar of Texas.

Robyn Wyatt, 50, has been Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since April 2014. Ms. Wyatt also serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of both Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. From March 2002 to September 2013, Ms. Wyatt held positions with various affiliates of Swiss Reinsurance Company, including Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Swiss Re Life & Health America Inc. Prior to that, she served as Vice President and Chief Accountant of Manulife Financial Corporation. Ms. Wyatt is a member of Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand and The Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.

Keith Gubbay, 60, has been President and Chief Actuarial Officer since April 2014. Mr. Gubbay also serves as President and Chief Actuarial Officer of both Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. From 2004 until he joined Resolution Life, Mr. Gubbay held various leadership positions in Sun Life Financial U.S., including Senior Vice-President and Chief Financial Officer. Prior to that, he served as in various senior executive roles at ING Americas. Mr. Gubbay is a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries and a Fellow in the Society of Actuaries.

Simon Packer, 50, has been Chief Transformation Officer since April 2014. Mr. Packer also serves as Chief Transformation Officer of both Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. Prior to joining Resolution in May 2006, Mr. Packer held leadership positions at a variety of U.K. life insurance companies, including Programme Manager at Clerical Medical Investment Group from August 2003 to April 2006 and Programme Manager at AXA Tech Ltd from April 2002 to January 2003.

Leigh McKegney, 31, has been Chief Legal Officer, Vice President and Secretary since May 2014. Ms. McKegney also serves as Chief Legal Officer, Vice President and Secretary of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. From November 2010 to April 2014, Ms. McKegney was a corporate associate at Debevoise & Plimpton LLP. Ms. McKegney is a licensed attorney in the State of New York.

On April 1, 2014, Resolution Life, Inc. (“Resolution Life”) acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Lincoln Benefit from Allstate Life Insurance Company. From January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014, the executive officers of Lincoln Benefit were employees of an Allstate subsidiary. From April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, the executive officers of Lincoln Benefit were employees of Resolution Life’s parent, Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. (“Resolution”) or one of its subsidiaries. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis is separated into two sections for ease of reading, with the first section covering Lincoln Benefit’s compensation practices from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014, and the second section covering Lincoln Benefit’s compensation practices from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014.

Compensation Practices for the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014

Following the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Lincoln Benefit from Allstate Life Insurance Company, executive officers of Lincoln Benefit also served as officers of Resolution and other subsidiaries of Resolution and these executive officers received no compensation directly from Lincoln Benefit. They were employees of Resolution or a subsidiary. Allocations were made for each named executive based on the amount of the named executive’s compensation allocated to Lincoln Benefit under the Services Agreement by and between Resolution Life and Lincoln Benefit, effective as of April 1, 2014 (the “Services Agreement”). Those allocations are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table set forth below and in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis disclosure. The named executive officers may have received additional compensation for services rendered to Resolution or other Resolution subsidiaries, including Resolution Life, and those amounts are not reported.

This portion of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes Resolution’s executive compensation program and specifically describes, for the following named executive officers (“NEOs”) of Lincoln Benefit below, the total 2014 compensation attributable to services rendered to Lincoln Benefit:

The objectives of Resolution’s executive compensation program for 2014 were to (i) create a link between pay and performance, (ii) attract, motivate and retain talented employees, (iii) align the interests of executives and other employees with the interests of Resolution’s shareholders and (iv) foster compliance and support sensible, but not excessive, risk taking. Resolution has designed the elements of its executive compensation program in order to meet these objectives.

All compensation and benefits paid to our officers is determined and paid or provided by Resolution. Resolution pays its executives, including the NEOs, base salary and bonus as set forth in each executive’s employment agreement. In addition, the executives, including NEOs, receive employee benefits on the same terms as other similarly situated executives of Resolution and its subsidiaries. The elements of compensation for

the NEOs are determined pursuant to the terms of their individual employment agreements with Resolution. In 2015, Resolution established a compensation committee of its board of directors to oversee executive compensation matters, including advising on Resolution’s compensation policies and reviewing and approving the determination of annual bonus payments earned by the executives. Neither Resolution nor its compensation committee has engaged the services of a compensation consultant or engaged in any compensation benchmarking analysis. Mr. Wilson assists the compensation committee in setting compensation for the other Resolution executives.

Each of Messrs. Wilson, Gubbay, Packer and Chappell and Ms. Wyatt is party to an employment agreement with Resolution, the parent of Resolution Life. Resolution negotiated each employment agreement at the time the officer became employed by Resolution in 2013 or 2014, prior to its acquisition of Lincoln Benefit. The terms of each agreement, including salary and target bonus opportunities, were determined based on an evaluation of appropriate compensation levels in the insurance industry and the level of compensation, benefits and other entitlements that Resolution considered necessary to attract and retain the executives. The employment agreements set each executive’s base salary and provide for an annual bonus opportunity expressed as a percentage of base salary, and employee benefits on the same terms as similarly situated executives of Resolution. Mr. Wilson’s, Mr. Gubbay’s and Ms. Wyatt’s target annual bonus opportunity is 60%; and Mr. Chappell’s and Mr. Packer’s target annual bonus opportunity is 50%. The employment agreements of Messrs. Chappell and Packer also provide for reimbursement of certain relocation expenses. Mr. Gubbay’s and Ms. Wyatt’s employment agreement each provide for deferred sign-on bonuses payable in three equal amounts on the first through third anniversaries of the effective date of such employment agreement. Mr. Chappell’s agreement also provides for a one-time signing bonus, payable within 60 days following the effective date of his employment agreement. The amount of each of these elements of compensation that is attributable to Lincoln Benefit is as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table.

For 2014, each NEO received the base salary set forth in his or her individual employment agreement. The amount of each such NEO’s base salary for 2014 that is attributable to Lincoln Benefit is as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table. In 2015, the compensation committee of the board of directors of Resolution approved a merit-based salary increase of 16.7% for Ms. Wyatt.

Variable cash compensation in the form of annual bonuses is provided to reward executives for results based on the past performance year. Each NEO’s employment agreement provides for an annual performance-based bonus opportunity, with the target annual bonus amount expressed as a percentage of such NEO’s base salary. The compensation committee of the board of directors of Resolution determines the annual bonus amount that has been earned by each NEO after considering a variety of individual- and Resolution-related performance factors. In determining the annual bonus payments for 2014, the compensation committee considered the objectives of Resolution’s compensation philosophy, and considered the fact that 2014 was a foundational year given the company’s recent formation in 2013. For 2014, the compensation committee determined that each NEO had earned his or her annual performance-based bonus at the target performance level based on achievement of operational performance goals relating to building the Resolution business, including attraction of key talent, completion of the acquisition and transition of Lincoln Benefit from Allstate, implementing core computational systems, developing a governance and risk framework, designing and developing processes and controls in the areas of finance, accounting and operations, designing and developing projection models, having a successful outcome on the initial rating agency process and establishing certain key relationships. The amount of each such NEO’s annual bonus that is attributable to Lincoln Benefit is as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table.

Each of Messrs. Wilson, Gubbay, Packer and Chappell and Ms. Wyatt participate in Resolution’s long-term incentive compensation program, but have not received any long-term or equity-based compensation for their services to Lincoln Benefit. Grants under Resolution’s long-term incentive compensation program were made to our NEOs prior to the acquisition of Lincoln Benefit, and are subject to satisfaction of vesting criteria based on continued service to Resolution. As such equity was awarded prior to the acquisition of Lincoln Benefit and no expense related to such equity is allocated to Lincoln Benefit under the Services Agreement, such compensation is not included in the Summary Compensation Tables or other tables below.

The NEOs’ participate in the benefit programs available to other employees of Resolution Life. These benefits include health and welfare coverage and participation in a Resolution 401(k) plan. Resolution matches employee contributions up to 6% of eligible pay.

Compensation Practices for the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014

Prior to the acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Lincoln Benefit from Allstate Life Insurance Company by Resolution Life, executive officers of Lincoln Benefit also served as officers of other subsidiaries of Allstate and received no compensation directly from Lincoln Benefit. They were employees of an Allstate subsidiary. Allocations were made for each named executive based on the amount of the named executive’s compensation allocated to Lincoln Benefit under the Amended and Restated Service and Expense Agreement among Allstate Insurance Company, Allstate, and certain affiliates, as amended effective January 1, 2009 (the “Service and Expense Agreement”). Those allocations are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table set forth below and in this disclosure, except where noted. The named executives may have received additional compensation for services rendered to other Allstate subsidiaries, and those amounts are not reported.

This portion of the Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes Allstate’s executive compensation program and specifically describes total 2014 compensation for the following named executives of Lincoln Benefit, who are listed below with their titles as of March 31, 2014:

The following table lists the elements of target direct compensation for Allstate’s 2014 executive compensation program. The program uses a mix of fixed and variable compensation elements and provides alignment with both short- and long-term business goals through annual and long-term incentives. Allstate’s incentives are designed to drive overall corporate performance, specific business unit strategies, and individual performance using measures that correlate to stockholder value and align with Allstate’s long-term strategic vision and operating priorities. The Compensation and Succession Committee (the “Committee”) of the Allstate Board of Directors (the “Allstate Board”) establishes the performance measures and ranges of performance for the variable compensation elements for overall Allstate incentive compensation awards. An individual’s realized pay is based on market-based compensation levels and actual performance.

Performance Stock Awards (“PSAs”), Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”), and Stock Options

The elections are reflected in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2014 table.

Instituted in 1996, stock ownership guidelines require each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten to own Allstate common stock worth a multiple of base salary to link management and stockholders’ interests. The following charts show the salary multiple guidelines and the equity holdings that count towards the requirement. The current stock ownership guidelines apply to 88 of 183 Allstate officers as of December 31, 2014, and require these executives to hold 75% of net after-tax shares received as a result of equity compensation awards until their salary multiple guidelines are met.

Beginning with awards granted in 2014, Allstate added a requirement that, regardless of a senior executive’s stock ownership level, Allstate senior executives must retain at least 75% of net after-tax shares. In the case of PSAs, Allstate senior executives must retain 75% of net after-tax PSA shares, after the three-year vesting period, for one year. In the case of stock options, Allstate senior executives must retain 75% of net shares acquired on exercise for one year. This retention requirement applies to Allstate senior executives who receive both PSAs and stock options, or approximately 9% of Allstate officers.

Allstate has a policy that prohibits all officers, directors, and employees from engaging in transactions in securities issued by Allstate or any of its subsidiaries that might be considered speculative or hedging, such as selling short or buying or selling options. A new policy was instituted in 2014 that prohibits Allstate senior executives and directors from pledging Allstate securities as collateral for a loan or holding such securities in a margin account, except when an exception is granted by Allstate’s chairman or the lead director of the Allstate Board.

Typically, the Committee approves grants of equity awards during a meeting in the first fiscal quarter. The timing allows the Committee to align awards with Allstate’s annual performance and business goals.

Throughout the year, the Committee may grant equity incentive awards to newly hired or promoted executives. The grant date for these awards is fixed as the first business day of a month following the later of Committee action or the date of hire or promotion.

Allstate monitors performance toward goals throughout the year and reviews executive compensation program design and executive pay levels annually. As part of that evaluation, Allstate considers available data regarding compensation paid to similarly-situated executives at companies against which it competes for executive talent. With respect to the 2014 compensation program, for Mr. Civgin, the Committee considered compensation data for the peer companies listed below as well as compensation information from certain S&P 100 companies with fiscal year 2013 revenues of between $25 billion and $50 billion with which Allstate competes for executive talent. The Committee reviews the composition of the peer group annually with the assistance of its independent compensation consultant, Compensation Advisory Partners. The following table reflects the peer group used for 2014 compensation benchmarking.

With respect to Mr. Merten, Allstate management considered a compensation survey — Towers Watson Diversified Insurance Survey — that provided information on insurance companies of a similar size and business mix as Allstate. The Towers Watson Diversified Insurance Survey includes insurance companies with assets greater than $125 billion.

The Committee uses the 50^th percentile of Allstate’s peer group as a guideline in setting the target total direct compensation of Allstate’s executives. Within the guideline, the Committee balances the various elements of compensation based on individual experience, job scope and responsibilities, performance, and market practices.

To remain competitive with other employers and to attract, retain, and motivate highly talented executives and other employees, Allstate offers the benefits listed in the following table.

Each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten participates in two different defined benefit pension plans. The Allstate Retirement Plan (“ARP”) is a tax qualified defined benefit pension plan available to all of Allstate’s regular full-time and regular part-time employees who meet certain age and service requirements. The ARP provides an assured retirement income based on an employee’s level of compensation and length of service at no cost to the employee. As the ARP is a tax qualified plan, federal tax law limits (1) the amount of an individual’s compensation that can be used to calculate plan benefits and (2) the total amount of benefits payable to a plan participant on an annual basis. For certain employees, these limits may result in a lower benefit under the ARP than would have been payable otherwise. Therefore, the Supplemental Retirement Income Plan (“SRIP”) is used to provide ARP-eligible employees whose compensation or benefit amount exceeds the federal limits with an additional defined benefit in an amount equal to what would have been payable under the ARP if the federal limits did not exist.

Consistent with Allstate’s compensation objectives, Allstate offers these benefits to attract, motivate, and retain executives. A change-in-control of Allstate could have a disruptive impact on both Allstate and its executives. Change-in-control benefits and post-termination benefits are designed to mitigate that impact and to maintain alignment between the interests of Allstate’s executives and Allstate’s stockholders.

Mr. Civgin is a participant in Allstate’s change-in-control severance plan (the “CIC Plan”). Mr. Merten is not a participant in the CIC Plan.

The change-in-control and post-termination arrangements which are described in the Potential Payments as a Result of Termination or Change-in-Control section are not provided exclusively to Messrs. Civgin and Merten. A larger group of management employees is eligible to receive many of the post-termination benefits described in that section.

Awards made to Allstate’s executive officers after May 19, 2009, under short- and long-term incentive compensation plans, are subject to clawback in the event of certain financial restatements. Annual cash incentive and equity awards granted after May 19, 2009, are also subject to cancellation or recovery in certain circumstances if the recipient violates non-solicitation covenants. Equity awards granted after February 21, 2012, are subject to cancellation or recovery in certain circumstances if the recipient violates non-competition covenants.

The base salaries for each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten were reviewed in February of 2014. Mr. Civgin’s salary was not adjusted. Allstate established a new base salary for Mr. Merten based on individual performance and in line with the enterprise-wide merit increase.

In 2014, Allstate’s total corporate pool was calculated based on three measures: Adjusted Operating Income, Total Premiums, and Net Investment Income. The 2014 annual incentive plan targets for Adjusted Operating Income and Net Investment Income were lower than actual 2013 performance to account for economic trends or certain items that are not indicative of Allstate’s underlying insurance business. As an example, the targets for those measures were set at amounts to take into account Allstate’s sale of Lincoln Benefit during 2014, and Net Investment Income targets reflect the impact of historically low interest rates. Also in 2014, the ranges between target and maximum were widened to reflect the fact that Allstate’s business has been operating well and the plan had paid near maximum levels in the prior two years. For a description of how these measures are calculated, see pages 120-123. The ranges of performance and 2014 actual results are shown in the following table.

Adjusted Operating Income ROE is the performance measure used for PSAs. For a description of how this measure is calculated for each performance cycle, see page 122. The measurement periods and levels of Adjusted Operating Income ROE needed to earn the threshold, target and maximum number of PSAs for the measurement period, as well as actual results, are set forth in the table below.

The following tables show the target number of PSAs granted to each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten for the 2012-2014, 2013-2015, and 2014-2016 performance cycles, and the number of PSAs earned based on achievement of the performance measure.

The following table summarizes the compensation of our named executive officers for all services rendered to Lincoln Benefit for the last three fiscal years, in a manner consistent with the allocation of compensation under the Services Agreement or the Service and Expense Agreement, as applicable.

This amount reflects an accounting expense and does not correspond to actual value that will be realized by Messrs. Civgin and Merten. The number of options granted in 2014 to each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten is provided in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table on page 110.

The following table reflects the respective change in the actuarial value of the benefits provided to Messrs. Civgin and Merten in 2014:

All Other Compensation for 2014 — Supplemental Table for Messrs. Civgin and Merten

(1) Each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten participated in Allstate’s 401(k) plan during 2014. The amount shown is the amount allocated to their accounts as employer matching contributions. Mr. Merten was not vested in the employer matching contribution in 2014, but he became vested on January 3, 2015.

(2) “Other” consists of premiums for group life insurance and personal benefits and perquisites consisting of mobile devices, tax preparation services, financial planning, ground transportation, and supplemental long-term disability coverage. There was no incremental cost for the use of mobile devices. Allstate provides supplemental long-term disability coverage to all regular full- and part-time employees who participate in the long-term disability plan and whose annual earnings exceed the level which produces the maximum monthly benefit provided by the long-term disability plan. This coverage is self-insured (funded and paid for by Allstate when obligations are incurred). No obligations for Messrs. Civgin and Merten were incurred in 2014, and therefore, no incremental cost is reflected in the table. In limited circumstances approved by Allstate’s CEO, Mr. Civgin was permitted to use Allstate’s corporate aircraft for personal purposes. Mr. Civgin did not use the corporate aircraft for personal purposes in 2014.

The compensation information set forth below is separated into two sections for ease of reading, with the first section covering compensation granted to our NEOs with respect to their services to Lincoln Benefit from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 following Resolution Life’s acquisition of Lincoln Benefit from Allstate on April 1, 2014, and the second section covering compensation granted to Messrs. Civgin and Merten with respect to their services to Lincoln Benefit prior to April 1, 2014.

Compensation Related to Services from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014

Each of the NEOs is party to an employment agreement with Resolution that provides for severance and/or other payments on certain terminations of employment. If Messrs. Gubbay’s, Packer’s or Chappell’s or Ms. Wyatt’s employment is terminated by mutual agreement between Resolution and the NEO, by Resolution without “cause” or by the NEO with “good reason” (such terminations, “qualifying terminations”), the NEO is entitled to the severance benefit described in the paragraph below; a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination, based on actual Resolution performance; and continued medical coverage at the same premium rate paid by active employees for the period during which the NEO receives the severance benefit. Mr. Gubbay and Ms. Wyatt are also entitled to payment of any unpaid portion of their deferred sign-on bonuses on such a qualifying termination or on a termination due to his or her death or disability. If Mr. Wilson’s employment is terminated in a qualifying termination, he is entitled to a pro-rated bonus for the year of termination and continued medical coverage for twelve months at the same premium rate paid by active employees. Mr. Wilson’s employment agreement does not provide for other severance payments.

If Mr. Gubbay’s or Ms. Wyatt’s employment is terminated in a qualifying termination prior to the second anniversary of his or her employment agreement, such NEO’s severance benefit is equal to (a) one twelfth of the sum of the NEO’s annual base salary and target bonus, (b) multiplied by the number of whole months remaining until the third anniversary of the effective date of the NEO’s employment agreement. On a qualifying termination of Ms. Wyatt’s or Mr. Gubbay’s employment following the second anniversary of the effective date of such NEO’s employment agreement, the NEO’s severance benefit is equal to one year of base salary plus target bonus. If Mr. Chappell’s or Mr. Packer’s employment is terminated in a qualifying termination prior to the first anniversary of the effective date of his employment agreement, his severance benefit is equal to (a) one twelfth of the sum of his base salary plus target bonus, (b) multiplied by the number of whole months remaining until the second anniversary of the effective date of his employment agreement. On a qualifying termination of Mr. Chappell’s or Mr. Packer’s employment following the first anniversary of the effective date of his employment agreement, he is entitled to an amount equal to one-half of the sum his annual base salary plus target bonus.

For these purposes, “cause” means (i) fraudulent statements or acts of the NEO with respect to the performance of his or her duties under the employment agreement, (ii) the NEO’s conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any crime that constitutes a felony or any crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, deceit, dishonesty or fraud and that results in material harm to Resolution, (iii) willful misconduct by the NEO with respect to Resolution or any of its subsidiaries, or (iv) a material breach by the NEO of his or her employment agreement. “Good reason” for these purposes means (a) a reduction in the NEO’s base salary, annual bonus percentage, long-term incentive compensation percentage, for Mr. Gubbay and Ms. Wyatt only, deferred compensation, or Resolution’s refusal to pay the NEO any compensation or benefits due, (b) a material diminution in the NEO’s position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding any isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action, (c) any willful breach by Resolution of a material term of the NEO’s employment agreement, (d) Resolution requiring the NEO to engage in any unlawful or criminal act or (e) the bankruptcy of Resolution. For Mr. Gubbay, “good reason” also includes a termination of employment by Mr. Gubbay if (X) Resolution requests that he relocate his residence from the Boston, Massachusetts area prior to the second anniversary of the effective date of his agreement, (Y) he declines such request to relocate and (Z) he

continues to perform his duties from the Boston, Massachusetts area for six months following his decline of the request to relocate (or such shorter period as agreed by Resolution). In order to terminate his or her employment for “good reason,” an NEO must give Resolution written notice and Resolution shall have 30 days to cure.

An NEO’s severance payments are subject to such NEO signing a general release of claims. In addition, the NEOs are subject to covenants not to compete and not to solicit for one year following the date of termination (two years for Mr. Wilson), a non-disparagement covenant for three years following the date of termination, and an indefinite non-disclosure covenant.

Estimate of Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change of Control

The following table summarizes estimated payments and benefits that would be provided to our NEOs pursuant to their employment agreements in connection with a termination of employment under various scenarios or a change in control and that are attributable to service to Lincoln Benefit and reimbursable under the Services Agreement, assuming such event occurred on December 31, 2014.

Resolution has performed a review of compensation policies and practices for all of its employees who provide services to Lincoln Benefit and has concluded that its compensation policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse impact on Lincoln Benefit.

Our independent directors receive an annual cash retainer fee for their services on the boards of directors of Resolution and its subsidiaries, including Lincoln Benefit, a portion of which is allocated to Lincoln Benefit pursuant to the Services Agreement. The portion of the annual retainer allocated to Lincoln Benefit for 2014 is set forth in the table below. A non-employee director may also elect to defer receipt of all or a portion of his or her annual retainer fee into deferred stock units of Resolution. The elected percentage of the Board retainer for a calendar year of service is converted into stock units when the year-end valuation of Resolution’s common stock for the immediately prior year is available. The stock units will be unvested until December 31st of the relevant year of service, and, as a general rule, if the director’s Board service ends before December 31st, unvested stock units will be forfeited except that, in the case of a qualifying termination, a pro rata portion of the director’s unvested stock units will vest. If Resolution pays a dividend on its common stock, the electing director will be paid, on a current basis, the same cash amount on the stock units (both vested and unvested) held by such director as of the record date of the dividend. Vested stock units will be settled in cash on the first to occur of (1) a change in control of Resolution and (2) 120 days following the end of the year in which the director’s board service ends.

The following table summarizes the allocation of compensation of each of Lincoln Benefit’s independent directors during 2014 for his or her services as a member of the Board of Directors of Lincoln Benefit and its committees in a manner consistent with the allocation of compensation under the Services Agreement. Directors who are officers or employees of Resolution and its subsidiaries and other non-independent directors do not receive any additional compensation for their services as a director of Lincoln Benefit.

The following table provides information about non-equity incentive plan awards and equity awards granted to Messrs. Civgin and Merten during fiscal year 2014 to the extent the expense was allocated to Lincoln Benefit under the Service and Expense Agreement.

PSAs represent Allstate’s promise to transfer shares of common stock in the future if certain performance measures are met. Each PSA represents Allstate’s promise to transfer one fully vested share in the future for each PSA that vests. Earned PSAs will vest following the end of the three-year performance cycle, subject to continued employment (other than in the event of death, disability, retirement, or a qualifying termination following a change-in-control). Vested PSAs will be converted into shares of Allstate common stock and dividend equivalents accrued on these shares will be paid in cash. No dividend equivalents will be paid prior to vesting. PSAs were granted to Mr. Civgin.

Mr. Merten received an award of RSUs in 2014. Each RSU represents Allstate’s promise to transfer one fully vested share of stock in the future if and when the restrictions expire (when the unit “vests”). Because RSUs are based on and payable in stock, they reinforce the alignment of interests of Allstate’s executives and Allstate’s stockholders. In addition, RSUs provide a retention incentive because they have a real, current value that is forfeited in most circumstances if an executive terminates employment before the RSUs vest. Under the terms of the RSU awards, the executives have only the rights of general unsecured creditors of Allstate and no rights as stockholders until delivery of the underlying shares. The RSUs granted to Mr. Merten in 2014 vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, except in certain change-in-control situations or under other special circumstances approved by the Committee. The RSUs granted to Mr. Merten in 2014 include the right to receive previously accrued dividend equivalents when the underlying RSU vests.

Stock options represent an opportunity to buy shares of Allstate’s stock at a fixed exercise price at a future date. Allstate uses them to align the interests of its executives with long-term stockholder value, as the stock price must appreciate from the grant date for the executives to profit.

Under Allstate’s stockholder-approved equity incentive plan, the exercise price cannot be less than the closing price of a share on the grant date or, if there was no such sale on the grant date, then on the last previous day on which there was a sale. Stock option repricing is not permitted. In other words, without an event such as a stock split, if the Committee cancels an award and substitutes a new award, the exercise price of the new award cannot be less than the exercise price of the cancelled award.

All stock option awards have been made in the form of non-qualified stock options. The options granted to Messrs. Civgin and Merten in 2014 become exercisable over three years. One-third of the stock options will become exercisable on the anniversary of the grant date for each of the three years. The options granted to Messrs. Civgin and Merten prior to 2014 become exercisable over four years: 50% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 25% on each of the third and fourth anniversary dates. The change to the vesting schedule in 2014 was made to reflect current market practice. All of the options expire in ten years.

The following table summarizes the outstanding equity awards of Messrs. Civgin and Merten as of December 31, 2014, allocated in a manner consistent with the allocation of compensation expenses to Lincoln Benefit under the Service and Expense Agreement for 2014. The percentage of each equity award actually allocated to Lincoln Benefit has varied over the years, during which these awards were granted depending on the extent of services rendered by such executive to Lincoln Benefit and the arrangements in place at the time of such equity awards between Lincoln Benefit and the executive’s Allstate-affiliated employer. Because the aggregate amount of such equity awards attributable to services rendered to Lincoln Benefit by each of Messrs.

Civgin and Merten cannot be calculated without unreasonable effort, the allocated amount of each equity award provided for each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten in the following table is the amount determined by multiplying each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten’s equity award for services rendered to Allstate and all of its affiliates by the percentage used for allocating such named executive’s compensation to Lincoln Benefit for 2014 under the Service and Expense Agreement.

The following table summarizes the Allstate options exercised by Messrs. Civgin and Merten during 2014 and the Allstate RSU awards that vested during 2014, allocated in a manner consistent with the allocation of compensation expenses to Lincoln Benefit under the Service and Expense Agreement for 2014.

The following table provides information about the pension plans in which Messrs. Civgin and Merten participate. Each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten participates in the Allstate Retirement Plan (“ARP”) and the Supplemental Retirement Income Plan (“SRIP”). Pension expense for each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten under these plans has been accrued annually over the course of the executive’s career with Allstate. The aggregate amount of the annual accrual specifically allocated to Lincoln Benefit over that period of time has varied depending on the extent of services rendered by such executive to Lincoln Benefit and the arrangements in place at the time of accrual between Lincoln Benefit and the executive’s Allstate affiliated employer. Because the aggregate amount of such annual accruals earned prior to 2014 attributable to services rendered to Lincoln Benefit by each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten cannot be calculated without unreasonable effort, the present value of accumulated benefit provided for each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten in the following table is the amount determined by multiplying the present value of such named executive’s accumulated pension benefit for services rendered to Allstate and all of its affiliates over the course of such named executive’s career with Allstate by the percentage used for allocating such named executive’s compensation to Lincoln Benefit for 2014 under the Service and Expense Agreement.

See note 17 to Allstate’s audited financial statements for 2014 for additional information.

Contributions to the ARP are made entirely by Allstate and are paid into a trust fund from which benefits are paid.

Each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten earned benefits under the cash balance formula in 2014. Under this formula, participants receive pay credits while employed at Allstate, based on a percentage of eligible annual compensation and years of service, plus interest credits. Pay credits are allocated to a hypothetical account in an amount equal to 3% to 5% of eligible annual compensation, depending on years of vesting service. Interest credits are allocated to the hypothetical account based on the interest crediting rate in effect for that plan year as published by the Internal Revenue Service. The interest crediting rate is set annually and is currently based on the average yield for 30-year U.S. Treasury securities for August of the prior year. Prior to 2014, Messrs. Civgin and Merten earned cash balance credits equal to 2.5% of eligible annual compensation after they completed one year of vesting service based on the prior cash balance formula.

SRIP benefits are generally determined using a two-step process: (1) determine the amount that would be payable under the ARP formula if Internal Revenue Code limits did not apply, then (2) reduce the amount described in (1) by the amount actually payable under the ARP formula. The normal retirement date under the SRIP is age 65. If eligible for early retirement under the ARP, the employee also is eligible for early retirement under the SRIP. SRIP benefits are not funded and are paid out of Allstate’s general assets.

No additional service credit beyond service with Allstate or its predecessors is granted under the ARP or the SRIP to Messrs. Civgin or Merten.

Under both the ARP and SRIP, eligible compensation consists of salary, annual cash incentive awards, and certain other forms of compensation, but does not include long-term cash incentive awards or income related to equity awards. Compensation used to determine benefits under the ARP is limited in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code.

Payment options under the ARP include a lump sum, straight life annuity, and various survivor annuity options. The lump sum payment under the cash balance benefit is generally equal to a participant’s cash balance account balance. Payments from the SRIP are paid in the form of a lump sum.

Eligible employees are vested in the normal ARP and SRIP retirement benefits on the earlier of the completion of three years of service or upon reaching age 65.

A participant earning cash balance benefits who terminates employment with at least three years of vesting service is entitled to a lump sum benefit equal to his or her cash balance account balance.

The following SRIP payment dates assume a retirement or termination date of December 31, 2014:

The following table summarizes the non-qualified deferred compensation contributions, earnings, and account balances of Messrs. Civgin and Merten in 2014. All amounts relate to The Allstate Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan.

The aggregate amount of the annual accrual specifically allocated to Lincoln Benefit over each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten’s career with Allstate has varied depending on the extent of services rendered by such executive to Lincoln Benefit and the arrangements in place at the time of accrual between Lincoln Benefit and the executive’s Allstate affiliated employer. Because the aggregate earnings and balance attributable to services rendered to Lincoln Benefit by each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten cannot be calculated without unreasonable effort, the aggregate earnings and aggregate balance provided for each of Messrs. Civgin and Merten in the following table is the amount determined by multiplying the value of such named executive’s non-qualified deferred compensation benefit for services rendered to Allstate and all of its affiliates over the course of such named executive’s career with Allstate by the percentage used for allocating such named executive’s compensation to Lincoln Benefit for 2014 under the Service and Expense Agreement.

In order to remain competitive with other employers, Allstate allows Messrs. Civgin and Merten and other employees whose annual compensation exceeds the amount specified in the Internal Revenue Code ($260,000 in 2014), to defer under the Deferred Compensation Plan up to 80% of their salary and/or up to 100% of their annual cash incentive award that exceeds the Internal Revenue Code limit. Allstate does not match participant deferrals and does not guarantee a stated rate of return.

Deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan are credited with earnings or debited for losses based on the results of the notional investment option or options selected by the participants. The notional investment options available in 2014 under the Deferred Compensation Plan are: stable value, S&P 500, international equity, Russell 2000, mid-cap, and bond funds. Under the Deferred Compensation Plan, deferrals are not actually

invested in these funds, but instead are credited with earnings or debited for losses based on the funds’ investment returns. Because the rate of return is based on actual investment measures in Allstate’s 401(k) plan, no above-market earnings are credited or recorded. Allstate’s Deferred Compensation Plan and 401(k) plan allow participants to change their investment elections daily.

The Deferred Compensation Plan is unfunded. This means that Allstate does not set aside funds for the plan in a trust or otherwise. Participants have only the rights of general unsecured creditors and may lose their balances in the event of the company’s bankruptcy. Account balances are 100% vested at all times.

An irrevocable distribution election is required before making any deferrals into the plan. Generally, a plan participant may elect to begin receiving a distribution of his or her account balance immediately upon separation from service or in one of the first through fifth years after separation from service. The earliest distribution date for deferrals on or after January 1, 2005, and earnings and losses on these amounts, is six months following separation from service. The plan participant may elect to receive payment in a lump sum or in annual cash installment payments over a period of two to ten years. In addition, a plan participant may elect an in-service withdrawal of his or her entire balance earned and vested prior to January 1, 2005, and earnings and losses on these amounts, subject to forfeiture of 10% of such balance. Upon proof of an unforeseen emergency, a plan participant may be allowed to access certain funds in a deferred compensation account earlier than the dates specified above.

Potential Payments as a Result of Termination or Change in Control (“CIC”)

The following table lists the compensation and benefits that Allstate would provide to Messrs. Civgin and Merten in various scenarios involving a termination of employment, other than compensation and benefits generally available to salaried employees. The table describes equity granting practices for the 2014 equity incentive awards. Relevant prior practices are described in the footnotes.

Estimate of Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment or Change of Control

Messrs. Civgin and Merten did not receive any termination or change in control payments or benefits that have been or will be reimbursed by Lincoln Benefit under the Service and Expense Agreement as a result of their termination of service to Lincoln Benefit at the time of Resolution Life’s acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Lincoln Benefit from Allstate Life Insurance Company on April 1, 2014.

A review and assessment of potential compensation-related risks is conducted by Allstate’s chief risk officer. Allstate believes that its compensation policies and practices are appropriately structured and do not provide incentives for employees to take unnecessary and excessive risks.

The Allstate Board and its risk and return committee both play an important role in risk management oversight, including reviewing how Allstate management measures, evaluates, and manages Allstate’s exposure to risks posed by a wide variety of events and conditions. In addition, the compensation and succession committee employs an independent compensation consultant each year to review and assess Allstate’s executive pay levels, practices, and overall program design.

The following are descriptions of the performance measures used by Allstate for executive incentive compensation. These measures are not GAAP measures. They were developed uniquely for incentive compensation purposes and are not reported items in Allstate’s financial statements. The Committee has approved the use of non-GAAP measures when appropriate to drive executive focus on particular strategic, operational, or financial factors, or to exclude factors over which executives have little influence or control. The Committee monitors compensation estimates during the year based on actual performance on these measures, and the internal audit department reviews the final results.

Adjusted Operating Income: This measure is calculated differently for annual cash incentive awards, the 162(m) pool, and each PSA performance cycle. For each plan, Adjusted Operating Income is equal to net income available to common shareholders as reported in Allstate’s annual report on Form 10-K adjusted for the after-tax effect of the items indicated below:

Adjusted Operating Income: This measure is used to assess financial performance. For a description of how this measure is determined, see above.

The impact of catastrophe losses on annual cash incentive awards is recognized through a modifier to the Adjusted Operating Income performance measure payout percentage.

In 2014, actual after-tax catastrophe losses were within 10% of planned catastrophe losses and as a result, no adjustment was required.

Net Investment Income: This measure is used to assess the financial operating performance provided from investments. It is equal to net investment income as reported in the consolidated statement of operations. Net investment income is subject to adjustments to be consistent with the financial reporting used in establishing the measure and to exclude the effects of acquiring and selling businesses and was adjusted accordingly in 2014.

Total Premiums: This measure is used to assess growth within the Allstate Protection and Allstate Financial businesses. It is equal to the sum of Allstate Protection premiums written and Allstate Financial premiums and contract charges as described below.

Allstate Protection premiums written is equal to the Allstate Protection net premiums written as reported in management’s discussion and analysis in Allstate’s annual report on Form 10-K.

Allstate Financial premiums and contract charges are equal to life and annuity premiums and contract charges reported in the consolidated statement of operations.

Total Premiums is subject to adjustments to be consistent with the financial reporting used in establishing the measure and to exclude the effects of acquiring and selling businesses and was adjusted accordingly in 2014.

Performance Stock Award Performance Measures for the 2012-2014 Performance Cycle and the 2013-2015 Performance Cycle

Annual Adjusted Operating Income Return on Equity: This measure is used to assess financial performance. It is calculated as the ratio of annual Adjusted Operating Income for the applicable PSA performance cycle divided by the average of common shareholders’ equity excluding the effects of unrealized net capital gains and losses at the beginning and at the end of the year. For a description of how Adjusted Operating Income is determined, see page 121.

Adjusted Operating Income is adjusted to include a minimum or maximum amount of after-tax catastrophe losses if actual catastrophe losses are less than or exceed those amounts, respectively. In 2013, Adjusted Operating Income was adjusted to include a minimum amount of catastrophe losses, thus lowering the actual performance. In 2012 and 2014, no such adjustment was made.

Average common shareholders’ equity is subject to adjustments to be consistent with the financial reporting used in establishing the measure and to exclude the effects of acquiring and selling businesses and was adjusted accordingly in 2014.

Performance Stock Award Performance Measures for the 2014-2016 Performance Cycle

Three Year Average Adjusted Operating Income Return on Equity: This measure is used to assess financial performance. It is calculated as the ratio of average Adjusted Operating Income divided by the average of common shareholders’ equity, excluding the effects of unrealized net capital gains and losses, at December 31,

2013 and at the end of each year in the three year cycle. For a description of how Adjusted Operating Income is determined, see page 121.

Average Adjusted Operating Income is adjusted to include a minimum or maximum amount of after-tax catastrophe losses if the average of actual catastrophe losses in the three year cycle are less than or exceed those amounts, respectively.

Prior to the transaction with Resolution, the Board of Directors of Lincoln Benefit did not have a compensation committee. All compensation decisions were made by The Allstate Corporation, as the ultimate parent company of Lincoln Benefit. No executive officer of Lincoln Benefit served as a member of the compensation committee of another entity for which any executive officer served as a director for Lincoln Benefit.

In February 2015, the Board of Directors of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. established a compensation committee, whose primary function is to assist the Board with its oversight role with respect to the compensation of Resolution Life Holdings, Inc.’s and its subsidiaries’ executive officers and other employees. No executive officer of Lincoln Benefit serves as a member of the compensation committee of another entity for which any executive officer served as a director for Lincoln Benefit.

The following table shows the number of Lincoln Benefit shares owned by any beneficial owner who owns more than five percent of any class of Lincoln Benefit’s voting securities.

The following table shows the number of shares of stock in Lincoln Benefit or its parents beneficially owned by each director and named executive officer of Lincoln Benefit individually, and by all executive officers and directors of Lincoln Benefit as a group. Shares reported as beneficially owned include certain shares held indirectly, as well as shares subject to stock options exercisable on or prior to April 13, 2015 and restricted stock units for which restrictions expire on or prior to April 13, 2015. The following share amounts are as of April 13, 2015.

On December 31, 2013, Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. entered into a Credit Agreement with Royal Bank of Canada (“RBC”), The Royal Bank of Scotland, PLC, RBC Capital Markets, RBS Securities Inc. and Lloyds Securities Inc. (the “Credit Agreement”). On April 1, 2014, Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. and Resolution Life, Inc. entered into a Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with Royal Bank of Canada (the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”). Pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Resolution Life Holdings, Inc. pledged the securities of Resolution Life, Inc. to the Secured Parties (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) in order to secure a term loan to Resolution Life, Inc. for the acquisition of Lincoln Benefit. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, Resolution Life, Inc. also pledged the securities of Lincoln Benefit to the Secured Parties (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement).

If Resolution Life, Inc. defaults on its obligations under the Credit Agreement, RBC (as collateral agent), will have the option to receive all of the Resolution Life, Inc. and Lincoln Benefit stock pledged the Credit Agreement and Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, including all voting and corporate rights to such stock.

On April 1, 2014, all of the capital stock in Lincoln Benefit was acquired by Resolution Life, Inc. Prior to this transaction, Lincoln Benefit was a wholly-owned subsidiary of ALIC.

Prior to the acquisition of Lincoln Benefit from Allstate Life Insurance Company by Resolution Life, Inc., Lincoln Benefit was a party to certain intercompany agreements involving amounts greater than $120,000 between Lincoln Benefit and the following companies:

After Lincoln Benefit was acquired by Resolution Life, Inc., Lincoln Benefit is a party to certain intercompany agreements involving amounts greater than $120,000 between Lincoln Benefit and the following companies:

The agreements listed in the table immediately above relate to a transaction that Resolution Life, Inc., Resolution Life Holdings, Inc., Lancaster Re Captive Insurance Company, Lannis LLC and Lincoln Benefit Life Company have entered into with Hannover Life Reassurance Company of America, an unrelated party, in order to finance a portion of the insurance reserves held by Lincoln Benefit with respect to universal life insurance policies with secondary guarantees written by Lincoln Benefit.

Prior to the acquisition of Lincoln Benefit from Allstate Life Insurance Company by Resolution Life, Inc., all intercompany agreements to which Lincoln Benefit was a party were approved by Lincoln Benefit’s Board of Directors as well as by the board of any other affiliate of The Allstate Corporation that was a party to the agreement. When required, intercompany agreements were submitted for approval to the Nebraska Department of Insurance, Lincoln Benefit’s domestic regulator, and any additional states in which Lincoln Benefit might be commercially domiciled pursuant to the applicable state’s insurance holding company systems act. This process was documented in an internal procedure that captured the review and approval process of all intercompany agreements. All approvals were maintained in Lincoln Benefit’s corporate records.

Prior to the transaction with Resolution, while there was no formal process for the review and approval of related person transactions between unaffiliated entities specific to Lincoln Benefit, all directors and executive officers of Lincoln Benefit were subject to the Allstate Code of Ethics (“Allstate Code”). The Allstate Code includes a written conflict of interest policy that was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Allstate Corporation, the former ultimate parent company of Lincoln Benefit. Any potential relationship or activity that could impair independent thinking and judgment, including holding a financial interest in a business venture that is similar to Allstate, or in a business that has a relationship with Allstate, was required to be disclosed to Human Resources. Human Resources worked with representatives from the Law Department, including Enterprise Business Conduct, to determine whether an actual conflict of interest existed. Each director and executive officer was required to sign a Code of Ethics certification annually.

All intercompany agreements to which Lincoln Benefit is a part are approved by Lincoln Benefit’s Board of Directors as well as by the board of any other affiliate of Lincoln Benefit that is a party to the agreement. When required, intercompany agreements are submitted for approval to the Nebraska Department of Insurance, Lincoln Benefit’s domestic regulator, and any additional states in which Lincoln Benefit might be commercially domiciled pursuant to the applicable state’s insurance holding company systems act. This process is documented in an internal procedure that captures the review and approval process of all intercompany agreements. All approvals are maintained in Lincoln Benefit’s corporate records.

Subsequent to the acquisition by Resolution Life, Inc., while there is no formal process for the review and approval of related person transactions between unaffiliated entities specific to Lincoln Benefit, all directors, officers and employees of Lincoln Benefit are subject to Resolution Life’s Code of Conduct and its Conflict of Interest Guideline. The Resolution Code of Conduct includes a written conflict of interest policy that was adopted by the Board of Directors of Resolution Life, the parent company of Lincoln Benefit, and the Board of Directors of Lincoln Benefit. Any potential relationship or activity that could impair independent thinking and judgment, including holding a financial interest in a business venture that is similar to Lincoln Benefit and/or Resolution Life, or in a business that has a relationship with either entity, is required to be disclosed to Human

Resources and Compliance. Human Resources works with representatives from the Law Department, including Compliance, and the Audit Committee, if necessary, to determine whether an actual conflict of interest existed. All directors, officers and employees are required to sign a Code of Conduct certification and complete a Conflict of Interest Questionnaire annually.

Although not subject to the independence standards of the New York Stock Exchange, for purposes of this registration statement, Lincoln Benefit has applied the independence standards required for listed companies of the New York Stock Exchange to the Board of Directors. Applying these standards, Lincoln Benefit has determined that five of its directors are independent: Stephen Campbell, Richard Carbone, Ann Frohman, Robert Stein and Grace Vandecruze.

The financial statements as of and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 and for the period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company included in this Prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in the Registration Statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement. Such financial statements and financial statement schedule are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and for the period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The following change is made to the prospectuses for the LBL Advantage, Consultant II and Premier Planner:

Under the “More Information” section, the subsection entitled “Legal Matters” is deleted and replaced with the following:

Certain matters of Nebraska law pertaining to the Contract, including the validity of the Contract and our right to issue the Contract under Nebraska law, have been passed upon by Lamson Dugan & Murray LLP, Omaha, Nebraska.

Allstate Distributors, L.L.C. (“ADLLC”) serves as distributor of the securities registered herein. The securities offered herein are sold on a continuous basis, and there is no specific end date for the offering. ADLLC is a registered broker dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. ADLLC is not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of securities, but will use its best efforts to sell the securities offered.

We have primary responsibility for all administration of the Contracts and the Variable Account. We entered into an administrative services agreement with Allstate Life Insurance Company (“ALIC”). ALIC has entered into an administrative services agreement with The Prudential Insurance Company of America (“PICA”), pursuant to which PICA or an affiliate provides administrative services to the Variable Account and the Contracts on our behalf. In addition, PICA entered into a master services agreement with se², LLC, of 5801 SW 6th Avenue, Topeka, Kansas 66636, whereby se², LLC provides certain business process outsourcing services with respect to the Contracts. se², LLC may engage other service providers to provide certain administrative functions. These service providers may change over time, and as of December 31, 2014, consisted of the following: NTT DATA Process Services, LLC (administrative services) located at PO Box 4201, Boston, MA 02211; RR Donnelley Global Investment Markets (compliance printing and mailing) located at 111 South Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60606; Jayhawk File Express, LLC (file storage and document destruction) located at 601 E. 5th Street, Topeka, KS 66601-2596; Co-Sentry.net, LLC (back-up printing and disaster recovery) located at 9394 West Dodge Rd, Suite 100, Omaha, NE 68114; Convey Compliance Systems, Inc. (withholding calculations and tax statement mailing) located at 3650 Annapolis Lane, Suite 190, Plymouth, MN 55447; Spangler Graphics, LLC (compliance mailings) located at 29305 44th Street, Kansas City, KS 66106; Veritas Document Solutions, LLC (compliance mailings) located at 913 Commerce Ct, Buffalo Grove, IL 60089; Records Center of Topeka, a division of Underground Vaults & Storage, Inc. (back-up tapes storage) located at 1540 NW Gage Blvd. #6, Topeka, KS 66618; Venio LLC, d/b/a Keane (lost shareholder search) located at PO Box 1508, Southeastern, PA 19399-1508; DST Systems, Inc. (FAN mail, positions, prices) located at 333 West 11 Street, 5th Floor, Kansas City, MO 64105.

In administering the Contracts, the following services are provided, among others:

In connection with Resolution Life’s acquisition of Lincoln Benefit, Resolution Life, Inc. and Allstate Life entered into a Transition Services Agreement (the “TSA”), pursuant to which Allstate Life will continue to provide certain administrative services for the Recaptured Business for a period of twelve to twenty-four months after the closing. Following termination of the TSA, we plan to outsource the administration of the Recaptured Business to third-party administrators. In particular, the administration of our deferred annuity business was outsourced to se2, LLC, an unaffiliated third-party service provider, effective February 23, 2015. The remaining administration will be outsourced to Alliance–One Services, Inc., an unaffiliated third-party service provider, later this year.


                         LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

                      Supplement Dated September 30, 2013
                To the following Prospectuses, as supplemented

CONSULTANT SOLUTIONS (CLASSIC, PLUS, ELITE, SELECT) PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2013
                   CONSULTANT I PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2013
                  LBL ADVANTAGE PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004
                  CONSULTANT II PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004
                 PREMIER PLANNER PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2004
                INVESTOR'S SELECT PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2007

The following information supplements the prospectus for your variable annuity
contract issued by Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE ADDED TO THE "LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY"
PROVISION UNDER THE "MORE INFORMATION" SECTION OR THE "DESCRIPTION OF LINCOLN
BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT" SECTION OF YOUR PROSPECTUS:

On July 17, 2013, Allstate Life entered into an agreement with Resolution Life
Holdings, Inc. ("Resolution"), a Delaware corporation established by Resolution
Life L.P., pursuant to which Allstate Life agreed to sell Lincoln Benefit to
Resolution or a wholly-owned subsidiary of Resolution (the "Transaction"). The
Prudential Insurance Company of America or an affiliate will continue to
reinsure and administer the Variable Account and the Contracts. The benefits
and provisions of the Contracts will not be changed by the Transaction. Also,
the Transaction will not change the fact that Lincoln Benefit is the named
insurer under your Contract. Following the Transaction, Lincoln Benefit will no
longer be an affiliate of Allstate Life.

The Transaction and certain related agreements are subject to required
regulatory approvals. Subject to the receipt of such regulatory approvals, the
Transaction is targeted to close in the 4 th quarter of 2013.

Upon receipt of regulatory approvals, Lincoln Benefit will amend and restate
its existing reinsurance arrangements with Allstate Life. Lincoln Benefit will
recapture, and Allstate Life no longer will reinsure: (i) all fixed deferred
annuity, value adjusted deferred annuity and indexed deferred annuity business
written by Lincoln Benefit, (ii) all of the life insurance business written by
Lincoln Benefit through independent life insurance producers other than certain
specified life insurance policies and (iii) all of the net liability of Lincoln
Benefit with respect to the accident and health and long-term care insurance
business written by Lincoln Benefit (the "Recapture"). The benefits and
provisions of the Contracts will not be changed by the Recapture, and the
Recapture will not change the fact that Lincoln Benefit is the named insurer
under your Contract.

Pursuant to the Recapture, Allstate Life will transfer to Lincoln Benefit, for
inclusion in its general account reserves, cash and specified assets with an
aggregate statutory book value equal to net statutory general account reserves
attributable to the recaptured business, adjusted for the final settlement
amount under the applicable existing reinsurance agreements between Lincoln
Benefit and Allstate Life that are being amended and restated in connection
with the Transaction.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or our
Variable Annuity Service Center at (800) 457-7617. Our representatives are
available to assist you from 7:30 a.m. to 5 p.m. Central time.

Please read the prospectus supplement carefully and then file it with your
important papers. No other action is required of you.

                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                        Supplement dated August 14, 2009
                 To the following Prospectuses, as supplemented:

               Consultant Solutions, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2009
                   Consultant I, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2009
                   LBL Advantage, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2004
                   Consultant II, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2004
                  Premier Planner, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2004

This prospectus supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the
prospectuses referenced above for your variable annuity contract issued by
Lincoln Benefit Life Company ("Lincoln Benefit").

The "Annual Reports and Other Documents" section is deleted and replaced with
the following:

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") recently adopted rule 12h-7 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Rule 12h-7
exempts an insurance company from filing reports under the Exchange Act when the
insurance company issues certain types of insurance products that are registered
under the Securities Act of 1933 and such products are regulated under state
law. Each of the variable annuities described in the prospectuses referenced
above fall within the exemption provided under rule 12h-7. Lincoln Benefit is
hereby providing notice that it is electing to rely on the exemption provided
under rule 12h-7 effective as of the date of this prospectus supplement or as
soon as possible thereafter, and will be suspending filing reports under the
Exchange Act.

The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" information that we file with
the SEC into this prospectus supplement which means that incorporated documents
are considered part of this prospectus supplement. We can disclose important
information to you by referring you to those documents. This prospectus
supplement incorporates by reference our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2008, filed with the SEC on March 18, 2009, and our Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on
May 12, 2009.

Lincoln Benefit will provide to each person, including any beneficial owner, to
whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the information that has
been incorporated by reference into the prospectus but not delivered with the
prospectus. Such information will be provided upon written or oral request at no
cost to the requester by writing to Lincoln Benefit, P.O. Box 758565, Topeka, KS
66675-8565 or by calling 1-800- 457- 7617. The public may read and copy any
materials that Lincoln Benefit files with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference
Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy,
and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file
electronically with the SEC (see http://www.sec.gov).



                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company
                  Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account

                       Supplement, dated January 14, 2005,
                                       to
                 The Premier Planner Variable Annuity Prospectus
                                dated May 1, 2004

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the above-referenced
prospectus for certain variable annuity contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit Life
Company.

We have received notice that the Board of Trustees ("Board") of PIMCO Advisors
VIT has approved the liquidation, on or about April 29, 2005 (the "Closing
Date"), of the PEA Science and Technology Portfolio (the "PEA Portfolio").

The Board based its decision, in part, upon the fact that the PEA Portfolio is
relatively small in asset size and has failed to garner significant exposure in
the variable contract market. In addition, the Board believes the outlook for
future growth of the PEA Portfolio is not encouraging.

Due to the liquidation of the PEA Portfolio, we will no longer accept new
premiums for investment in, nor will we permit transfers to, the PEA Science and
Technology Portfolio Sub-Account ("PEA Sub-Account") on or after April 29, 2005.

Because the PEA Sub-Account will no longer be offered as an investment
alternative as of the Closing Date, you may wish to transfer, prior to April 29,
2005, some or all of your interest in the PEA Sub-Account to the other
investment alternatives currently offered by your Contract. Any value remaining
in the PEA Sub-Account will be transferred automatically, as of the Closing
Date, to the PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account, an investment alternative
already available under your Contract. These transfers are not subject to a
transfer fee.

If you currently have allocations made to the PEA Sub-Account through automatic
additions, automatic portfolio rebalancing, dollar cost averaging or systematic
withdrawal programs, your allocation in the PEA Sub-Account will also need to be
changed in these programs. If you do not change this allocation to other
investment alternatives currently available under your Policy, any allocation to
the PEA Sub-Account will be automatically allocated, as of the Closing Date, to
the PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account.

If your interest in the PEA Sub-Account is transferred automatically on the
Closing Date to the PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account, for 60 days following
the Closing Date, you may transfer your interest in the PIMCO VIT Money Market
Sub-Account to any other investment alternative(s) available under your
Contract. This transfer is not subject to a transfer fee.

We will send you a confirmation that shows the amount that we credited to the
PIMCO VIT Money Market Sub-Account or to the investment alternative that you
chose and the date of the transaction. For additional information on how to
transfer to another investment alternative, or how to make a change to your
current allocation(s), please contact your financial representative or call our
Customer Service Center at the number listed below.

Attached, as Appendix A, is a list of the Portfolios and Fixed Account
Investment Alternatives currently available under your Contract.

Please keep this supplement for future reference together with your
prospectuses.

Number for Customer Service Center: 1-800-865-5237

                                   Appendix A

The Premier Planner Variable Annuity contract offers a variety of Investment
Alternatives that encompass investment choices ranging from aggressive to
conservative. Below is a listing of the Portfolios and Fixed Account Investment
Alternatives currently available. Also included is the investment objective for
each Portfolio.

For more complete information about each Portfolio, including expenses and risks
associated with the Portfolio, please refer to the relevant prospectus for the
Portfolio.

                                   PORTFOLIOS

AIM V.I. Basic Value Fund - Series I Seeks long-term growth of capital.

Alger American Growth Portfolio - Class S Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks capital appreciation.



Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks as high a
level of current income as is consistent with the preservation of capital.

Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio - Service Class 2 Seeks long-term growth of
capital.

Goldman Sachs VIT CORESM Small Cap Equity Fund Seeks long-term growth of
capital.

Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity Fund Seeks long-term capital
appreciation.

Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio: Institutional Shares Seeks
long-term growth of capital.

Janus Aspen Series Foreign Stock Portfolio: Service Shares Seeks long-term
growth of capital.

Janus Aspen Series Worldwide Growth Portfolio: Service Shares Seeks long-term
growth of capital in a manner consistent with the preservation of capital.

Lazard Emerging Markets Portfolio Seeks long-term capital appreciation

Lazard International Equity Portfolio Seeks long-term capital appreciation

MFS New Discovery Series - Service Class Seeks capital appreciation.

MFS Utilities Series - Service Class Seeks capital growth and current income.

Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund/VA - Service Shares Seeks capital
appreciation.

PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio Seeks growth of capital and investment income.

PAVIT OpCap Equity Portfolio Seeks long-term capital appreciation.

PAVIT OpCap Small Cap Portfolio Seeks capital appreciation.

PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio (U.S. Dollar-Hedged) - Administrative Shares
Seeks to maximize total return, consistent with preservation of capital and
prudent investment management.

PIMCO VIT Money Market Portfolio - Administrative Shares Seeks to obtain maximum
current income consistent with preservation of capital and daily liquidity.

PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio - Administrative Shares Seeks to maximize total
return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment
management.

Putnam VT High Yield Fund - Class IB

Seeks high current income. Capital growth is a secondary goal when consistent
with achieving high current income. The fund seeks its goal by investing at
least 80% in U.S. corporate rated below investment grade (junk bonds) and that
have intermediate to long-term maturities (three years or longer.)

Rydex VT OTC Fund

Seeks investment results that correspond to a benchmark for over-the-counter
securities. The Portfolio's current benchmark is the NASDAQ 100 Index.

Salomon Brothers Variable All Cap Fund - Class I Seeks capital appreciation.

Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund - Class I Seeks long-term growth of
capital with current income as a secondary objective.

Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth Portfolio, Class I Seeks long-term capital
appreciation by investing primarily in growth-oriented equity securities of
large capitalization companies.

Van Kampen UIF High Yield Portfolio, Class I Seeks above-average total return
over a market cycle of three to five years by investing primarily in high yield
securities (commonly referred to as "junk bonds").

Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Growth Portfolio, Class I Seeks above-average total
return over a market cycle of three to five years by investing in common stocks
and other equity securities.



                   PREMIER PLANNER VARIABLE ANNUITY PROSPECTUS

                                FLEXIBLE PREMIUM

                 INDIVIDUAL DEFERRED VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS

                                    ISSUED BY

                          LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY

                               IN CONNECTION WITH

                  LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE VARIABLE ANNUITY ACCOUNT

             STREET ADDRESS: 2940 SOUTH 84TH ST., LINCOLN, NE 68506

            MAILING ADDRESS: P. O. BOX 80469, LINCOLN, NE 68501-0469

                        TELEPHONE NUMBER: 1-800-865-5237

The Contract is a deferred annuity contract designed to aid you in long-term
financial planning. You may purchase it on either a tax qualified or non-tax
qualified basis. Lincoln Benefit Life no longer offers this Contract in most
states. If you have already purchased the Contract you may continue to make
purchase payments according to the Contract.

Because this is a flexible premium annuity contract, you may pay multiple
premiums. We allocate your premium to the investment options under the Contract
and our Fixed Account in the proportions that you choose. The Contract currently
offers thirty-four investment options, each of which is a Subaccount of the
Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account ("Separate Account"). Each
Subaccount invests exclusively in shares of one of the following Portfolios:

AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS

                      AIM V.I. Basic Value Fund - Series I

THE ALGER AMERICAN FUND:

                    Alger American Growth Portfolio - Class S

FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS:

Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio - Service Class 2 Fidelity VIP Investment Grade
Bond Portfolio - Service Class 2 Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio - Service
Class 2

GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST:

Goldman Sachs VIT CORE(SM) Small Cap Equity Fund Goldman Sachs VIT International
Equity Fund

JANUS ASPEN SERIES:

Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio -Institutional Shares Janus
Aspen Series Foreign Stock Portfolio - Service Shares (formerly International
Value Portfolio)

Janus Aspen Series Worldwide Growth Portfolio - Service Shares

J.P. MORGAN SERIES TRUST II:

                        JPMorgan Small Company Portfolio

LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES, INC.:

Lazard Emerging Markets Portfolio
Lazard International Equity Portfolio

MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST(SM):

MFS New Discovery Series - Service Class MFS Utilities Series - Service Class

OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS:

           Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund/VA - Service Shares

PIMCO ADVISORS VIT:

PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio
PAVIT OpCap Equity Portfolio
PAVIT OpCap Small Cap Portfolio
PAVIT PEA Science and Technology Portfolio

PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST:

PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio (U.S. Dollar-Hedged) - Administrative Shares
PIMCO VIT Money Market Portfolio - Administrative Shares PIMCO VIT StocksPLUS
Growth and Income Portfolio - Administrative Shares PIMCO VIT Total Return
Portfolio - Administrative Shares

PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST:

                      Putnam VT High Yield Fund - Class 1B

THE RYDEX VARIABLE TRUST:

                                Rydex VT OTC Fund

SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS INC:

Salomon Brothers Variable All Cap Fund - Class I Salomon Brothers Variable
Investors Fund - Class I

VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST:

Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio, Class II Van Kampen LIT Growth and
Income Portfolio, Class II

                                  1 PROSPECTUS



THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.:

Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth Portfolio, Class I* Van Kampen UIF High Yield
Portfolio, Class I* Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Growth Portfolio, Class I* Van Kampen
UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value Portfolio, Class I**

*    Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc., the advisor for the UIF
     Portfolios, does business in certain instances using the name Van Kampen.

**   Effective 9/20/2003, the Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Core Portfolio, Class I
     changed its name to Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Value Portfolio, Class I.

Some of the portfolios described in this Prospectus may not be available in your
Contract. We may make available other investment options in the future.

Your Contract Value will vary daily as a function of the investment performance
of the Subaccounts to which you have allocated Purchase Payments and any
interest credited to the Fixed Account. We do not guarantee any minimum Contract
Value for amounts allocated to the Subaccounts. Benefits provided by this
Contract, when based on the Fixed Account, are subject to a Market Value
Adjustment, which may result in an upward or downward adjustment in withdrawal
benefits, death benefits, settlement values, and transfers to the Subaccounts.

The maximum age of the oldest Contract Owner and Annuitant is age 85 as of the
date we receive the completed application. The maximum age of the oldest
Contract Owner and Annuitant for purchasing the Contract with the Enhanced Death
Benefit Rider is age 80.

Each time you pay a Premium, we will credit your Contract Value with a Credit
Enhancement. In addition to this Contract, we also offer other annuity contracts
that do not provide for Credit Enhancements. The expenses for this Contract may
be higher than the expenses for an annuity contract that does not provide for
Credit Enhancements. Over time, the amount of the Credit Enhancements may be
more than offset by the higher expenses. You and your agent should decide if
this Contract is right for you.

In certain states the Contract may be offered as a group contract with
individual ownership represented by Certificates. The discussion of Contracts in
this prospectus applies equally to Certificates under group contracts, unless
the content specifies otherwise.

This prospectus sets forth the information you ought to know about the Contract.
You should read it before investing and keep it for future reference.

We have filed a Statement of Additional Information with the Securities and
Exchange Commission ("SEC"). The current Statement of Additional Information is
dated May 1, 2004. The information in the Statement of Additional Information is
incorporated by reference in this prospectus. You can obtain a free copy by
writing us or calling us at the telephone number given above. The Table of
Contents of the Statement of Additional Information appears on page 44 of this
prospectus.

At least once each year we will send you an annual statement. The annual
statement details values and specific information for your Contract. It does not
contain our financial statements. Our financial statements are set forth in the
Statement of Additional Information. Lincoln Benefit Life Company ("Lincoln
Benefit") will file annual and quarterly reports and other information with the
SEC. You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information we file
at the SEC's public reference room in Washington, D.C. You can obtain copies of
these documents by writing to the SEC and paying a duplicating fee. Please call
the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information as to the operation of the
public reference room. Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the
SEC Internet site (http:// www.sec.gov).

The Date of this Prospectus is May 1, 2004.

EFFECTIVE MAY 1, 2004, THIS PRODUCT IS NO LONGER BEING OFFERED FOR SALE.

THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE
SECURITIES NOR HAS IT PASSED ON THE ACCURACY OR THE ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

THIS PROSPECTUS IS VALID ONLY IF ACCOMPANIED OR PRECEDED BY CURRENT PROSPECTUSES
FOR THE PORTFOLIOS LISTED ABOVE. IF ANY OF THESE PROSPECTUSES IS MISSING OR
OUTDATED, PLEASE CONTACT US AND WE WILL SEND YOU THE PROSPECTUS YOU NEED.

PLEASE READ THIS PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY AND RETAIN IT FOR YOUR FUTURE REFERENCE.

                                  2 PROSPECTUS



DEFINITIONS

Please refer to this list for the meaning of the following terms:

ACCUMULATION PERIOD - The period of time beginning on the day money is put into
an annuity contract and ending when the contract is annuitized or surrendered.

ACCUMULATION UNIT - A unit of measurement which we use to calculate Contract
Value.

ANNUITANT - The living person named on an annuity contact whose life expectancy
is used to calculate the annuity payments when the contract is annuitized.

ANNUITIZATION - The process by which the accumulation phase of the contract is
terminated and the conteract is converted to the payoout phase. This is
accomplished by paying the entire contract value over a period of time.

ANNUITIZED VALUE - The Contract Value adjusted by any applicable Market Value
Adjustment and less any applicable taxes.

ANNUITY DATE - The date on which annuity payments are scheduled to begin.

ANNUITY PERIOD - The period during which annuity payments are paid. The Annuity
Period begins on the Annuity Date.

ANNUITY UNIT - A unit of measurement which we use to calculate the amount of
Variable Annuity payments.

BENEFICIARY(IES) - The person designated to receive the death benefit in the
event of all of the owners' deaths.

COMPANY ("WE," "US," "OUR," "LINCOLN BENEFIT") - Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY - Each anniversary of the Issue Date.

CONTRACT OWNER ("YOU," "YOUR") - The person(s) or entity having the privileges
of ownership defined in the Contract. If your Contract is issued as part of a
retirement plan, your ownership privileges may be modified by the plan.

CONTRACT VALUE - The sum of the values of your investment in the Subaccounts of
the Separate Account and the Fixed Account.

CONTRACT YEAR - Each twelve-month period beginning on the Issue Date and each
Contract Anniversary.

CONTRIBUTION YEAR - Each twelve-month period beginning on the date a Purchase
Payment is allocated to a Subaccount, or each anniversary of that date.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT - An amount we add to your Contract Value when a Purchase
Payment is received. Each Credit Enhancement will be counted as earnings under
your Contract.

FIXED ACCOUNT - The portion of the Contract Value allocated to our general
account.

FIXED ANNUITY - A series of annuity payments that are fixed in amount.

GUARANTEE PERIODS - A period of years for which we have guaranteed a specific
effective annual interest rate on an amount allocated to the Fixed Account.

ISSUE DATE - The date when the Contract becomes effective.

LATEST ANNUITY DATE - The latest date by which you must begin annuity payments
under the Contract.

LOAN ACCOUNT - An account established for amounts transferred from the
Subaccounts or the Fixed Account as security for outstanding Contract loans.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT - An amount added to or subtracted from certain
transactions involving your interest in the Fixed Account, to reflect the impact
of changing interest rates.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR - The factor used to determine the value of an
Accumulation Unit and Annuity Unit in any Valuation Period. We determine the Net
Investment Factor separately for each Subaccount.

NON-QUALIFIED PLAN - A retirement plan which does not receive special tax
treatment under Sections 401, 403(b), 408, 408A or 457 of the Tax Code.

PORTFOLIO(S) - The underlying funds in which the Subaccounts invest. Each
Portfolio is an investment company registered with the SEC or a separate
investment series of a registered investment company.

PURCHASE PAYMENTS - Amounts paid to us as premium for the Contract by you or on
your behalf.

QUALIFIED PLAN - A retirement plan which receives special tax treatment under
Sections 401, 403(b), 408 or 408A of the Tax Code or a deferred compensation
plan for a state and local government or another tax exempt organization under
Section 457 of the Tax Code.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT - The Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account, which is a
segregated investment account of the Company.

SUBACCOUNT - A subdivision of the Separate Account, which invests wholly in
shares of one of the Portfolios.

SURRENDER VALUE - The amount paid upon complete surrender of the Contract, equal
to the Contract Value, less any applicable premium taxes, Withdrawal Charge, and
the contract maintenance charge and increased or decreased by any Market Value
Adjustment.

TAX CODE - The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

                                  5 PROSPECTUS



specified limits. The range of expenses shown in this table does not show the
effect of any such fee waiver or expense reimbursement. More detail concerning
each Portfolio's fees and expenses appears in the prospectus for each Portfolio.

                                                 Minimum   Maximum
------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Portfolio Annual Operating Expenses/(1)/
(expenses that are deducted
from Portfolio assets, which may include
management fees, distribution and/or
service (12b-1) fees and other expenses)          0.50%     4.31%
------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Expenses are shown as a percentage of Portfolio average daily net assets
     before any waiver or reimbursement as of December 31, 2003.

EXAMPLE 1

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
Contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include Contract owner transaction expenses, Contract fees, Separate
Account annual expenses, and Portfolio fees and expenses and assumes no
transfers or exchanges were made. The example shows the dollar amount of expense
that you would bear directly or indirectly if you:

.    invested $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated,

.    earned a 5% annual return on your investment,

.    surrendered your Contract, or began receiving income payments for a
     specified period of less than 120 months, at the end of each time period,
     and

.    elected the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider (with total Separate Account
     expenses of 1.60%)

The first line of the example assumes that the maximum fees and expenses of any
of the Portfolios are charged. The second line of the example assumes that the
minimum fees and expenses of any of the Portfolios are charged. Your actual
expenses may be higher or lower than those shown below.

THE EXAMPLE DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY TAXES OR TAX PENALTIES YOU MAY BE REQUIRED TO
PAY IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT.

                                                   1 Year   3 Years   5 Years   10 Years
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses   $1,236    $2,406    $3,544    $6,033
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Minimum Annual Portfolio Expenses   $  845    $1,277    $1,731    $2,763
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXAMPLE 2

This Example uses the same assumptions as Example 1 above, except that it
assumes you decided not to surrender your Contract, or you began receiving
income payments for a specified period of at least 120 months, at the end of
each time period.

                                                   1 Year    3 Years  5 Years   10 Years
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Maximum Annual Portfolio Expenses    $641     $1,896   $3,119     $6,033
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Minimum Annual Portfolio Expenses    $250     $  767   $1,306     $2,763
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPLANATION OF EXPENSE EXAMPLES

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU ARE LOOKING AT EXAMPLES AND NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. YOUR RATE OF RETURN MAY BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN 5%,
WHICH IS NOT GUARANTEED. THE EXAMPLES DO NOT ASSUME THAT ANY PORTFOLIO EXPENSE
WAIVERS OR REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENTS ARE IN EFFECT FOR THE PERIODS PRESENTED.
EXAMPLES 1 AND 2 ASSUME THE ELECTION OF THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER (TOTAL
SEPARATE ACCOUNT EXPENSES OF 1.60%). IF THIS RIDER WAS NOT ELECTED, THE EXPENSE
FIGURES SHOWN WOULD BE SLIGHTLY LOWER.

THE EXAMPLES REFLECT THE FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS, IF APPLICABLE AND AN ANNUAL
CONTRACT ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE OF $35.

                                  7 PROSPECTUS



QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT YOUR CONTRACT

The following are answers to some of the questions you may have about some of
the more important features of the Contract. The Contract is more fully
described in the rest of the Prospectus. Please read the Prospectus carefully.

1.   WHAT IS THE CONTRACT?

The Contract is a flexible premium deferred variable annuity contract. It is
designed for tax-deferred retirement investing. The Contract is available for
non-qualified or qualified retirement plans. The Contract, like all deferred
annuity contracts, has two phases: the Accumulation Period and the Annuity
Period. During the Accumulation Period, earnings accumulate on a tax-deferred
basis and are taxed as income when you make a withdrawal. The Annuity Period
begins when you begin receiving payments under one of the annuity payment
options described in the answer to Question 2. The amount of money accumulated
under your Contract during the Accumulation Period will be used to determine the
amount of your annuity payments during the Annuity Period.

Your premiums are invested in one or more of the Subaccounts of the Separate
Account or allocated to the Fixed Account, as you instruct us. If we offer
additional Subaccounts in the future, we may limit your right to allocate your
Contract Value to up to twenty-three options under the Contract, counting each
Subaccount and the Fixed Account as one option. We will treat all of your
Contract Value allocated to the Fixed Account as one option for purposes of this
limit, even if you have chosen more than one Guarantee Period. The value of your
Contract will depend on the investment performance of the Subaccounts and the
amount of interest we credit to the Fixed Account.

Each Subaccount will invest in a single investment portfolio (a "Portfolio") of
an underlying fund. The Portfolios offer a range of investment objectives, from
conservative to aggressive. You bear the entire investment risk on amounts
allocated to the Subaccounts. The investment policies and risks of each
Portfolio are described in the accompanying prospectuses for the Portfolios.

In some states, you may also allocate all or part of your Contract Value to the
"Fixed Account", as described in the answer to Question 5.

2.   WHAT ANNUITY OPTIONS DOES THE CONTRACT OFFER?

You may receive annuity payments on a fixed or a variable basis or a combination
of the two. We offer a variety of annuity options including:

.    a life annuity with payments guaranteed for five to twenty years;

.    a joint and full survivorship annuity, with payments guaranteed for five to
     twenty years; and

.    fixed payments for a specified period of five to thirty years.

Call us to inquire about other options.

You may change your annuity option at any time before annuitization. You may
select the date to annuitize the Contract. The date you select, however, may be
no later than the later of the tenth Contract Anniversary or the Annuitant's
90/TH/ birthday. If your Contract was issued in connection with a qualified
plan, different deadlines may apply.

If you select annuity payments on a variable basis, the amount of our payments
to you will be affected by the investment performance of the Subaccounts you
have selected. The fixed portion of your annuity payments, on the other hand,
generally will be equal in amount to the initial payment we determine. As
explained in more detail below, however, during the Annuity Period you will have
a limited ability to change the relative weighting of the Subaccounts on which
your variable annuity payments are based or to increase the portion of your
annuity payments consisting of Fixed Annuity payments.

3.   HOW DO I BUY A CONTRACT?

You can obtain a Contract application from your Lincoln Benefit agent. You must
pay at least $10,000 in Purchase Payments during the first Contract Year.
Purchase Payments must be at least $500, unless you enroll in an automatic
payment plan. Your periodic payments in an automatic payment plan must be at
least $100 per month. We may lower these minimums at our sole discretion. The
maximum age of the oldest Contract Owner and Annuitant is age 85 as of the date
we receive the completed application. The maximum age of the oldest Contract
Owner and Annuitant for purchasing the Contract with the Enhanced Death Benefit
Rider is age 80.

4.   WHAT ARE MY INVESTMENT CHOICES UNDER THE CONTRACT?

You can allocate and reallocate your investment among the Subaccounts, each of
which in turn invests in a single Portfolio. Under the Contract, the Separate
Account currently invests in the following Portfolios:

                                                                            PORTFOLIO(S)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM Variable Insurance Funds                   AIM V.I. Basic Value Fund - Series I
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Alger American Fund                        Alger American Growth Portfolio - Class S
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity(R) Variable Insurance Products Fund   Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio - Service Class 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond Portfolio - Service Class 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio - Service Class 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust         Goldman Sachs VIT CORE(SM) Small Cap Equity
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity Fund
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series                             Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio: Institutional
                                                Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Janus Aspen Series Foreign Stock Portfolio: Service Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Janus Aspen Series Worldwide Growth Portfolio: Service Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
J.P. Morgan Series Trust II                    JPMorgan Small Company Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lazard Retirement Series, Inc.                 Lazard Emerging Markets Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Lazard International Equity Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) Variable Insurance Trust(SM)            MFS New Discovery Series - Service Class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               MFS Utilities Series - Service Class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Variable Account Funds             Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap Fund/VA - Service Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Advisors VIT                             PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               PAVIT OpCap Equity Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               PAVIT OpCap Small Cap Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               PAVIT PEA Science and Technology Portfolio
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust                 PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond Portfolio (U.S. Dollar-Hedged) -
                                                Administrative Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               PIMCO VIT Money Market Portfolio - Administrative Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               PIMCO VIT StocksPLUS Growth and  Income Portfolio - Administrative
                                                Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               PIMCO VIT Total Return Portfolio - Administrative Shares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam Variable Trust                          Putnam VT High Yield Fund - Class 1B
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Rydex Variable Trust                       Rydex VT OTC Fund
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers Variable Series Funds Inc     Salomon Brothers Variable All Cap Fund - Class I
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund - Class I
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.*       Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth Portfolio - Class I
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Van Kampen UIF High Yield  Portfolio - Class I
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Growth Portfolio - Class I
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value Portfolio - Class I
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen Life Investment Trust               Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio - Class II
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income Portfolio - Class II
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc., the advisor for the UIF
     Portfolios, does business in certain instances using the name Van Kampen.

Some of the Portfolios described in this prospectus may not be available in your
Contract.

Each Portfolio holds its assets separately from the assets of the other
Portfolios. Each Portfolio has distinct investment objectives and policies which
are described in the accompanying prospectuses for the Portfolios.

5.   WHAT IS THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION?

We offer two Fixed Account interest crediting options: the Guaranteed Maturity
Fixed Account Option and the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option.

You may allocate Purchase Payments to the Subaccount(s) and the Fixed
Account(s). Loan payments may not be allocated to the Fixed Account(s). You may
not transfer amounts into the DCA Fixed Account. The minimum amount that may be
transferred into any one of the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Options is
$500.

We will credit interest to amounts allocated to the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed
Account Option at a specified rate for a specified Guarantee Period. You select
the Guarantee Period for each amount that you allocate to the Guaranteed
Maturity Fixed Account Option. We will tell you what interest rates and
Guarantee Periods we are offering at a particular time. At the end of each
Guarantee Period, you may select a new Guarantee Period from among the choices
we are then making available or transfer or withdraw the relevant amount from
the Fixed Account without any Market Value Adjustment.

                                  9 PROSPECTUS



We may offer Guarantee Periods ranging from one to ten years in length. We are
currently offering Guarantee Periods of one, three, five, seven, and ten years
in length. In the future we may offer Guarantee Periods of different lengths or
stop offering some Guarantee Periods.

We will not change the interest rate credited to a particular allocation until
the end of the relevant Guarantee Period. From time to time, however, we may
change the interest rate that we offer to credit to new allocations to the
Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option and to amounts rolled over in the Fixed
Account for new Guarantee Periods.

In addition, if you participate in our dollar cost averaging program, you may
designate amounts to be held in the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option
until they are transferred monthly to the Subaccounts or Guarantee Periods of
your choosing. When you make an allocation to the Fixed Account for this
purpose, we will set an interest rate applicable to that amount. We will then
credit interest at that rate to that amount until it has been entirely
transferred to your chosen Subaccounts or Guarantee Periods. We will complete
the transfers within one year of the allocation. In our discretion we may change
the rate that we set for new allocations to the Fixed Account for the dollar
cost averaging program. We will never, however, set a rate less than an
effective annual rate of 3%.

A Market Value Adjustment may increase or decrease the amount of certain
transactions involving the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account, to reflect changes
in interest rates. As a general rule, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment to
the following transactions:

1)   when you withdraw funds from the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option
     in an amount greater than the Free Withdrawal Amount (which is described in
     the answer to Question 6);

2)   when you transfer funds from the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option
     to the Subaccounts;

3)   when you allocate part of your balance in the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed
     Account Option to a new Guarantee Period before the end of the existing
     Guarantee Period;

4)   when you annuitize your Contract; and

5)   when we pay a death benefit.

We will not apply a Market Value Adjustment to a transaction to the extent that:

1)   it occurs within 30 days after the end of a Guarantee Period applicable to
     the funds involved in the transaction; or

2)   it is necessary to meet IRS minimum withdrawal requirements.

We determine the amount of a Market Value Adjustment using a formula that takes
into consideration:

1)   whether current interest rates differ from interest rates at the beginning
     of the applicable Guarantee Period; and

2)   how many years are left until the end of the Guarantee Period.

As a general rule, if interest rates have dropped, the Market Value Adjustment
will be an addition; if interest rates have risen, the Market Value Adjustment
will be a deduction. It is therefore possible that if you withdraw an amount
from the Fixed Account during a Guarantee Period, a Market Value Adjustment may
cause you to receive less than you initially allocated to the Fixed Account.

6.   WHAT ARE MY EXPENSES UNDER THE CONTRACT?

Contract Maintenance Charge. During the Accumulation Period, each year we
subtract an annual contract maintenance charge of $35 from your Contract Value
allocated to the Subaccounts. We will waive this charge if you pay $50,000 or
more in Purchase Payments or if you allocate all of your Contract Value to the
Fixed Account.

During the Annuity Period, if allowed in your state, we will subtract the annual
contract maintenance charge in equal parts from your annuity payments. We waive
this charge if on the Annuity Date your Contract Value is $50,000 or more or if
all payments are Fixed Annuity payments.

Administrative Expense Charge and Mortality and Expense Risk Charge. We impose a
mortality and expense risk charge at an annual rate of 1.30% of average daily
net assets and an administrative expense charge at an annual rate of .10% of
average daily net assets. If you select our optional enhanced death benefit
rider, however, we may charge you a higher mortality and expense risk charge.
These charges are assessed each day during the Accumulation Period and the
Annuity Period. We guarantee that we will not raise these charges.

Transfer Fee. Although we currently are not charging a transfer fee, depending
on your state, the Contract permits us to charge you up to $10 per transfer for
each transfer after the first transfer in each month, or for each transfer in
excess of twelve within a calendar year. The Contract also permits us to impose
a minimum size on transfer amounts although the minimum size may be limited to
$25 in some states.

Withdrawal Charge (Contingent Deferred Sales Charge). During the Accumulation
Period, you may withdraw all or part of the value of your Contract before your
death or, if the Contract is owned by a company or other legal entity, before
the Annuitant's death. Certain withdrawals may be made without payment of any
Withdrawal Charge, which is a contingent deferred sales charge. Other
withdrawals are subject to the Withdrawal Charge.

The Withdrawal Charge will vary depending on how many complete years have passed
since you paid the Purchase Payment being withdrawn.

The Withdrawal

                                  10 PROSPECTUS



Charge applies to each Purchase Payment for eight complete years from the date
of the Payment (each a "Contribution Year") as follows:

Contribution   Applicable
    Year         Charge
------------   ----------
     1             8%
    2-3            7%
    4-5            6%
     6             5%
     7             4%
     8             3%
    9+             0%

In determining Withdrawal Charges, we will deem your Purchase Payments to be
withdrawn on a first-in first-out basis.

Each year, free of Withdrawal Charge or any otherwise applicable Market Value
Adjustment, you may withdraw the Free Withdrawal Amount, which equals:

(a)  the greater of:

.    earnings not previously withdrawn; or

.    15% of your total Purchase Payments made in the most recent eight years;
     plus

(b)  an amount equal to your total Purchase Payments made more than eight years
     ago, to the extent not previously withdrawn.

In most states, we also may waive the Withdrawal Charge if you: (1) require
long-term medical or custodial care outside the home; or (2) are diagnosed with
a terminal illness. These provisions will apply to the Annuitant, if the
Contract is owned by a company or other legal entity. Additional restrictions
and costs may apply to Contracts issued in connection with qualified plans.
Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age
59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty. You should
consult with your tax counselor to determine what effect a withdrawal might have
on your tax liability. As described in the answer to Question 5, we may increase
or decrease certain withdrawals by a Market Value Adjustment.

Premium Taxes. Certain states impose a premium tax on annuity purchase payments
received by insurance companies. Any premium taxes relating to the Contract may
be deducted from Purchase Payments or the Contract Value when the tax is
incurred or at a later time. State premium taxes generally range from 0% to
3.5%.

Other Expenses. In addition to our charges under the Contract, each Portfolio
deducts amounts from its assets to pay its investment advisory fees and other
expenses.

7.   HOW WILL MY INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACT BE TAXED?

You should consult a qualified tax advisor for personalized answers. Generally,
earnings under variable annuities are not taxed until amounts are withdrawn or
distributions are made. This deferral of taxes is designed to encourage
long-term personal savings and supplemental retirement plans.

Withdrawals taken prior to annuitization are generally considered to come from
the earnings in the Contract first. If the Contract is tax-qualified, generally
all withdrawals are treated as distributions of earnings. Withdrawal of earnings
are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject
to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

Special rules apply if the Contract is owned by a company or other legal entity.
Generally, such an owner must include in income any increase in the excess of
the Contract Value over the "investment in the contract" during the taxable
year.

8.   DO I HAVE ACCESS TO MY MONEY?

At any time during the Accumulation Period, we will pay you all or part of the
value of your Contract, minus any applicable charge, if you surrender your
Contract or request a partial withdrawal. Under some qualified plans, you may
also take a loan against the value of your Contract. Generally, a partial
withdrawal must equal at least $50, and after the withdrawal your remaining
Contract Value must at least equal $500.

Although you have access to your money during the Accumulation Period, certain
charges, such as the contract maintenance charge, the Withdrawal Charge, and
premium tax charges, may be deducted on a surrender or withdrawal. You may also
incur federal income tax liability or tax penalties. In addition, if you have
allocated some of the value of your Contract to the Fixed Account, the amount of
your surrender proceeds or withdrawal may be increased or decreased by a Market
Value Adjustment.

After annuitization, under certain settlement options you may be entitled to
withdraw the commuted value of the remaining payments.

9.   WHAT IS THE DEATH BENEFIT?

We will pay a death benefit while the Contract is in force and before the
Annuity Date, if the Contract Owner dies, or if the Annuitant dies and the
Contract Owner is not a living person. To obtain payment of the Death Benefit,
the Beneficiary must submit to us a complete request for payment of the Death
Benefit, which includes due proof of death as specified in the Contract.

The standard death benefit is the greatest of the following:

1)   your total Purchase Payments reduced proportionately for any prior partial
     withdrawals;

2)   your Contract Value;

3)   the amount you would have received by surrendering your Contract; or

4)   your Contract Value on each Contract Anniversary evenly divisible by eight,
     increased by the total

                                  11 PROSPECTUS



Purchase Payments since that anniversary and reduced proportionately by any
partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

We also offer an optional enhanced death benefit rider, which is described later
in this prospectus.

We will determine the value of the death benefit on the day that we receive all
of the information that we need to process the claim.

10.  WHAT ELSE SHOULD I KNOW?

Allocation of Purchase Payments. You allocate your initial Purchase Payment
among the Subaccounts and the Fixed Account in your Contract application. You
may make your allocations in specific dollar amounts or percentages, which must
be whole numbers that add up to 100%. When you make subsequent Purchase
Payments, you may again specify how you want your payments allocated. If you do
not, we will automatically allocate the payment based on your most recent
instructions. You may not allocate Purchase Payments to the Fixed Account if it
is not available in your state.

Credit Enhancements. We will credit your Contract Value with a Credit
Enhancement of 4% of each Purchase Payment before we allocate that Purchase
Payment among the Subaccounts or to the Fixed Account. The Credit Enhancements
will be allocated in the same proportions as the corresponding Purchase Payment.
As described in "Free Look Period" on page 13, if you cancel your Contract
during the free look period we may deduct any Credit Enhancement from the amount
paid you.

Transfers. During the Accumulation Period, you may transfer Contract Value among
the Subaccounts and from the Subaccounts to the Fixed Account. If we offer
additional Subaccounts in the future, we may limit your right to allocate your
Contract Value to no more than twenty-one options under the Contract. While you
may also transfer amounts from the Fixed Account, a Market Value Adjustment may
apply. You may instruct us to transfer Contract Value by writing or calling us.

You may also use our Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging or Portfolio Rebalancing
programs. You may not use both programs at the same time.

Under the Dollar Cost Averaging program, amounts are automatically transferred
at regular intervals from the Fixed Account or a Subaccount of your choosing,
including other Subaccounts or the Fixed Account. Transfers from the Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account may be made monthly only. Transfers from Subaccounts may
be made monthly, quarterly, or annually.

Under the Portfolio Rebalancing program, you can maintain the percentage of your
Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount at a pre-set level. Investment
results will shift the balance of your Contract Value allocations. If you elect
rebalancing, we will automatically transfer your Contract Value back to the
specified percentages at the frequency (monthly, quarterly, semiannually,
annually) that you specify. We will automatically terminate this program if you
request a transfer outside of the program. You may not include the Fixed Account
in a Portfolio Rebalancing program. You also may not elect rebalancing after
annuitization.

During the Annuity Period, you may not make any transfers for the first six
months after the Annuity Date. Thereafter, you may make transfers among the
Subaccounts or from the Subaccounts to increase your Fixed Annuity payments.
Your transfers, however, must be at least six months apart. You may not,
however, convert any portion of your right to receive Fixed Annuity payments
into Variable Annuity payments.

Free-Look Period. You may cancel the Contract by returning it to us within 10
days after you receive it, or after whatever longer period may be permitted by
state law. You may return it by delivering it or mailing it to us. If you return
the Contract, the Contract terminates. In most states, we will pay you an amount
equal to the Contract Value minus the Credit Enhancement. The Owner will also
bear any expenses charged with respect to the Credit Enhancement amount incurred
prior to the return of the Contract such as any mortality and expense charge.
The Contract Value may be more or less than your Purchase Payments. In some
states, we are required to send you the amount of your Purchase Payments. Since
state laws differ as to the consequences of returning a Contract, you should
refer to your Contract for specific information about your circumstances. If
your Contract is qualified under Section 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, we
will refund the greater of any purchase payments or the Contract Value.

11.  WHO CAN I CONTACT FOR MORE INFORMATION?

You can write to us at Lincoln Benefit Life Company, P.O. Box 80469, Lincoln,
Nebraska 68501-0469, or call us at (800) 865-5237.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Attached as Appendix A is a table showing selected information concerning
Accumulation Unit Values for each Subaccount for each year since we started
offering the Contracts. Accumulation Unit Value is the unit of measure that we
use to calculate the value of your interest in a Subaccount. Accumulation Unit
Value does not reflect the deduction of certain charges that are subtracted from
your Contract Value, such as the Annual Contract Maintenance Charge. The
information in the table is included in the Separate Account's financial
statements. To obtain a fuller picture of each Subaccount's finances and
performance, you should review the Separate Account's financial statements,
which are in the Separate Account's Annual Statement dated as

                                  12 PROSPECTUS



of December 31, 2003, contained in the Statement of Additional Information. The
Statement of Additional Information also includes a brief explanation of how
performance of the Subaccounts is calculated.

DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS

SUMMARY. The Contract is a deferred annuity contract designed to aid you in
long-term financial planning. You may add to the Contract Value by making
additional Purchase Payments. In addition, the Contract Value will change to
reflect the performance of the Subaccounts to which you allocate your Purchase
Payments and your Contract Value, as well as to reflect Credit Enhancements and
interest credited to amounts allocated to the Fixed Account. You may withdraw
your Contract Value by making a partial withdrawal or by surrendering your
Contract. Upon annuitization, we will pay you benefits under the Contract in the
form of an annuity, either for the life of the Annuitant or for a fixed number
of years. All of these features are described in more detail below.

CONTRACT OWNER. As the Contract Owner, you are the person usually entitled to
exercise all rights of ownership under the Contract. You usually are also the
person entitled to receive benefits under the Contract or to choose someone else
to receive benefits. The Contract can also be purchased as an IRA or TSA (also
known as a 403(b)). The endorsements required to qualify these annuities under
the Code may limit or modify your rights and privileges under the Contract. The
maximum age of the oldest Contract Owner and Annuitant is age 85 as of the date
we receive the completed application. The Contract cannot be jointly owned by
both a non-living person and a living person. Changing ownership of this
Contract may cause adverse tax consequences and may not be allowed under
qualified plans. Please consult with a competent tax advisor prior to making a
request for a change of Contract Owner. If the Contract Owner is a grantor
trust, the Owner will be considered a non-living person for purposes of this
section and the Death Benefit section.

ANNUITANT. The Annuitant is the living person whose life span is used to
determine annuity payments. You initially designate an Annuitant in your
application. You may change the Annuitant at any time before annuity payments
begin. If your Contract was issued under a plan qualified under Section 403(b),
408 or 408A of the Tax Code, you must be the Annuitant. If the Contract is a
non-Qualified contract, you may also designate a Joint Annuitant, who is a
second person on whose life annuity payments depend. Additional restrictions may
apply in the case of Qualified Plans. If you are a living person and are not the
Annuitant and the Annuitant dies before annuity payments begin, then either you
become the new Annuitant or you must name another person as the new Annuitant.
If you are a non-living person and the Annuitant dies before annuity payments
begin, the Beneficiary may elect to receive a death benefit as discussed in
"Death of Annuitant" on page 28. You must attest that the Annuitant is alive in
order to annuitize your Contract.

MODIFICATION OF THE CONTRACT. Only a Lincoln Benefit officer may approve a
change in or waive any provision of the Contract. Any change or waiver must be
in writing. None of our agents has the authority to change or waive the
provisions of the Contract.

We are permitted to change the terms of the Contract if it is necessary to
comply with changes in the law. If a provision of the Contract is inconsistent
with state law, we will follow state law.

ASSIGNMENT. Before the Annuity Date, if the Annuitant is still alive, you may
assign an interest in the Contract if it is a non-Qualified Contract. If a
Contract is issued pursuant to a Qualified Plan, the law prohibits some types of
assignments, pledges and transfers and imposes special conditions on others. An
assignment may also result in taxes or tax penalties.

We will not be bound by any assignment until we receive written notice of it.
Accordingly, until we receive written notice of an assignment, we will continue
to act as though the assignment had not occurred. We are not responsible for the
validity of any assignment.

BECAUSE OF THE POTENTIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES AND ERISA ISSUES ARISING FROM AN
ASSIGNMENT, YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE TRYING TO ASSIGN YOUR
CONTRACT.

FREE LOOK PERIOD. You may cancel the Contract by returning it to us within 10
days after you receive it, or within whatever longer period may be permitted by
state law. You may return it by delivering it to your agent or mailing it to us.
If you return the Contract, the Contract terminates. In most states, we will pay
you an amount equal to the Contract Value minus the Credit Enhancement. The
Contract Value at that time may be more or less than your Purchase Payments. The
Owner will also bear any expense charged with respect to the Credit Enhancement
amount incurred prior to the return of the Contract, such as any Mortality and
Expense Charge.

In some states, if you exercise your "free look" rights, we are required to
return the amount of your Purchase Payments. Currently, if you live in one of
those states, on the Issue Date we will allocate your Purchase Payment to the
Subaccounts and the Fixed Account Options as you specified in your application.
However, we reserve the right in the future to delay allocating your Purchase
Payments to the Subaccounts you have selected or to the Fixed Account until 20
days after the Issue Date or, if

                                  13 PROSPECTUS



your state's free look period is longer than ten days, for ten days plus the
period required by state law. During that time, we will allocate your Purchase
Payment to the PIMCO Money Market Subaccount. Your Contract will contain
specific information about your free-look rights in your state.

PURCHASES AND CONTRACT VALUE

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENT. The minimum initial Purchase Payment for a Contract is
$10,000. You may pay it in a lump sum or in installments of your choice over the
first Contract Year. You may not pay more than $1 million in Purchase Payments
without our prior approval. As a general rule, subsequent Purchase Payments may
be made in amounts of $500 or more. Subsequent Purchase Payments made as part of
an Automatic Payment Plan, however, may be as small as $100 per month. However,
each Purchase Payment made to the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account must be at
least $1200. If we receive Purchase Payments designated for the Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account that are lower than the required minimum of $1200, or
purchase payments designated for the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option
that are lower than $500, such amounts will be allocated to the PIMCO Money
Market Portfolio. We may lower these minimums if we choose. We may refuse any
Purchase Payment at any time.

AUTOMATIC PAYMENT PLAN. You may make scheduled Purchase Payments of $100 or more
per month by automatic payment through your bank account. Call or write us for
an enrollment form.

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT. We will add a Credit Enhancement to your Contract Value when
each Purchase Payment is received. The Credit Enhancement is payable from our
general account. The amount of a Credit Enhancement is 4% of each Purchase
Payment. The Credit Enhancement will be allocated among the Subaccounts and
Fixed Account in the same proportion that the applicable Purchase Payment is
allocated. The amount returned if the Contract Owner exercises his or her right
to return the Contract during your Free Look period will be reduced by any
Credit Enhancements applied.

The expense charges for this Contract may be higher than the expense charges for
annuity contracts that do not offer Credit Enhancements. We expect to recoup the
cost of paying Credit Enhancements through collections of the Withdrawal Charges
on the Contract (which are contingent), as well as our legitimate profits on
this and other contracts we offer. In some circumstances - for example, if you
surrender your Contract while the Withdrawal Charge still applies to a
substantial proportion of your Premiums - your net proceeds may be lower than if
you had purchased one of our other annuity contracts that does not offer Credit
Enhancements. Likewise, over time the amount of the Credit Enhancements may be
offset by higher expenses.

Credit Enhancements are treated as "earnings" for purposes of determining
Withdrawal Charges and free withdrawal amounts on surrenders and partial
withdrawals. Similarly, Credit Enhancements are not treated as an "investment in
the contract" for tax purposes.

ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS. Your Purchase Payments are allocated to the
Subaccount(s) and the Fixed Account in the proportions that you have selected.
You must specify your allocation in your Contract application, either as
percentages or specific dollar amounts. If you make your allocation in
percentages, the total must equal 100%. We will allocate your subsequent
Purchase Payments in those percentages, until you give us new allocation
instructions. You may not allocate Purchase Payments to the Fixed Account if it
is not available in your state.

If we offer additional Subaccounts in the future, we may limit your right to
allocate your Purchase Payments to up to twenty-three options, counting each
Subaccount and the Fixed Account as one option. For this purpose, we will treat
all of your allocations to the Fixed Account as one option, even if you choose
more than one Guarantee Period.

If your application is complete, we will issue your Contract within two business
days of its receipt at our P.O. Box shown on the first page of this prospectus.
If your application for a Contract is incomplete, we will notify you and seek to
complete the application within five business days. For example, if you do not
fill in allocation percentages, we will contact you to obtain the missing
percentages. If we cannot complete your application within five business days
after we receive it, we will return your application and your Purchase Payment,
unless you expressly permit us to take a longer time.

Usually, we will allocate your initial Purchase Payment to the Subaccounts and
the Fixed Account, as you have instructed us, on the Issue Date. We will
allocate your subsequent Purchase Payments on the date that we receive them at
the next computed Accumulation Unit Value.

In some states, however, we are required to return at least your Purchase
Payment if you cancel your Contract during the "free-look" period. In those
states, we currently will allocate your Purchase Payments on the Issue Date as
you have instructed us, as described above. In the future, however, we reserve
the right, if you live in one of those states, to allocate all Purchase Payments
received during the "free-look period" to the PIMCO

                                  14 PROSPECTUS



Money Market Subaccount. If we exercise that right and your state's free look
period is ten days, we will transfer your Purchase Payments to your specified
Subaccounts or the Fixed Account 20 days after the Issue Date; if your state's
free look period is longer, we will transfer your Purchase Payment after ten
days plus the period required by state law have passed.

We determine the number of Accumulation Units in each Subaccount to allocate to
your Contract by dividing that portion of your Purchase Payment allocated to a
Subaccount by that Subaccount's Accumulation Unit Value on the Valuation Date
when the allocation occurs.

CONTRACT VALUE. We will establish an account for you and will maintain your
account during the Accumulation Period. The total value of your Contract at any
time is equal to the sum of the value of your Accumulation Units in the
Subaccounts you have selected, plus the value of your investment in the Fixed
Account.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE. As a general matter, the Accumulation
Unit Value for each Subaccount will rise or fall to reflect changes in the share
price of the Portfolio in which the Subaccount invests. In addition, we subtract
from Accumulation Unit Value amounts reflecting the mortality and expense risk
charge, administrative expense charge, and any provision for taxes that have
accrued since we last calculated the Accumulation Unit Value. We determine
Withdrawal Charges, transfer fees and contract maintenance charges separately
for each Contract. They do not affect Accumulation Unit Value. Instead, we
obtain payment of those charges and fees by redeeming Accumulation Units.

We determine a separate Accumulation Unit Value for each Subaccount. We also
determine a separate set of Accumulation Unit Values reflecting the cost of the
enhanced death benefit rider. If we elect or are required to assess a charge for
taxes, we may calculate a separate Accumulation Unit Value for Contracts issued
in connection with Non-Qualified and Qualified Plans, respectively, within each
Subaccount. We determine the Accumulation Unit Value for each Subaccount Monday
through Friday on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for
business.

You should refer to the prospectuses for the Portfolios which accompany this
prospectus for a description of how the assets of each Portfolio are valued,
since that determination has a direct bearing on the Accumulation Unit Value of
the corresponding Subaccount and, therefore, your Contract Value.

TRANSFER DURING ACCUMULATION PERIOD. During the Accumulation Period, you may
transfer Contract Value among the Fixed Account and the Subaccounts in writing
or by telephone. Currently, there is no minimum transfer amount. The Contract
permits us to set a minimum transfer amount in the future. You may not make a
transfer that would result in your allocating your Contract Value to more than
twenty-three options under the Contract at one time.

As a general rule, we only make transfers on days when the NYSE is open for
business. If we receive your request on one of those days, we will make the
transfer that day. If you transfer an amount from the Fixed Account to a
Subaccount before the end of the applicable Guarantee Period or you allocate an
amount in the Fixed Account to a new Guarantee Period before the end of the
existing Guarantee Period, we usually will increase or decrease the amount by a
Market Value Adjustment. The calculation of the Market Value Adjustment is
described in "Market Value Adjustment" on page 23.

Transfers within 30 days after the end of the applicable Guarantee Period are
not subject to a Market Value Adjustment.

The Contract permits us to defer transfers from the Fixed Account for up to six
months from the date you ask us.

You may not transfer Contract Value into the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account
Option. You may not transfer Contract Value out of the Dollar Cost Averaging
Fixed Account Option except as part of a Dollar Cost Averaging program.

TRANSFERS AUTHORIZED BY TELEPHONE. You may make transfers by telephone. The cut
off time for telephone transfer requests is 4:00 p.m. Eastern time. Calls
completed before 4:00 p.m. will be effected on that day at that day's price.
Calls completed after 4:00 p.m. will be effected on the next day on which the
NYSE is open for business, at that day's price.

We may charge you the transfer fee or impose a minimum transfer amount as
described on page 32, although we currently are waiving it. At any time, without
notice, we may suspend, modify or terminate your privilege to make transfers via
the telephone, or via other electronic or automated means previously approved by
the Company, including, but not limited to, automated telephone services,
facsimile machine, e-mail and electronic services via online access. Among other
things, we reserve the right to limit the number of such transfers among the
Separate Subaccounts in any Contract year, or to refuse any Separate Subaccount
transfer request. We also reserve the right to restrict such transfers in any
manner reasonably designed to prevent transfers that we consider disadvantageous
to other Contract owners.

We use procedures that we believe provide reasonable assurance that telephone
authorized transfers are genuine. For example, we tape telephone conversations
with persons purporting to authorize transfers and request identifying
information. Accordingly, we disclaim any liability for losses resulting from
allegedly unauthorized telephone transfers. However, if we do not take
reasonable steps to help ensure that a telephone authorization is valid, we may
be liable for such losses.

                                  15 PROSPECTUS



MARKET TIMING & EXCESSIVE TRADING. The Contracts are intended for long-term
investment. Frequent trading in response to short-term fluctuations in the
market can disrupt management of a Portfolio and raise its expenses, which can
impair Portfolio performance. Lincoln Benefit's policy is not to knowingly
accept any money intended for the purpose of market timing. Lincoln Benefit does
not market the Contracts to persons for the purpose of their engaging in market
timing activity.

Lincoln Benefit defines market timing activity to be the movement in and out of
a Subaccount in a short period of time designed to take advantage of short-term
market fluctuations based upon expected increases in Subaccount unit values.
Lincoln Benefit defines excessive trading activity as purchase and sale
transactions of a Contract Owner that occur with such frequency and/or such size
as to affect the Portfolio's ability to meet its investment objective, in the
judgment of Lincoln Benefit or the Portfolio.

Service center personnel seek to detect and report market timing or excessive
trading transfer activity through monitoring and review of trading activities.
Portfolios may also report suspected market timing or excessive trading transfer
activity. However, not all market timing or excessive trading transfer activity
can be prevented, as it may not be possible to identify it unless and until a
trading pattern is established. If we identify suspected market timing or
excessive trading activity, we will make further inquiry and take corrective
action as appropriate. Corrective action may include, but is not limited to,
refusing transfer requests, or suspending, modifying or terminating any
telephone, automated or electronic transfer privileges.

TRADING LIMITATIONS. We reserve the right to limit transfers among the
investment alternatives in any Contract Year, or to refuse any transfer request,
if:

.    we believe, in our sole discretion, that certain trading practices, such as
     excessive trading or market timing ("Prohibited Trading Practices"), by, or
     on behalf of, one or more Contract Owners, or a specific transfer request
     or group of transfer requests, may have a detrimental effect on the
     Accumulation Unit Values of any Variable Subaccount or on the share prices
     of the corresponding Portfolio or otherwise would be to the disadvantage of
     other Contract Owners; or

.    we are informed by one or more of the Portfolios that they intend to
     restrict the purchase, exchange, or redemption of Portfolio shares because
     of Prohibited Trading Practices or because they believe that a specific
     transfer or group of transfers would have a detrimental effect on the
     prices of Portfolio shares.

We may apply the restrictions in any manner reasonably designed to prevent
transfers that we consider disadvantageous to other Contract Owners.

AUTOMATIC DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM. Under our Automatic Dollar Cost
Averaging program, you may authorize us to transfer a fixed dollar amount at
fixed intervals from the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option or a
Variable Subaccount of your choosing. You may not use the Dollar Cost Averaging
program to transfer amounts from the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option.
The interval between transfers from the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account may
be monthly only. The interval between transfers from Subaccounts may be monthly,
quarterly, or annually, at your option. The transfers will be made at the
Accumulation Unit Value on the date of the transfer. The transfers will continue
until you instruct us otherwise, or until your chosen source of transfer
payments is exhausted. Currently, the minimum transfer amount is $100 per
transfer. However, if you wish to Dollar Cost Average to a Guaranteed Maturity
Fixed Account Option, the minimum amount that must be transferred into any one
Option is $500. For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first
monthly transfer will occur 25 days after such purchase payment. If we do not
receive an allocation from you within 25 days of the purchase payment, we will
transfer the payment plus associated interest to the Money Market Subaccount in
equal monthly installments.Your request to participate in this program will be
effective when we receive your completed application at the P.O. Box given on
the first page of this prospectus. Call or write us for a copy of the
application. You may elect to increase, decrease or change the frequency or
amount of transfers under a Dollar Cost Averaging program. We will not charge a
transfer fee for Dollar Cost Averaging.

The theory of dollar cost averaging is that by spreading your investment over
time, you may be able to reduce the effect of transitory market conditions on
your investment. In addition, because a given dollar amount purchases more units
when the unit prices are relatively low rather than when the prices are higher,
in a fluctuating market, the average cost per unit may be less than the average
of the unit prices on the purchase dates. However, participation in this program
does not assure you of a greater profit from your purchases under the program,
nor will it prevent or necessarily reduce losses in a declining market.
Moreover, while we refer to this program of periodic transfers generally as
Dollar Cost Averaging, periodic transfers from a subaccount with more volatile
performance experience is unlikely to produce the desired effects of Dollar Cost
Averaging as would transfers from a less volatile subaccount.

PORTFOLIO REBALANCING. Portfolio Rebalancing allows you to maintain the
percentage of your Contract Value allocated to each Subaccount at a pre-set
level. Over time, the variations in each Subaccount's investment results will
shift the balance of your Contract Value allocations. Under the Portfolio
Rebalancing feature, each period, if the allocations change from your desired
percentages, we will automatically transfer your Contract Value, including new
Purchase Payments (unless you specify otherwise), back to the percentages you
specify. Portfolio Rebalancing is consistent with maintaining your allocation of
investments among market segments, although it is accomplished by reducing your
Contract Value allocated to the better performing segments.

                                  16 PROSPECTUS



You may choose to have rebalances made monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or
annually until your Annuity Date. Portfolio Rebalancing is not available after
you annuitize. We will not charge a transfer fee for Portfolio Rebalancing. A
one-time request to rebalance the amounts allocated to the Subaccounts is not
part of a Portfolio Rebalancing program and is subject to all of the
requirements that are applicable to transfers made during the Accumulation
Period. We will automatically terminate this option if you request any transfers
outside the Portfolio Rebalancing program. If you wish to resume the Portfolio
Rebalancing after it has been canceled, then you must complete a new Portfolio
Rebalancing form and send it to our home office. You may not include the Fixed
Account in a Portfolio Rebalancing program.

You may request Portfolio Rebalancing at any time before your Annuity Date by
submitting a completed written request to us at the P.O. Box given on the first
page of this prospectus. Please call or write us for a copy of the request form.
If you stop Portfolio Rebalancing, you must wait 30 days to begin again. In your
request, you may specify a date for your first rebalancing. If you specify a
date fewer than 30 days after your Issue Date, your first rebalance will be
delayed one month. If you request Portfolio Rebalancing in your Contract
application and do not specify a date for your first rebalancing, your first
rebalance will occur one period after the Issue Date. For example, if you
specify quarterly rebalancing, your first rebalance will occur three months
after your Issue Date. Otherwise, your first rebalancing will occur one period
after we receive your completed request form. All subsequent rebalancing will
occur at the intervals you have specified on the day of the month that coincides
with the same day of the month as your Contract Anniversary Date.

Generally, you may change the allocation percentages, frequency, or choice of
Subaccounts at any time. If your total Contract Value subject to rebalancing
falls below any minimum value that we may establish, we may prohibit or limit
your use of Portfolio Rebalancing. You may not use Dollar Cost Averaging and
Portfolio Rebalancing at the same time. We may change, terminate, limit, or
suspend Portfolio Rebalancing at any time.

THE INVESTMENT AND FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS

SEPARATE ACCOUNT INVESTMENTS

THE PORTFOLIOS. Each of the Subaccounts of the Separate Account invests in the
shares of one of the Portfolios. Each Portfolio is either an open-end management
investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a
separate investment series of an open-end management investment company. We have
briefly described the Portfolios below. You should consult the current
prospectuses for the Portfolios for more detailed and complete information
concerning the Portfolios. If you do not have a prospectus for a Portfolio,
contact us and we will send you a copy.

We do not promise that the Portfolios will meet their investment objectives.
Amounts you have allocated to Subaccounts may grow in value, decline in value,
or grow less than you expect, depending on the investment performance of the
Portfolios in which those Subaccounts invest. You bear the investment risk that
those Portfolios possibly will not meet their investment objectives. You should
carefully review their prospectuses before allocating amounts to the Subaccounts
of the Separate Account.

PORTFOLIO                PORTFOLIO OBJECTIVE           INVESTMENT ADVISER
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Basic Value     Long-term growth of capital   A I M ADVISORS, INC.
 Fund - Series I (4)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE ALGER AMERICAN FUND
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alger American Growth    Long-term capital             FRED ALGER  MANAGEMENT,
 Portfolio - Class S      appreciation                  INC.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth      Capital appreciation          FIDELITY MANAGEMENT &
 Portfolio - Service                                    RESEARCH COMPANY
 Class 2
-------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Investment  As high a level of current
 Grade Bond Portfolio -   income as is consistent
 Service Class 2          with the preservation of
                          capital.
-------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Overseas    Long-term growth of capital
 Portfolio - Service
 Class 2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs VIT        Long-term growth of capital   GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET
 CORE(SM) Small Cap                                     MANAGEMENT, L.P.
 Equity Fund
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Goldman Sachs VIT        Long-term capital             GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET
 International Equity    appreciation                  MANAGEMENT INTERNATIONAL
 Fund
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JANUS ASPEN SERIES
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series       Long-term growth of capital   JANUS CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
 Capital Appreciation                                   LLC
 Portfolio:
 Institutional Shares
 (5)
-------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series       Long-term growth of capital
 Foreign Stock
 Portfolio: Service
 Shares (6)
-------------------------------------------------------
Janus Aspen Series       Long-term growth of capital
 Worldwide Growth         in a manner consistent with
 Portfolio: Service       the preservation of capital.
 Shares
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
J.P. MORGAN SERIES TRUST II
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
JP Morgan Small Company  High total return from a      J.P. MORGAN INVESTMENT
 Portfolio                portfolio of small company     MANAGEMENT, INC.
                          stocks.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LAZARD RETIREMENT SERIES INC.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lazard Emerging Markets  Long-term capital             LAZARD ASSET MANAGEMENT
 Portfolio                appreciation                  LLC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lazard International     Long-term capital
 Equity Portfolio         appreciation
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST(SM)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS New Discovery        Capital appreciation          MFS(TM) INVESTMENT
 Series - Service Class                                 MANAGEMENT
-------------------------------------------------------
MFS Utilities Series -   Capital growth and current
 Service Class           income
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Main Street  Capital appreciation          OPPENHEIMERFUNDS, INC.
 Small Cap Fund/VA -
 Service Shares
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO ADVISORS VIT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Balanced     Growth of capital and         OPCAP ADVISORS LLC
 Portfolio (4)            investment income
-------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Equity       Long-term capital
 Portfolio                appreciation
-------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT PEA Science and    Capital appreciation
 Technology Portfolio
 (3)
-------------------------------------------------------
PAVIT OpCap Small Cap    Capital appreciation
 Portfolio
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond   To maximize total return,     PACIFIC INVESTMENT
 Portfolio (U.S.          consistent with               MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC
 Dollar-Hedged) -         preservation of capital and
 Administrative Shares    prudent investment
                          management.
-------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Money Market   To obtain maximum current
 Portfolio -              income consistent with
 Administrative Shares    preservation of capital and
                          daily liquidity.
-------------------------------------------------------
StocksPLUS Growth and    A total return which exceeds
 Income Portfolio -       the total return
 Administrative Shares    performance of the S&P 500.
-------------------------------------------------------
PIMCO VIT Total Return   To maximize total return,
 Portfolio -              consistent with
 Administrative           Shares preservation of
                          capital and prudent
                          investment management.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PUTNAM VARIABLE TRUST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Putnam VT High Yield     High current income. Capital  PUTNAM INVESTMENT
 Fund - Class IB          growth is a secondary goal    MANAGEMENT LLC
                          when consistent with
                          achieving high current
                          income. The fund seeks its
                          goal by investing at least
                          80% in U.S. corporate
                          bonds rated below investment
                          grade (junkbonds) and that
                          have intermediate to
                          long-term maturities (three
                          years or longer.)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE RYDEX VARIABLE TRUST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rydex VT OTC Fund         Investment results that      RYDEX INVESTMENTS
                          correspond to a benchmark for
                          over-the-counter
                          securities. The Portfolio's
                          current benchmark is the
                          NASDAQ 100 Index.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SALOMON BROTHERS VARIABLE SERIES FUNDS INC
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers         Capital appreciation through  SALOMON BROTHERS ASSET
 Variable All Cap Fund    investment in securities      MANAGEMENT INC
 (formerly Capital        that the investment manager
 Fund) - Class I          believes have above-average
                          capital appreciation
                          potential.
-------------------------------------------------------
Salomon Brothers         Long-term growth of capital
 Variable Investors       with current income as a
 Fund - Class I (4)       secondary objective
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF Equity    Seeks long-term capital       VAN KAMPEN(1)
 Growth Portfolio,        appreciation by investing
 Class I (7)              primarily in
                          growth-oriented equity
                          securities of large
                          capitalization companies.
-------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF High      Above-average total return
 Yield Portfolio,         over a market cycle of
 Class I                  three to five years by
                          investing primarily in high
                          yield securities.
-------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap   Seeks above-average total
 Growth Portfolio,        return over a market cycle
 Class I                  of three to five years by
                          investing in common stocks
                          and other equity
                          securities.

-------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid  Seeks to provide
 Cap Value Portfolio,     above-average current
 Class I (formerly Mid    income and long-term
 Cap Core Portfolio)      capital appreciation by
 (2) (8)                  investing primarily in
                          equity securities of
                          com[panies in the U.S. real
                          estate industry, including
                          real estate investment
                          trusts.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT           Capital Growth                VAN KAMPEN ASSET
 Aggressive Growth                                      MANAGEMENT
 Portfolio, Class II
 (9)
-------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Growth    Long-term growth of capital
 and Income Portfolio,    and income
 Class II
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Morgan Stanley Investment Management Inc., the investment adviser to the
     Van Kampen UIF Portfolios, does business in certain instances as Van
     Kampen.

(2)  Effective September 30, 2003, The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc. U.S.
     Mid Cap Core Portfolio, Class I changed its name to The Universal
     Institutional Funds, Inc. U.S. Mid Cap Value Portfolio, Class I. The
     investment objective for this Portfolio has not changed.

(3)  Sub-advised by PIMCO Equity Advisers LLC.

(4)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Balance Fund, LSA Basic Value Fund and LSA Value
     Equity Fund were merged into the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Fund - Series I and Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund -
     Class I, respectively.

(5)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Capital Appreciation Fund was merged into the
     Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio - Institutional Shares.

(6)  Effective 5/1/04 the Janus Aspen Series International Portfolio - Service
     Shares changed its name to the Janus Aspen Foreign Stock Portfolio -
     Service Shares.

(7)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Blue Chip Fund, LSA Equity Grown Fund and LSA
     Capital Growth Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth
     Portfolio, Class I.

(8)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund and LSA MidCap
     Value Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Portfolio, Class I.

                                  19 PROSPECTUS



(9)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Aggressive Growth Fund and LSA Emerging Growth
     Fund were merged into the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio, Class
     II.

Each Portfolio is subject to certain investment restrictions and policies which
may not be changed without the approval of a majority of the shareholders of the
Portfolio. See the accompanying prospectuses of the Portfolios for further
information.

We automatically reinvest all dividends and capital gains distributions from the
Portfolios in shares of the distributing Portfolio at their net asset value. The
income and realized and unrealized gains or losses on the assets of each
Subaccount are separate and are credited to or charged against the particular
Subaccount without regard to income, gains or losses from any other Subaccount
or from any other part of our business. We will use the net Purchase Payments
you allocate to a Subaccount to purchase shares in the corresponding Portfolio
and will redeem shares in the Portfolios to meet Contract obligations or make
adjustments in reserves. The Portfolios are required to redeem their shares at
net asset value and to make payment within seven days.

Some of the Portfolios have been established by investment advisors which manage
publicly traded mutual funds having similar names and investment objectives.
While some of the Portfolios may be similar to, and may in fact be modeled after
publicly traded mutual funds, you should understand that the Portfolios are not
otherwise directly related to any publicly traded mutual fund. Consequently, the
investment performance of publicly traded mutual funds and any similarly named
Portfolio may differ substantially.

Some of the Portfolios sell their shares to separate accounts underlying both
variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts. It is conceivable that
in the future it may be unfavorable for variable life insurance separate
accounts and variable annuity separate accounts to invest in the same Portfolio.
Although neither we nor any of the Portfolios currently foresees any such
disadvantages either to variable life insurance or variable annuity contract
owners, each Portfolio's Board of Directors intends to monitor events in order
to identify any material conflicts between variable life and variable annuity
contract owners and to determine what action, if any, should be taken in
response thereto. If a Board of Directors were to conclude that separate
investment funds should be established for variable life and variable annuity
separate accounts, Lincoln Benefit will bear the attendant expenses.

VOTING RIGHTS. As a general matter, you do not have a direct right to vote the
shares of the Portfolios held by the Subaccounts to which you have allocated
your Contract Value. Under current law, however, you are entitled to give us
instructions on how to vote those shares on certain matters. We will notify you
when your instructions are needed. We will also provide proxy materials or other
information to assist you in understanding the matter at issue. We will
determine the number of shares for which you may give voting instructions as of
the record date set by the relevant Portfolio for the shareholder meeting at
which the vote will occur.

As a general rule, before the Annuity Date, you are the person entitled to give
voting instructions. After the Annuity Date, the payee is that person.
Retirement plans, however, may have different rules for voting by plan
participants.

If you send us written voting instructions, we will follow your instructions in
voting the Portfolio shares attributable to your Contract. If you do not send us
written instructions, we will vote the shares attributable to your Contract in
the same proportions as we vote the shares for which we have received
instructions from other Contract Owners. We will vote shares that we hold in the
same proportions as we vote the shares for which we have received instructions
from other Contract Owners.

We may, when required by state insurance regulatory authorities, disregard
Contract Owner voting instructions if the instructions require that the shares
be voted so as to cause a change in the sub-classification or investment
objective of one or more of the Portfolios or to approve or disapprove an
investment advisory contract for one or more of the Portfolios.

In addition, we may disregard voting instructions in favor of changes initiated
by Contract Owners in the investment objectives or the investment advisor of the
Portfolios if we reasonably disapprove of the proposed change. We would
disapprove a proposed change only if the proposed change is contrary to state
law or prohibited by state regulatory authorities or we reasonably conclude that
the proposed change would not be consistent with the investment objectives of
the Portfolio or would result in the purchase of securities for the Portfolio
which vary from the general quality and nature of investments and investment
techniques utilized by the Portfolio. If we disregard voting instructions, we
will include a summary of that action and our reasons for that action in the
next semi-annual financial report to you.

This description reflects our view of currently applicable law. If the law
changes or our interpretation of the law changes, we may decide that we are
permitted to vote the Portfolio shares without obtaining instructions from our
Contract Owners, and we may choose to do so.

ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, AND SUBSTITUTIONS OF SECURITIES. If the shares of any of
the Portfolios are no longer available for investment by the Separate Account or
if, in the judgment of our Board of Directors, further investment in the shares
of a Portfolio is no longer appropriate in view of the purposes of the Contract,
we may add or substitute shares of another Portfolio or underlying fund for
Portfolio shares already purchased or to be purchased in the future by Purchase
Payments

                                  20 PROSPECTUS



under the Contract. Any substitution of securities will comply with the
requirements of the 1940 Act.

We also reserve the right to make the following changes in the operation of the
Separate Account and the Subaccounts:

(a)  to operate the Separate Account in any form permitted by law;

(b)  to take any action necessary to comply with applicable law or obtain and
     continue any exemption from applicable laws;

(c)  to transfer assets from one Subaccount to another, or from any subaccount
     to our general account;

(d)  to add, combine, or remove Subaccounts in the Separate Account; and

(e)  to change the way in which we assess charges, as long as the total charges
     do not exceed the maximum amount that may be charged the Separate Account
     and the Portfolios in connection with the Contracts.

If we take any of these actions, we will comply with the then applicable legal
requirements.

THE FIXED ACCOUNT

GENERAL. You may allocate part or all of your Purchase Payments to the Fixed
Account in states where it is available. Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account
become part of the general assets of Lincoln Benefit. Loan Payments may not be
allocated to the Fixed Account(s). Allstate Life invests the assets of the
general account in accordance with applicable laws governing the investments of
insurance company general accounts. The Fixed Account may not be available in
all states. Please contact us at 1-800-865-5237 for current information.

GUARANTEED MATURITY FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. We will credit interest to each amount
allocated to the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option at a specified rate
for a specified Guarantee Period. You select the Guarantee Period for each
amount that you allocate to this option. We will declare the interest rate that
we will guarantee to credit to that amount for that Guarantee Period. Each
amount allocated to a Guarantee Period under this option must be at least $500.
We reserve the right to limit the number of additional Purchase Payments that
may be allocated to this option.

We will tell you what interest rates and Guarantee Periods we are offering at a
particular time. We may offer Guarantee Periods ranging from one to ten years in
length. We will decide in our discretion which Guarantee Periods to offer.
Currently, we offer Guarantee Periods of one, three, five, seven and ten years.
In the future we may offer Guarantee Periods of different lengths or stop
offering some Guarantee Periods.

We will credit interest daily to each amount allocated to a Guarantee Period
under this option at a rate which compounds to the effective annual interest
rate that we declared at the beginning of the applicable Guarantee Period. We
will not change the interest rate credited to a particular allocation until the
end of the relevant Guarantee Period. We may declare different interest rates
for Guarantee Periods of the same length that begin at different times.

The following example illustrates how a Purchase Payment allocated to this
option would grow, given an assumed Guarantee Period and effective annual
interest rate:

                                  21 PROSPECTUS



EXAMPLE
Purchase Payment        $10,000
Guarantee Period        5 years
Effective Annual Rate      4.50%
Credit Enhancement      $   400

                                            END OF CONTACT YEAR
                        -----------------------------------------------------------
                          YEAR 1      YEAR 2       YEAR 3      YEAR 4      YEAR 5
                        ----------  -----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
Beginning Contract
 Value                  $10,400.00
 x (1 + Effective
 Annual Rate)              x 1.045
                        ----------
                        $10,868.00
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year                   $$10,868.00
 x (1 + Effective
 Annual Rate)                           x 1.045
                                    -----------
                                    $ 11,357.06
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year                                $11,357.06
 x (1 + Effective
 Annual Rate)                                       x 1.045
                                                 ----------
                                                 $11,868.13
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year                                            $11,868.13
 x (1 + Effective
 Annual Rate)                                                   x 1.045
                                                             ----------
                                                             $12,402.19
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year                                                        $12,402.19
 x (1 + Effective
 Annual Rate)                                                               x 1.045
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         $12,960.29

TOTAL INTEREST CREDITED DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD = $2,560.29 ($12,960.29 -
$10,400)

NOTE: This example assumes no withdrawals during the entire five-year Guarantee
Period. If you were to make a partial withdrawal, you might be required to pay a
Withdrawal Charge and the amount withdrawn might be increased or decreased by a
Market Value Adjustment. The hypothetical interest rate is for illustrative
purposes only and is not intended to predict future interest rates to be
declared under the Contract.

We have no specific formula for determining the rate of interest that we will
declare initially or in the future. We will set those interest rates based on
relevant factors such as then current interest rates, regulatory and tax
requirements, our sales commission and administrative expenses, general economic
trends, and competitive factors. For current interest rate information, please
contact us at 1-800-865-5237.

WE WILL DETERMINE THE INTEREST RATES TO BE DECLARED IN OUR SOLE DISCRETION. WE
CAN NEITHER PREDICT NOR GUARANTEE WHAT THOSE RATES WILL BE IN THE FUTURE.

At the end of each Guarantee Period, we will mail you a notice asking you what
to do with the relevant amount, including the accrued interest. During the
30-day period after the end of the Guarantee Period, you may:

1)   take no action. If so, we will automatically keep the relevant amount in
     the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option. The new Guarantee Period will
     be the same length as the expiring Guarantee Period and will begin on the
     day the previous Guarantee Period ends. The new interest rate will be our
     then current declared rate for Guarantee Periods of that length; or

2)   allocate the relevant Contract Value to one or more new Guarantee Periods
     of your choice in the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option. The new
     Guarantee Period(s) will begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period
     ends. The new interest rate will be our then current declared rate for
     those Guarantee Periods; or

3)   instruct us to transfer all or a portion of the relevant amount to one or
     more Subaccounts. We will effect the transfer on the day we receive your
     instructions. We will not adjust the amount transferred to include a Market
     Value Adjustment; or

4)   withdraw all or a portion of the relevant amount through a partial
     withdrawal. You may be required to pay a Withdrawal Charge, but we will not
     adjust the amount withdrawn to include a Market Value Adjustment. The
     amount withdrawn will be deemed to have been withdrawn on the day the
     Guarantee Period ends.

Under our Automatic Laddering Program, you may choose, in advance, to use
Guarantee Periods of the same length for all renewals in the Guaranteed Maturity
Fixed Account Option. You can select this program at any time during the
Accumulation Period, including on the Issue Date. We will apply renewals to
Guarantee Periods of the

                                  22 PROSPECTUS



selected length until you direct us in writing to stop. We may stop offering
this program at any time.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. If permitted by your state, we may increase or decrease
the amount of some transactions involving your investment in the Guaranteed
Maturity Fixed Account Option to include a Market Value Adjustment. The formula
for determining Market Value Adjustments reflects changes in interest rates
since the beginning of the relevant Guarantee Period. As a result, you will bear
some of the investment risk on amounts allocated to the Guaranteed Maturity
Fixed Account Option.

As a general rule, we will apply a Market Value Adjustment to the following
transactions involving your Fixed Account balance:

1)   when you withdraw funds from the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option
     in an amount greater than the Free Withdrawal Amount, as described on page
     33;

2)   when you transfer funds from the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Option
     to the Subaccounts;

3)   when you allocate part of your balance in the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed
     Account Option to a new Guarantee Period before the end of the existing
     Guarantee Period;

4)   when you annuitize your Contract; and

5)   when we pay a death benefit.

We will not apply a Market Value Adjustment to a transaction, to the extent
that:

1)   it occurs within 30 days after the end of a Guarantee Period applicable to
     the funds involved in the transaction; or

2)   you make a withdrawal to satisfy the IRS' required minimum distribution
     rules for this Contract.

The formula for calculating Market Value Adjustments is set forth in Appendix B
to this prospectus, which also contains additional examples of the application
of the Market Value Adjustment. This formula primarily compares:

1)   the Treasury Rate at the time of the relevant transaction for a maturity
     equal in length to the relevant Guarantee Period; and

2)   the Treasury Rate at the beginning of the Guarantee Period for a maturity
     equal in length to the Guarantee Period.

Generally, if the Treasury Rate at the beginning of the Guarantee Period is
higher than the corresponding current Treasury Rate, then the Market Value
Adjustment will increase the amount payable to you or transferred. Similarly, if
the Treasury Rate at the beginning of the Guarantee Period is lower than the
corresponding current Treasury Rate, then the Market Value Adjustment will
reduce the amount payable to you or transferred.

For example, assume that you purchased a Contract and selected an initial
Guarantee Period of five years and the five-year Treasury Rate for that duration
is 4.50%. Assume that at the end of three years, you make a partial withdrawal.
If, at that later time, the current five-year Treasury Rate is 4.20%, then the
Market Value Adjustment will be positive, which will result in an increase in
the amount payable to you. Similarly, if the current five-year Treasury Rate is
4.80%, then the Market Value Adjustment will be negative, which will result in a
decrease in the amount payable to you.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. If permitted by your state, you may
also allocate Purchase Payments to the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account
Option. We will credit interest to Purchase Payments allocated to this option
for up to one year at the current rate that we declare when you make the
allocation. The effective annual rate will never be less than 3%. You may not
transfer funds to this option from the Subaccounts or the Guaranteed Maturity
Fixed Account Option. We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts
from this option to the Subaccounts or the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account
Option on a monthly basis only, as described in "Automatic Dollar Cost Averaging
Program" on page 16 of this prospectus.

ANNUITY BENEFITS

ANNUITY DATE. You may select the Annuity Date, which is the date on which
annuity payments are to begin, in your application. The Annuity Date must always
be the business day on or immediately following the tenth day of a calendar
month.

The Annuity Date may be no later than the Latest Annuity Date. As a general
rule, the Latest Annuity Date is the later of the 10th Contract Anniversary or
the youngest Annuitant's 90/TH/ birthday. If your Contract was issued pursuant
to a Qualified Plan, however, the Tax Code generally requires you to begin to
take at least a minimum distribution by the later of:

.    the year of your separation from service; or

.    April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you
     attain age 70 1/2 .

If your Contract is issued pursuant to Section 408 of the Tax Code (traditional
IRAs), you must begin taking minimum distributions by April 1 of the calendar
year following the calendar year in which you reach age 70 1/2. No minimum
distributions are required by the Tax Code for Contracts issued pursuant to
Section 408A (Roth IRAs).

                                  23 PROSPECTUS



If your Contract was purchased by a Qualified Plan, we may require you to
annuitize by the date required by the Tax Code, unless you show us that you are
meeting the minimum distribution requirements in some other way.

If you do not select an Annuity Date, the Latest Annuity Date will automatically
become the Annuity Date. You may change the Annuity Date by writing to us at the
address given on the first page of the prospectus.

ANNUITY OPTIONS. You may elect an Annuity Option at any time before the Annuity
Date. As part of your election, you may choose the length of the applicable
guaranteed payment period within the limits available for your chosen Option. If
you do not select an Annuity Option, we will pay monthly annuity payments in
accordance with the applicable default Option. The default Options are:

.    Option A with 10 years (120 months) guaranteed, if you have designated only
     one Annuitant; and

.    Option B with 10 years (120 months) guaranteed, if you have designated
     joint Annuitants.

You may freely change your choice of Annuity Option, as long as you request the
change at least thirty days before the Annuity Date. Three Annuity Options are
generally available under the Contract. Each is available in the form of:

.    a Fixed Annuity;

.    a Variable Annuity; or

.    a combination of both Fixed and Variable Annuity.

A portion of each payment will be considered taxable and the remaining portion
will be a non-taxable return of your investment in the Contract, which is also
called the "basis." Once the investment in the Contract is depleted, all
remaining payments will be fully taxable. If the Contract is tax-qualified,
generally, all payments will be fully taxable. Taxable payments taken prior to
age 59 1/2 may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

The three Annuity Options are:

OPTION A, LIFE ANNUITY WITH PAYMENTS GUARANTEED FOR 5 TO 20 YEARS. We make
periodic payments at least as long as the Annuitant lives. If the Annuitant dies
before all of the guaranteed payments have been made, we will pay the remaining
guaranteed payments to the Beneficiary.

OPTION B, JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY, WITH PAYMENTS GUARANTEED FOR 5 TO 20
YEARS. We make periodic payments at least as long as either the Annuitant or the
Joint Annuitant is alive. If both the Annuitant and the Joint Annuitant die
before all of the guaranteed payments have been made, we will pay the remaining
guaranteed payments to the Beneficiary.

OPTION C, PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD CERTAIN OF 5 YEARS TO 30 YEARS. We
make periodic payments for the period you have chosen. If the Annuitant dies
before all of the guaranteed payments have been made, we will pay the remaining
guaranteed payments to the Beneficiary. If you elect this option, and request
Variable Annuity payments, you may at any time before the period expires request
a lump sum payment, subject to a Withdrawal Charge. We will charge a Withdrawal
Charge on any portion of your lump sum payment attributable to Purchase Payments
made within the prior eight years. The amount of the Withdrawal Charge will be
determined as described in "Withdrawal Charge" on page 32 below. If you elected
Variable Annuity payments, the lump sum payment after Withdrawal Charge will
depend on:

.    the investment results of the Subaccounts you have selected,

.    the Contract Value at the time you elected annuitization, and

.    the length of the remaining period for which the payee would be entitled to
     payments.

No lump sum payment is available if you request Fixed Annuity payments. If you
purchased your Contract under a retirement plan, you may have a more limited
selection of Annuity Options to choose from. You should consult your Plan
documents to see what is available.

You may not "annuitize" your Contract for a lump sum payment. Instead, before
the Annuity Date you may surrender your Contract for a lump sum. As described on
page 32 below, however, we will subtract any applicable Withdrawal Charge and
increase or decrease your surrender proceeds by any applicable Market Value
Adjustment.

OTHER OPTIONS. We may have other Annuity Options available. You may obtain
information about them by writing or calling us.

If your Contract is issued under Sections 401, 403(b), 408 or 408A of the Tax
Code, we will only make payments to you and/or your spouse.

ANNUITY PAYMENTS: GENERAL. On the Annuity Date, we will apply the Annuitized
Value of your Contract to the Annuity Option you have chosen. Your annuity
payments may consist of Variable Annuity payments or Fixed Annuity payments or a
combination of the two. We will determine the amount of your annuity payments as
described in "Variable Annuity Payments" and "Fixed Annuity Payments" on page
25.

You must notify us in writing at least 30 days before the Annuity Date how you
wish to allocate your Annuitized Value between Variable Annuity and Fixed
Annuity payments. You must apply at least the Contract Value in the Fixed
Account on the Annuity Date to Fixed Annuity payments. If you wish to apply any
portion of your Fixed Account balance to your Variable Annuity payments, you
should plan ahead and transfer that amount to the Subaccounts prior to the
Annuity Date. If you do not tell us how to allocate your Contract Value among
Fixed and

                                  24 PROSPECTUS



Variable Annuity payments, we will apply your Contract Value in the Separate
Account to Variable Annuity payments and your Contract Value in the Fixed
Account to Fixed Annuity payments.

Annuity payments begin on the Annuity Date. We make subsequent annuity payments
on the tenth of the month or, if the NYSE is closed on that day, the next day on
which the NYSE is open for business.

Annuity payments will be made in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual
installments as you select. If the amount available to apply under an Annuity
Option is less than $5,000, however, and state law permits, we may pay you a
lump sum instead of the periodic payments you have chosen. In addition, if the
first annuity payment would be less than $50, and state law permits us, we may
reduce the frequency of payments so that the initial payment will be at least
$50.

We may defer for up to 15 days the payment of any amount attributable to a
Purchase Payment made by check to allow the check reasonable time to clear.

YOU MAY NOT WITHDRAW CONTRACT VALUE DURING THE ANNUITY PERIOD, IF WE ARE MAKING
PAYMENTS TO YOU UNDER ANY ANNUITY OPTION, SUCH AS OPTION A OR B ABOVE, INVOLVING
PAYMENT TO THE PAYEE FOR LIFE OR ANY COMBINATION OF PAYMENTS FOR LIFE AND
MINIMUM GUARANTEE PERIOD FOR A PREDETERMINED NUMBER OF YEARS.

VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS. One basic objective of the Contract is to provide
Variable Annuity Payments which will to some degree respond to changes in the
economic environment. The amount of your Variable Annuity Payments will depend
upon the investment results of the Subaccounts you have selected, any premium
taxes, the age and sex of the Annuitant, and the Annuity Option chosen. We
guarantee that the Payments will not be affected by: (1) actual mortality
experience; and (2) the amount of our administration expenses.

We cannot predict the total amount of your Variable Annuity payments. The
Variable Annuity payments may be more or less than your total Purchase Payments
because: (a) Variable Annuity payments vary with the investment results of the
underlying Portfolios; and (b) Annuitants may die before their actuarial life
expectancy is achieved.

The length of any guaranteed payment period under your selected Annuity Option
will affect the dollar amounts of each Variable Annuity payment. As a general
rule, longer guarantee periods result in lower periodic payments, all other
things being equal. For example, if a life Annuity Option with no minimum
guaranteed payment period is chosen, the Variable Annuity payments will be
greater than Variable Annuity payments under an Annuity Option for a minimum
specified period and guaranteed thereafter for life.

The investment results of the Subaccounts to which you have allocated your
Contract Value will also affect the amount of your periodic payment. In
calculating the amount of the periodic payments in the annuity tables in the
Contract, we assumed an annual investment rate of 3 1/2%. If the actual net
investment return is less than the assumed investment rate, then the dollar
amount of the Variable Annuity payments will decrease. The dollar amount of the
Variable Annuity payments will stay level if the net investment return equals
the assumed investment rate and the dollar amount of the Variable Annuity
payments will increase if the net investment return exceeds the assumed
investment rate. You should consult the Statement of Additional Information for
more detailed information as to how we determine Variable Annuity Payments.

FIXED ANNUITY PAYMENTS. You may choose to apply a portion of your Annuitized
Value to provide Fixed Annuity payments. We determine the Fixed Annuity payment
amount by applying the applicable Annuitized Value to the Annuity Option you
have selected.

As a general rule, subsequent Fixed Annuity payments will be equal in amount to
the initial payment. However, as described in "Transfers During the Annuity
Period" below, after the Annuity Date, you will have a limited ability to
increase the amount of your Fixed Annuity payments by making transfers from the
Subaccounts.

We may defer making Fixed Annuity payments for a period of up to six months or
whatever shorter time state law may require. During the deferral period, we
credit interest at a rate at least as high as state law requires.

TRANSFERS DURING THE ANNUITY PERIOD. During the Annuity Period, you will have a
limited ability to make transfers among the Subaccounts so as to change the
relative weighting of the Subaccounts on which your Variable Annuity payments
will be based. In addition, you will have a limited ability to make transfers
from the Subaccounts to increase the proportion of your annuity payments
consisting of Fixed Annuity payments. You may not, however, convert any portion
of your right to receive Fixed Annuity payments into Variable Annuity payments.

You may not make any transfers for the first six months after the Annuity Date.
Thereafter, you may make transfers among the Subaccounts or make transfers from
the Subaccounts to increase your Fixed Annuity payments. Your transfers must be
at least six months apart.

DEATH BENEFIT DURING ANNUITY PERIOD. If any Contract Owner dies after the
Annuity Date, the Successor Contract Owner will receive any guaranteed annuity
payments scheduled to continue. If the successor Owner dies before all of the
guaranteed payments have been made, we will continue the guaranteed payments to
the Beneficiary(ies). After annuity payments begin, upon the death of the
Annuitant and any Joint Annuitant, we will make any remaining guaranteed
payments to the

                                  25 PROSPECTUS



Beneficiary. The amount and number of these guaranteed payments will depend on
the Annuity Option in effect at the time of the Annuitant's death. After the
Annuitant's death, any remaining guaranteed payments will be distributed at
least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the
Annuitant's death.

CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS. The Contracts offered by this prospectus contain
income payment tables that provide for different payments to men and women of
the same age, except in states that require unisex tables. We reserve the right
to use income payment tables that do not distinguish on the basis of sex to the
extent permitted by applicable law. In certain employment-related situations,
employers are required by law to use the same income payment tables for men and
women. Accordingly, if the Contract is to be used in connection with an
employment-related retirement or benefit plan and we do not offer unisex annuity
tables in your state, you should consult with legal counsel as to whether the
purchase of a Contract is appropriate.

OTHER CONTRACT BENEFITS

DEATH BENEFIT: GENERAL. We will pay a distribution on death, if:

1)   the Contract is in force;

2)   annuity payments have not begun; and

3)   either:

(a)  any Owner dies; or

(b)  any Annuitant dies and the Owner is a non-living person.

DUE PROOF OF DEATH. A complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds must
be submitted before the Annuity Date. Where there are multiple beneficiaries, we
will value the Death Benefit at the time the first beneficiary submits a
complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds. A complete request must
include "Due Proof of Death". We will accept the following documentation as Due
Proof of Death:

.    a certified original copy of the Death Certificate;

.    a certified copy of a court decree as to the finding of death; or

.    a written statement of a medical doctor who attended the deceased at the
     time of death.

In addition, in our discretion we may accept other types of proof.

DEATH PROCEEDS. If we receive a complete request for settlement of the Death
Proceeds within 180 days of the date of your death, the Death Proceeds are equal
to the Death Benefit as described below. Otherwise, the Death Proceeds are equal
to the greater of the Contract Value or the Surrender Value. We reserve the
right to waive or extend, on a nondiscriminatory basis, the 180-day period in
which the Death Proceeds will equal the Death Benefit as described below. This
right applies only to the amount payable as Death Proceeds and in no way
restricts when the claim may be filed.

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT. The standard Death Benefit under the Contract is the
greatest of the following:

1)   the total Purchase Payments, less a withdrawal adjustment for any prior
     partial withdrawals;

2)   the Contract Value on the date as of which we calculate the Death Benefit;

3)   the Surrender Value;

4)   the Contract Value on the eighth Contract Anniversary and each subsequent
     Contract Anniversary evenly divisible by eight, increased by the total
     Purchase Payments since that anniversary and reduced by a withdrawal
     adjustment for any partial withdrawals since that anniversary.

The withdrawal adjustment for the Death Benefit will equal (a) divided by (b),
with the result multiplied by (c), where:

(a) = the withdrawal amount;

(b) = the Contract Value immediately before the withdrawal; and

(c) = the value of the applicable Death Benefit immediately before the
      withdrawal.

As described in Enhanced Death Benefit Rider on page 28, you may add an optional
rider that in some circumstances may increase the Death Benefit under your
Contract.

DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENTS.

Death of Owner:

1.   If your spouse is the sole beneficiary:

a.   Your spouse may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump sum; or

b.   Your spouse may elect to receive the Death Proceeds paid out under one of
     the annuity options, subject to the following conditions:

The Annuity Date must be within one year of your date of death.

                       Annuity payments must be payable:

i.   over the life of your spouse; or

ii.  for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 30 years but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of your spouse; or

                                  26 PROSPECTUS



iii. over the life of your spouse with a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to
     30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of your spouse.

c.   If your spouse chooses to continue the Contract or does not elect one of
     these options, then the Contract will continue in the Accumulation Period
     as if the death had not occurred. If the Contract is continued in the
     Accumulation Period, the following conditions apply:

Unless otherwise instructed by the continuing spouse, the excess, if any, of the
Death Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to the Subaccounts.
This excess will be allocated in proportion to your Contract Value in those
Subaccounts as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we receive the
complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds, except that any portion
of this excess attributable to the fixed account options will be allocated to
the Money Market Subaccount. Within 30 days of the date the Contract is
continued, your surviving spouse may choose one of the following transfer
alternatives without incurring a transfer fee:

i.   transfer all or a portion of the excess among the Subaccounts;

ii.  transfer all or a portion of the excess into the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed
     Account and begin a new Guarantee Period; or

iii. transfer all or a portion of the excess into a combination of subaccounts
     and the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account.

Any such transfer does not count as the free transfer allowed each calendar
month and is subject to any minimum allocation amount specified in your
contract.

The surviving spouse may make a single withdrawal of any amount within one year
of the date of your death without incurring a Withdrawal Charge or Market Value
Adjustment.

Prior to the Annuity Date, the death benefit of the continued Contract will be
as defined in the Death Benefit provision.

Only one spousal continuation is allowed under this Contract.

If there is no Annuitant at that time, the new Annuitant will be the surviving
spouse.

2.   If the Beneficiary is not your spouse but is a living person:

a.   The Beneficiary may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump sum; or

b.   The Beneficiary may elect to receive the Death Proceeds paid out under one
     of the annuity options, subject to the following conditions:

The Annuity Date must be within one year of your date of death.

                       Annuity payments must be payable:

i.   over the life of the Beneficiary; or

ii.  for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 30 years but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of the Beneficiary; or

iii. over the life of the Beneficiary with a guaranteed number of payments from
     5 to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the Beneficiary.

c.   If the Beneficiary does not elect one of the options above, then the
     Beneficiary must receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of your
     date of death. We will determine the Death Proceeds as of the date we
     receive the complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds. Unless
     otherwise instructed by the Beneficiary, the excess, if any, of the Death
     Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to the Money Market
     Subaccount and the Contract Value will be adjusted accordingly. The
     Beneficiary may exercise all rights as set forth in "Transfer During the
     Accumulation Period" on page 15 and "Transfer Fee" on page 32 during this 5
     year period.

The Beneficiary may not pay additional purchase payments into the contract under
this election. Withdrawal charges will be waived for any withdrawals made during
this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to offer additional options upon Death of Owner.

If the Beneficiary dies before the complete liquidation of the Contract Value,
then the Beneficiary's named Beneficiary(ies) will receive the greater of the
Surrender Value or the remaining Contract Value. This amount must be liquidated
as a lump sum within 5 years of the date of the original Contract Owner's death.

3.   If the Beneficiary is a corporation or other type of non-living person:

a.   The Beneficiary may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump sum; or

b.   If the Beneficiary does not elect to receive the option above, then the
     Beneficiary must receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of your
     date of death. We will determine the Death Proceeds as of the date we
     receive the complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds. Unless
     otherwise instructed by the Beneficiary, the excess, if any, of the Death
     Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to the Money Market
     Subaccount and the Contract Value will be adjusted accordingly. The
     Beneficiary may exercise all rights as set forth in "Transfers During the
     Accumulation Period" on page 15 and "Transfer Fee" on page 32 during this
     5-year period.

The Beneficiary may not pay additional purchase payments into the contract under
this election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to offer additional options upon Death of Owner.

                                  27 PROSPECTUS



If any Beneficiary is a non-living person, all Beneficiaries will be considered
to be non-living persons for the above purposes.

Under any of these options, all contract rights, subject to any restrictions
previously placed upon the Beneficiary, are available to the Beneficiary from
the date of your death to the date on which the Death Proceeds are paid.

Different rules may apply to Contracts issued in connection with Qualified
Plans.

Death of Annuitant:

If the Annuitant who is not also the Owner dies prior to the Annuity Date, the
following apply:

1.   If the Owner is a living person, then the contract will continue with a new
     Annuitant as described in "Annuitant" on page 13.

2.   If the Owner is a non-living person:

a.   The Beneficiary may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump sum; or

b.   If the Beneficiary does not elect the option above, then the Beneficiary
     must receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of the Annuitant's
     date of death. On the date we receive the complete request for settlement
     of the Death Proceeds, the Contract Value under this option will be the
     Death Proceeds. Unless otherwise instructed by the Beneficiary, the excess,
     if any, of the Death Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to
     the Money Market Subaccount. Henceforth, the Beneficiary may exercise all
     rights as set forth in the "Transfers During Accumulation Period" on page
     15 and "Transfer Fee" on page 32 during this 5 year period.

No additional Purchase Payments may be added to the contract under this
election. Withdrawal charges will be waived during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to offer additional options under Death of Annuitant.

Under any of these options, all contract rights, subject to any restrictions
previously placed upon the Beneficiary, are available to the Beneficiary from
the date of the Annuitant's death to the date on which the Death Proceeds are
paid.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER: When you purchase your Contract, you may select
the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider. In certain states, this benefit may be offered
as a benefit of the base contract, rather than as a separate rider. In those
states, the expense charge will remain the same for the benefit. If you are not
an individual, the Enhanced Death Benefit applies only to the Annuitant's death.
If you select this rider, the Death Benefit will be the greater of the value
provided in your Contract or the Enhanced Death Benefit. The Enhanced Death
Benefit will be the greater of the Enhanced Death Benefit A or Enhanced Death
Benefit B. As described below, we will charge a higher mortality and expense
risk charge if you select this Rider. We may discontinue offering the Rider at
any time.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT A. At issue, Enhanced Death Benefit A is equal to the
initial Purchase Payment. After issue, Enhanced Death Benefit A is adjusted
whenever you pay a Purchase Payment or make a withdrawal and on each Contract
Anniversary as follows:

.    When you pay a Purchase Payment, we will increase Enhanced Death Benefit A
     by the amount of the Purchase Payment;

.    When you make a withdrawal, we will decrease Enhanced Death Benefit A by a
     withdrawal adjustment, as described below; and

.    On each Contract Anniversary, we will set Enhanced Death Benefit A equal to
     the greater of the Contract Value on that Contract Anniversary or the most
     recently calculated Enhanced Death Benefit A.

If you do not pay any additional purchase payments or make any withdrawals,
Enhanced Death Benefit A will equal the highest Contract Value on all Contract
Anniversaries prior to the date we calculate the Death Benefit.

We will continuously adjust Enhanced Death Benefit A as described above until
the oldest Contract Owner's 85/TH/ birthday or, if the Contract Owner is not a
living individual, the Annuitant's 85/TH/ birthday. Thereafter, we will adjust
Enhanced Death Benefit A only for Purchase Payments and withdrawals.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT B. Enhanced Death Benefit B is equal to:

(a)  your total Purchase Payments,

(b)  reduced by any withdrawal adjustments and

(c)  accumulated daily at an effective annual rate of 5% per year, until the
     earlier of:

1)   the date we determine the death benefit;

2)   the first day of the month following the oldest Contract owner's 85/TH
     /birthday; or

3)   if the Contract Owner is a company or other legal entity, the first day of
     the month following the Annuitant's 85/TH/ birthday. Thereafter, we will
     only adjust Enhanced Death Benefit B to reflect additional Purchase
     Payments and withdrawals. Enhanced Death Benefit B will never be greater
     than the maximum death benefit allowed by any nonforfeiture laws which
     govern the Contract.

The withdrawal adjustment for both Enhanced Death Benefit A and Enhanced Death
Benefit B will equal (a) divided by (b), with the result multiplied by (c),
where:

(a) = the withdrawal amount;

(b) = the Contract Value immediately before the withdrawal; and

                                  28 PROSPECTUS



(c) = the most recently calculated Enhanced Death Benefit A or B, as
appropriate.

BENEFICIARY. You name the Beneficiary. You may name a Beneficiary in the
application. You may also name one or more contingent Beneficiaries who are
entitled to receive benefits under the contract if all primary Beneficiary(ies)
are deceased at the time a Contract Owner or any Annuitant if the Contract Owner
is not a living person, dies. You may change the Beneficiary or add additional
Beneficiaries at any time before the Annuity Date. We will provide a form to be
signed and filed with us.

Your changes in Beneficiary take effect when we accept them, effective as of the
date you signed the form. Until we accept your change instructions, we are
entitled to rely on your most recent instructions in our files. We are not
liable for making a payment to a Beneficiary shown in our files or treating that
person in any other respect as the Beneficiary, prior to accepting a change.
Accordingly, if you wish to change your beneficiary, you should deliver your
instructions to us promptly.

If you did not name a Beneficiary or if the named Beneficiary is no longer
living, the Beneficiary will be:

.    your spouse if he or she is still alive; or, if he or she is no longer
     alive,

.    your surviving children equally; or if you have no surviving children,

.    your estate.

Unless you have provided directions to the contrary, the Beneficiaries will take
equal shares. If there is more than one Beneficiary in a class and one of the
Beneficiaries predeceases the Contract Owner or Annuitant, as defined above, the
remaining Beneficiaries in that class will divide the deceased Beneficiary's
share in proportion to the original share of the remaining Beneficiaries.

If more than one Beneficiary shares in the Death Proceeds, each Beneficiary will
be treated as a separate and independent owner of his or her respective share.
Each Beneficiary will exercise all rights related to his or her share, including
the sole right to select a payout option, subject to any restrictions previously
placed upon the Beneficiary. Each Beneficiary may designate a Beneficiary(ies)
for his or her respective share, but that designated Beneficiary(ies) will be
restricted to the payout option chosen by the original Beneficiary.

If there is more than one Beneficiary and one of the Beneficiaries is a
corporation or other type of non-living person, all Beneficiaries will be
considered to be non-living persons for the above purposes.

You may specify that the Death Benefit be paid under a specific Income Plan by
submitting a written request to our Service Center. If you so request, your
Beneficiary may not change to a different Income Plan or lump sum. Once we
accept the written request, the change or restriction will take effect as of the
date you signed the request.

Different rules may apply to Contracts issued in connection with Qualified
Plans.

CONTRACT LOANS FOR 403(B) CONTRACTS. Subject to the restrictions described
below, we will make loans to the Owner of a Contract used in connection with a
Tax Sheltered Annuity Plan ("TSA Plan") under Section 403(b) of the Tax Code.
Loans are not available under Non-Qualified Contracts. We will only make loans
after the free look period and before annuitization. All loans are subject to
the terms of the Contract, the relevant Plan, and the Tax Code, which impose
restrictions on loans.

We will not make a loan to you if the total of the requested loan and your
unpaid outstanding loans will be greater than the Surrender Value of your
Contract on the date of the loan. In addition, we will not make a loan to you if
the total of the requested loan and all of the plan participant's Contract loans
under TSA plans is more than the lesser of (a) or (b) where:

(a)  equals $50,000 minus the excess of the highest outstanding loan balance
     during the prior 12 months over the current outstanding loan balance; and

(b)  equals the greater of $10,000 or 1/2 of the Surrender Value.

The minimum loan amount is $1,000.

To request a Contract loan write to us at the address given on the first page of
the prospectus. You alone are responsible for ensuring that your loan and
repayments comply with tax requirements. Loans made before the Annuity Date are
generally treated as distributions under the Contract, and may be subject to
withholding and tax penalties for early distributions. Some of these
requirements are stated in Section 72 of the Tax Code. Please seek advice from
your plan administrator or tax advisor.

When we make a loan, we will transfer an amount equal to the loan amount from
the Separate Account and/or the Fixed Account to the Loan Account as collateral
for the loan. We will transfer to the Loan Account amounts from the Separate
Account in proportion to the assets in each Subaccount. If your loan amount is
greater than your Contract Value in the Subaccounts, we will transfer the
remaining required collateral from the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account
Options. If your loan amount is greater than your contract value in the
Subaccounts and the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Options, we will transfer
the remaining required collateral from the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account
Option.

We will not charge a Withdrawal Charge on the loan or on the transfer from the
Subaccounts or the Fixed Account. We may, however, apply a Market Value
Adjustment to a transfer from the Fixed Account to the Loan Account. If we do,
we will increase or decrease the amount remaining in the Fixed Account by the
amount of the Market Value Adjustment, so that the net amount

                                  29 PROSPECTUS



transferred to the Loan Account will equal the desired loan amount. We will
charge a Withdrawal Charge and apply a Market Value Adjustment, if applicable,
on a distribution to repay the loan in full, in the event of loan default.

We will credit interest to the amounts in the Loan Account. The annual interest
rate credited to the Loan Account will be the greater of: (a) 3%; or (b) the
loan interest rate minus 2.25%. The value of the amounts in the Loan Account are
not affected by the changes in the value of the Subaccounts.

When you take out a loan, we will set the loan interest rate. That rate will
apply to your loan until it is repaid. From time to time, we may change the loan
interest rate applicable to new loans. We also reserve the right to change the
terms of new loans.

We will subtract the outstanding Contract loan balance, including accrued but
unpaid interest, from:

1)   the Death Proceeds;

2)   surrender proceeds;

3)   the amount available for partial withdrawal; and

4)   the amount applied on the Annuity Date to provide annuity payments.

Usually you must repay a Contract loan within five years of the date the loan is
made. Scheduled payments must be level, amortized over the repayment period, and
made at least quarterly. We may permit a repayment period of 15 or 30 years if
the loan proceeds are used to acquire your principal residence. We may also
permit other repayment periods.

You must mark your loan repayments as such. We will assume that any payment
received from you is a Purchase Payment, unless you tell us otherwise.
Generally, loan payments are allocated to the Subaccount(s) in the proportion
that you have selected for Purchase Payments. Allocations of loan payments are
not permitted to the Fixed Accounts (Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account and
Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option). If your Purchase Payment allocation
includes any of the Fixed Accounts, the percentages allocated to the Fixed
Accounts will be allocated instead to the PIMCO Money Market Subaccount.

If you do not make a loan payment when due, we will continue to charge interest
on your loan. We also will declare the entire loan in default. We will subtract
the defaulted loan balance plus accrued interest from any future distribution
under the Contract and keep it in payment of your loan. Any defaulted amount
plus interest will be treated as a distribution for tax purposes (as permitted
by law). As a result, you may be required to pay taxes on the defaulted amount,
incur the early withdrawal tax penalty. We will capitalize interest on a loan in
default.

If the total loan balance exceeds the Surrender Value, we will mail written
notice to your last known address. The notice will state the amount needed to
maintain the Contract in force. If we do not receive payment of this amount
within 31 days after we mail this notice, we will terminate your Contract.

We may defer making any loan for 6 months after you ask us for a loan, unless
the loan is to pay a premium to us.

WITHDRAWALS (REDEMPTIONS). Except as explained below, you may redeem a Contract
for all or a portion of its Contract Value before the Annuity Date. We may
impose a Withdrawal Charge, which would reduce the amount paid to you upon
redemption. The Withdrawal Charges are described on page 32. Withdrawals from
the Fixed Account may be increased or decreased by a Market Value Adjustment, as
described in "Market Value Adjustment" on page 23.

In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a time. You may also withdraw a
lesser amount if you are withdrawing your entire interest in a Subaccount. If
your request for a partial withdrawal would reduce the Contract Value to less
than $500, we may treat it as a request for a withdrawal of your entire Contract
Value, as described in "Minimum Contract Value" on page 31. Your Contract will
terminate if you withdraw all of your Contract Value.

Withdrawals taken prior to annuitization are generally considered to come from
the earnings in the Contract first. If the Contract is tax-qualified, generally
all withdrawals are treated as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age 59
1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

We may be required to withhold 20% of withdrawals and distributions from
Contracts issued in connection with certain Qualified Plans, as described on
Page 39.

To make a withdrawal, you must send us a written withdrawal request or
systematic withdrawal program enrollment form. You may obtain the required forms
from us at the address and phone number given on the first page of this
prospectus.

For partial withdrawals, you may allocate the amount among the Subaccounts and
the Fixed Accounts. If we do not receive allocation instructions from you, we
usually will allocate the partial withdrawal proportionately among the
Subaccounts and the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Options based upon the
balance of the Subaccounts and the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account Options,
with any remainder being distributed from the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed
Account Option. You may not make a partial withdrawal from the Fixed Account in
an amount greater than the total amount of the partial withdrawal multiplied by
the ratio of the value of the Fixed Account to the Contract Value immediately
before the partial withdrawal.

If you request a total withdrawal, you must send us your Contract. The Surrender
value will equal the Contract Value minus any applicable Withdrawal Charge and
adjusted by any applicable Market Value Adjustment. We

                                  30 PROSPECTUS



also will deduct a contract maintenance charge of $35, unless we have waived the
contract maintenance charge on your Contract as described on page 32. We
determine the Surrender Value based on the Contract Value next computed after we
receive a properly completed surrender request. We will usually pay the
Surrender Value within seven days after the day we receive a completed request
form. However, we may suspend the right of withdrawal from the Separate Account
or delay payment for withdrawals for more than seven days in the following
circumstances:

1)   whenever the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") is closed (other than
     customary weekend and holiday closings);

2)   when trading on the NYSE is restricted or an emergency exists, as
     determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the Separate Account's
     investments or determination of Accumulation Unit Values is not reasonably
     practicable; or

3)   at any other time permitted by the SEC for your protection.

In addition, we may delay payment of the Surrender Value in the Fixed Account
for up to 6 months or a shorter period if required by law. If we delay payment
from the Fixed Account for more than 30 days, we will pay interest as required
by applicable law.

You may withdraw amounts attributable to contributions made pursuant to a salary
reduction agreement (in accordance with Section 403(b)(11) of the Tax Code) only
in the following circumstances:

1)   when you attain age 59 1/2;

2)   when you terminate your employment with the plan sponsor;

3)   upon your death;

4)   upon your disability as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Tax Code; or

5)   in the case of hardship.

If you seek a hardship withdrawal, you may only withdraw amounts attributable to
your Purchase Payments; you may not withdraw any earnings. These limitations on
withdrawals apply to:

1)   salary reduction contributions made after December 31, 1988;

2)   income attributable to such contributions; and

3)   income attributable to amounts held as of December 31, 1988.

The limitations on withdrawals do not affect transfers between certain Qualified
Plans. Additional restrictions and limitations may apply to distributions from
any Qualified Plan. Tax penalties may also apply. You should seek tax advice
regarding any withdrawals or distributions from Qualified Plans.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM. If your Contract is a non-Qualified Contract or
IRA, you may participate in our Systematic Withdrawal Program. You must complete
an enrollment form and send it to us. You must complete the withholding election
section of the enrollment form before the systematic withdrawals will begin. You
may choose withdrawal payments of a flat dollar amount, earnings, or a
percentage of Purchase Payments. You may choose to receive systematic withdrawal
payments on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis. Systematic
withdrawals will be deducted from your Subaccount and Fixed Account balances,
excluding the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account, on a pro rata basis.

Depending on fluctuations in the net asset value of the Subaccounts and the
value of the Fixed Account, systematic withdrawals may reduce or even exhaust
the Contract Value. The minimum amount of each systematic withdrawal is $50.

We will make systematic withdrawal payments to you or your designated payee. We
may modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program and charge a processing
fee for the service. If we modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program,
existing systematic withdrawal payments will not be affected.

ERISA PLANS. A married participant may need spousal consent to receive a
distribution from a Contract issued in connection with a Qualified Plan or a
Non-Qualified Plan covered by to Title 1 of ERISA. You should consult an
advisor.

MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE. If as a result of withdrawals your Contract Value would
be less than $500 and you have not made any Purchase Payments during the
previous three full calendar years, we may terminate your Contract and
distribute its Surrender Value to you. Before we do this, we will give you 60
days notice. We will not terminate your Contract on this ground if the Contract
Value has fallen below $500 due to either a decline in Accumulation Unit Value
or the imposition of fees and charges. In addition, in some states we are not
permitted to terminate Contracts on this ground. Different rules may apply to
Contracts issued in connection with Qualified Plans.

CONTRACT CHARGES

We assess charges under the Contract in three ways:

1)   as deductions from Contract Value for contract maintenance charges and for
     premium taxes, if applicable;

2)   as charges against the assets of the Separate Account for administrative
     expenses and for the assumption of mortality and expense risks; and

                                  31 PROSPECTUS



3)   as Withdrawal Charges (contingent deferred sales charges) subtracted from
     withdrawal and surrender payments.

In addition, certain deductions are made from the assets of the Portfolios for
investment management fees and expenses. Those fees and expenses are summarized
in the Fee Tables on page 6 and described more fully in the Prospectuses and
Statements of Additional Information for the Portfolios.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE. We deduct a mortality and expense risk charge
from each Subaccount during each Valuation Period. The mortality and expense
risk charge is equal, on an annual basis, to 1.30% of the average net asset
value of each Subaccount. The mortality risks arise from our contractual
obligations:

1)   to make annuity payments after the Annuity Date for the life of the
     Annuitant(s);

2)   to waive the Withdrawal Charge upon your death; and

3)   to provide the Death Benefit prior to the Annuity Date. A detailed
     explanation of the Death Benefit may be found beginning on page 26.

The expense risk is that it may cost us more to administer the Contracts and the
Separate Account than we receive from the contract maintenance charge and the
administrative expense charge. We guarantee the mortality and expense risk
charge and we cannot increase it. We assess the mortality and expense risk
charge during both the Accumulation Period and the Annuity Period.

If you select the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, your mortality and expense risk
charge will be 1.50% of average net asset value of each Subaccount. We charge a
higher mortality and expense risk charge for the Rider to compensate us for the
additional risk that we accept by providing the Rider. We will calculate a
separate Accumulation Unit Value for the base Contract, and for Contracts with
the Rider, in order to reflect the difference in the mortality and expense risk
charges.

ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGES

CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE. We charge an annual contract maintenance charge of
$35 on your Contract. The amount of this charge is guaranteed not to increase.
This charge reimburses us for our expenses incurred in maintaining your
Contract.

Before the Annuity Date, we assess the contract maintenance charge on each
Contract Anniversary. To obtain payment of this charge, on a pro rata basis we
will allocate this charge among the Subaccounts to which you have allocated your
Contract Value, and redeem Accumulation Units accordingly. We will waive this
charge if you pay $50,000 or more in Purchase Payments or if you allocate all of
your Contract Value to the Fixed Account. If you surrender your Contract, we
will deduct the full $35 charge as of the date of surrender, unless your
Contract qualifies for a waiver.

After the Annuity Date, if allowed in your state, we will subtract this charge
in equal parts from each of your annuity payments. We will waive this charge if
on the Annuity Date your Contract Value is $50,000 or more or if all of your
annuity payments are Fixed Annuity payments.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE. We deduct an administrative expense charge from
each Subaccount during each Valuation Period. This charge is equal, on an annual
basis, to 0.10% of the average net asset value of the Subaccounts. This charge
is designed to compensate us for the cost of administering the Contracts and the
Separate Account. The administrative expense charge is assessed during both the
Accumulation Period and the Annuity Period.

TRANSFER FEE. We currently are waiving the transfer fee. The Contract, however,
depending on your state, either permits us to charge you up to $10 per transfer
for each transfer effected between Subaccount(s) and/or the Fixed Account after
the first transfer in each month, or for each transfer in excess of twelve
within a calendar year. The Contract also permits us to impose a minimum size on
transfer amounts although the minimum size may be limited to $25 in some states.
We will notify you if we begin to charge this fee or impose a minimum size on
transfer amounts. We will not charge a transfer fee on transfers that are part
of a Dollar Cost Averaging or Portfolio Rebalancing program.

The transfer fee will be deducted from Contract Value that remains in the
Subaccount(s) or Fixed Account from which the transfer was made. If that amount
is insufficient to pay the transfer fee, we will deduct the fee from the
transferred amount.

SALES CHARGES

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE. We may charge a Withdrawal Charge, which is a contingent
deferred sales charge, upon certain withdrawals. As a general rule, the
Withdrawal Charge equals a percentage of Purchase Payments withdrawn that are:
(a) less than eight years old; and (b) not eligible for a free withdrawal. The
applicable percentage depends on how many years ago you made the Purchase
Payment being withdrawn, as shown in this chart:

                    WITHDRAWAL
                      CHARGE
CONTRIBUTION YEAR   PERCENTAGE
-----------------   ----------
First                   8%
Second and Third        7%
Fourth and Fifth        6%
Sixth                   5%
Seventh                 4%
Eighth                  3%
Ninth and later         0%

When we calculate the Withdrawal Charge, we do not take any applicable Market
Value Adjustment into

                                  32 PROSPECTUS



consideration. If you make a withdrawal before the Annuity Date, we will apply
the withdrawal charge percentage in effect on the date of the withdrawal, or the
withdrawal charge percentage in effect on the following day, whichever is lower.

We subtract the Withdrawal Charge from the Contract Value remaining after your
withdrawal. As a result, the decrease in your Contract Value will be greater
than the withdrawal amount requested and paid.

For purposes of determining the Withdrawal Charge, the Contract Value is deemed
to be withdrawn in the following order:

First. Earnings - the current Contract Value minus all Purchase Payments that
have not previously been withdrawn; Credit Enhancements are treated as
"earnings" for this purpose;

Second. "Old Purchase Payments" - Purchase Payments received by us more than
eight years before the date of withdrawal that have not been previously
withdrawn;

Third. Any additional amounts available as a "Free Withdrawal," as described
below;

Fourth. "New Purchase Payments - Purchase Payments received by us less than
eight years before the date of withdrawal. These Payments are deemed to be
withdrawn on a first-in, first-out basis.

No Withdrawal Charge is applied in the following situations:

.    on annuitization;

.    the payment of a Death Benefit;

.    a free withdrawal amount, as described on page 33;

.    certain withdrawals for Contracts issued under 403(b) plans or 401 plans
     under our prototype as described on page 33;

.    withdrawals taken to satisfy IRS minimum distribution rules;

.    withdrawals that qualify for one of the waiver benefits described on page
     33 below; and

.    withdrawals under Contracts issued to employees of Lincoln Benefit Life
     Company, Surety Life Insurance Company, and Allstate Financial Services,
     L.L.C. or to their spouses or minor children, if these individuals reside
     in the State of Nebraska.

We will never waive or eliminate a Withdrawal Charge where such waiver or
elimination would be unfairly discriminatory to any person or where it is
prohibited by state law.

We use the amounts obtained from the Withdrawal Charge to pay sales commissions
and other promotional or distribution expenses associated with marketing the
Contracts. To the extent that the Withdrawal Charge does not cover all sales
commissions and other promotional or distribution expenses, we may use any of
our corporate assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
mortality and expense risk charge or any other charges or fee described above,
to make up any difference.

Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age
59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty. The amount of
your withdrawal may be affected by a Market Value Adjustment. Additional
restrictions may apply to Contracts held in Qualified Plans. We outline the tax
requirements applicable to withdrawals on page 36. You should consult your own
tax counsel or other tax advisors regarding any withdrawals.

FREE WITHDRAWAL. Withdrawals of the following amounts are never subject to the
Withdrawal Charge:

.    In any Contract Year, the greater of: (a) earnings that have not previously
     been withdrawn; or (b) 15 percent of New Purchase Payments; and

.    Any Old Purchase Payments that have not been previously withdrawn.

Credit Enhancements are treated as earnings for purposes of determining the free
withdrawal amount. However, even if you do not owe a Withdrawal Charge on a
particular withdrawal, you may still owe taxes or penalty taxes, or be subject
to a Market Value Adjustment. The tax treatment of withdrawals is summarized on
page 36.

WAIVER BENEFITS

GENERAL. If approved in your state, we will offer the two waiver benefits
described below. In general, if you qualify for one of these benefits, we will
permit you to make one or more partial or full withdrawals without paying any
otherwise applicable Withdrawal Charge or Market Value Adjustment. While we have
summarized those benefits here, you should consult your Contract for the precise
terms of the waiver benefits.

Some Qualified Plans may not permit you to utilize these benefits. Also, even if
you do not need to pay our Withdrawal Charge because of these benefits, you
still may be required to pay taxes or tax penalties on the amount withdrawn. You
should consult your tax advisor to determine the effect of a withdrawal on your
taxes.

CONFINEMENT WAIVER BENEFIT. Under this benefit, we will waive the Withdrawal
Charge and Market Value Adjustment on all withdrawals under your Contract if the
following conditions are satisfied:

1)   Any Contract owner or the Annuitant, if the Contract is owned by a company
     or other legal entity, is confined to a long term care facility or a
     hospital for at least 90 consecutive days. The Owner or Annuitant must
     enter the long term care facility or hospital at least 30 days after the
     Issue Date;

2)   You request the withdrawal no later than 90 days following the end of the
     Owner or Annuitant's stay at the long term care facility or hospital. You
     must

                                  33 PROSPECTUS



     provide written proof of the stay with your withdrawal request; and

3)   A physician must have prescribed the stay and the stay must be medically
     necessary.

You may not claim this benefit if the physician prescribing the Owner or
Annuitant's stay in a long term care facility is the Owner or Annuitant or a
member of the Owner or Annuitant's immediate family.

TERMINAL ILLNESS WAIVER BENEFIT. Under this benefit, we will waive any
Withdrawal Charge and Market Value Adjustment on all withdrawals under your
Contract if, at least 30 days after the Issue Date, you or the Annuitant are
diagnosed with a terminal illness. Due proof of the diagnosis, as provided in
the Contract, must be given to us prior to, or at the time of, any withdrawal
request.

WAIVER OF WITHDRAWAL CHARGE FOR CERTAIN QUALIFIED PLAN WITHDRAWALS. For
Contracts issued under a Section 403(b) plan or a Section 401 plan under our
prototype, we will waive the Withdrawal Charge when:

1)   the Annuitant becomes disabled (as defined in Section 72(m)(7) of the Tax
     Code);

2)   the Annuitant reaches age 59 1/2 and at least 5 Contract Years have passed
     since the Contract was issued;

3)   at least 15 Contract Years have passed since the Contract was issued.

Our prototype is a Section 401 Defined Contribution Qualified Retirement plan.
This plan may be established as a Money Purchase plan, a Profit Sharing plan, or
a paired plan (Money Purchase and Profit Sharing). For more information about
our prototype plan, call us at 1-800-865-5237.

PREMIUM TAXES. We will charge premium taxes or other state or local taxes
against the Contract Value, including Contract Value that results from amounts
transferred from existing policies (Section 1035 exchange) issued by us or other
insurance companies. Some states assess premium taxes when Purchase Payments are
made; others assess premium taxes when annuity payments begin. We will deduct
any applicable premium taxes upon full surrender, death, or annuitization.
Premium taxes generally range from 0% to 3.5%.

DEDUCTION FOR SEPARATE ACCOUNT INCOME TAXES. We are not currently maintaining a
provision for taxes. In the future, however, we may establish a provision for
taxes if we determine, in our sole discretion, that we will incur a tax as a
result of the operation of the Separate Account. We will deduct for any taxes we
incur as a result of the operation of the Separate Account, whether or not we
previously made a provision for taxes and whether or not it was sufficient. Our
status under the Tax Code is briefly described in the Statement of Additional
Information.

OTHER EXPENSES. You indirectly bear the charges and expenses of the Portfolios
whose shares are held by the Subaccounts to which you allocate your Contract
Value. For a summary of current estimates of those charges and expenses, see
page 6. For more detailed information about those charges and expenses, please
refer to the prospectuses for the appropriate Portfolios. We may receive
compensation from the investment advisors or administrators of the Portfolios in
connection with administrative service and cost savings experienced by the
investment advisors or administrators.

                                  34 PROSPECTUS



TAXES

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. LINCOLN
BENEFIT MAKES NO GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY CONTRACT OR
TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.

Federal, state, local and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of
distributions under an annuity contract depend on your individual circumstances.
If you are concerned about any tax consequences with regard to your individual
circumstances, you should consult a competent tax adviser.

TAXATION OF LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE

COMPANY

Lincoln Benefit is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of Subchapter
L of the Code. Since the Separate

Account is not an entity separate from Lincoln Benefit, and its operations form
a part of Lincoln Benefit, it will not be taxed separately. Investment income
and realized capital gains of the Separate Account are automatically applied to
increase reserves under the Contract. Under existing federal income tax law,
Lincoln Benefit believes that the Separate Account investment income and capital
gains will not be taxed to the extent that such income and gains are applied to
increase the reserves under the Contract. Accordingly, Lincoln Benefit does not
anticipate that it will incur any federal income tax liability attributable to
the Separate Account, and therefore Lincoln Benefit does not intend to make
provisions for any such taxes. If Lincoln Benefit is taxed on investment income
or capital gains of the Separate Account, then Lincoln Benefit may impose a
charge against the Separate

Account in order to make provision for such taxes.

TAXATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

TAX DEFERRAL. Generally, you are not taxed on increases in the Contract Value
until a distribution occurs. This rule applies only where:

.    the Contract Owner is a natural person,

.    the investments of the Separate Account are "adequately diversified"
     according to Treasury Department regulations, and

.    Lincoln Benefit is considered the owner of the Separate Account assets for
     federal income tax purposes.

NON-NATURAL OWNERS. Non-natural owners are also referred to as Non Living Owners
in this prospectus. As a general rule, annuity contracts owned by non-natural
persons such as corporations, trusts, or other entities are not treated as
annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. The income on such contracts
does not enjoy tax deferral and is taxed as ordinary income received or accrued
by the non-natural owner during the taxable year.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE NON-NATURAL OWNER RULE. There are several exceptions to the
general rule that annuity contracts held by a non-natural owner are not treated
as annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. Contracts will generally
be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other
entity which holds the contract as agent for a natural person. However, this
special exception will not apply in the case of an employer who is the nominal
owner of an annuity contract under a non-Qualified deferred compensation
arrangement for its employees. Other exceptions to the non-natural owner rule
are: (1) contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of
the decedent; (2) certain qualified contracts; (3) contracts purchased by
employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; (4) certain contracts
used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and (5) immediate
annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting
date is no later than a year from purchase of the annuity and substantially
equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the
annuity period.

GRANTOR TRUST OWNED ANNUITY. Contracts owned by a grantor trust are considered
owned by a non-natural owner. Grantor trust owned contracts receive tax deferral
as described in the Exceptions to the Non-Natural Owner Rule section. In
accordance with the Code, upon the death of the annuitant, the death benefit
must be paid. According to your Contract, the Death Benefit is paid to the
beneficiary. A trust named beneficiary, including a grantor trust, has two
options for receiving any death benefits: 1) a lump sum payment, or 2) payment
deferred up to five years from date of death.

DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. For a Contract to be treated as an annuity for
federal income tax purposes, the investments in the Separate Account must be
"adequately diversified" consistent with standards under Treasury Department
regulations. If the investments in the Separate Account are not adequately
diversified, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal
income tax purposes. As a result, the income on the Contract will be taxed as
ordinary income received or accrued by the Contract owner during the taxable
year. Although Lincoln Benefit does not have control over the Portfolios or
their investments, we expect the Portfolios to meet the diversification
requirements.

OWNERSHIP TREATMENT. The IRS has stated that a contract owner will be considered
the owner of separate account assets if he possesses incidents of ownership in
those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the
assets. At the time the diversification regulations were issued, the Treasury
Department announced that the regulations do not provide guidance concerning
circumstances in which investor control of the separate account investments may
cause a Contract

                                  35 PROSPECTUS



owner to be treated as the owner of the separate account. The Treasury
Department also stated that future guidance would be issued regarding the extent
that owners could direct sub-account investments without being treated as owners
of the underlying assets of the separate account.

Your rights under the Contract are different than those described by the IRS in
private and published rulings in which it found that Contract owners were not
owners of separate account assets. For example, if your contract offers more
than twenty (20) investment alternatives you have the choice to allocate
premiums and contract values among a broader selection of investment
alternatives than described in such rulings. You may be able to transfer among
investment alternatives more frequently than in such rulings. These differences
could result in you being treated as the owner of the Separate Account. If this
occurs, income and gain from the Separate Account assets would be includible in
your gross income. Lincoln

Benefit does not know what standards will be set forth in any regulations or
rulings which the Treasury Department may issue. It is possible that future
standards announced by the Treasury Department could adversely affect the tax
treatment of your Contract. We reserve the right to modify the Contract as
necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the federal tax owner
of the assets of the Separate Account. However, we make no guarantee that such
modification to the Contract will be successful.

TAXATION OF PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS. If you make a partial withdrawal under
a Non-Qualified Contract, amounts received are taxable to the extent the
Contract Value, without regard to surrender charges, exceeds the investment in
the Contract. The investment in the Contract is the gross premium paid for the
contract minus any amounts previously received from the Contract if such amounts
were properly excluded from your gross income. If you make a full withdrawal
under a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount received will be taxable only to the
extent it exceeds the investment in the Contract.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS. Generally, the rule for income taxation of annuity
payments received from a Non-Qualified Contract provides for the return of your
investment in the Contract in equal tax-free amounts over the payment period.
The balance of each payment received is taxable. For fixed annuity payments, the
amount excluded from income is determined by multiplying the payment by the
ratio of the investment in the Contract (adjusted for any refund feature or
period certain) to the total expected value of annuity payments for the term of
the Contract. If you elect variable annuity payments, the amount excluded from
taxable income is determined by dividing the investment in the Contract by the
total number of expected payments. The annuity payments will be fully taxable
after the total amount of the investment in the Contract is excluded using these
ratios. If any variable payment is less than the excludable amount you should
contact a competent tax advisor to determine how to report any unrecovered
investment. The federal tax treatment of annuity payments is unclear in some
respects. As a result, if the IRS should provide further guidance, it is
possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as taxable could be
different. If you die, and annuity payments cease before the total amount of the
investment in the Contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount will be allowed
as a deduction for your last taxable year.

TAXATION OF LEVEL MONTHLY VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYMENTS. You may have an option to
elect a variable income payment stream consisting of level monthly payments that
are recalculated annually. Although we will report your levelized payments to
the IRS in the year distributed, it is possible the IRS could determine that
receipt of the first monthly payout of each annual amount is constructive
receipt of the entire annual amount. If the IRS were to take this position, the
taxable amount of your levelized payments would be accelerated to the time of
the first monthly payout and reported in the tax year in which the first monthly
payout is received.

WITHDRAWALS AFTER THE PAYOUT START DATE. Federal tax law is unclear regarding
the taxation of any additional withdrawal received after the Payout Start Date.
It is possible that a greater or lesser portion of such a payment could be
taxable than the amount we determine.

DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH RULES. In order to be considered an annuity contract for
federal income tax purposes, the Contract must provide:

.    if any Contract Owner dies on or after the Payout Start Date but before the
     entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion
     of such interest must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
     method of distribution being used as of the date of the Contract Owner's
     death;

.    if any Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the entire
     interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after the date
     of the Contract Owner's death. These requirements are satisfied if any
     portion of the Contract Owner's interest that is payable to (or for the
     benefit of) a designated Beneficiary is distributed over the life of such
     Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of
     the Beneficiary) and the distributions begin within 1 year of the Contract
     Owner's death. If the Contract Owner's designated Beneficiary is the
     surviving spouse of the Contract Owner, the Contract may be continued with
     the surviving spouse as the new Contract Owner.

.    if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, then the Annuitant will be
     treated as the Contract Owner for purposes of applying the distribution at
     death rules. In addition, a change in the Annuitant on a Contract owned by
     a non-natural person will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.

                                  36 PROSPECTUS



TAXATION OF ANNUITY DEATH BENEFITS. Death Benefit amounts are included in income
as follows:

.    if distributed in a lump sum, the amounts are taxed in the same manner as a
     full withdrawal, or

.    if distributed under an Income Plan, the amounts are taxed in the same
     manner as annuity payments.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS. A 10% penalty tax applies to the taxable
amount of any premature distribution from a non-Qualified Contract. The penalty
tax generally applies to any distribution made prior to the date you attain age
59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

.    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

.    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or becoming totally
     disabled,

.    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

.    made under an immediate annuity, or

.    attributable to investment in the Contract before August 14, 1982.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS. With respect to non-Qualified Contracts
using substantially equal periodic payments or immediate annuity payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the Contract Owner's attaining age 59 1/2 would be
subject to a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax
applied. The tax for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty
tax that would have been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the
years in which the exception was used. A material modification does not include
permitted changes described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a
competent tax advisor prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal
periodic payment stream.

TAX FREE EXCHANGES UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035. A 1035 exchange is
a tax-free exchange of a non-qualified life insurance contract, endowment
contract or annuity contract into a non-Qualified annuity contract. The contract
owner(s) must be the same on the old and new contract. Basis from the old
contract carries over to the new contract so long as we receive that information
from the relinquishing company. If basis information is never received, we will
assume that all exchanged funds represent earnings and will allocate no cost
basis to them.

PARTIAL EXCHANGES. The IRS has issued a ruling that permits partial exchanges of
annuity contracts. Under this ruling, if you take a withdrawal from a receiving
or relinquishing annuity contract within 24 months of the partial exchange, then
special aggregation rules apply for purposes of determining the taxable amount
of a distribution. The IRS has issued limited guidance on how to aggregate and
report these distributions. The IRS is expected to provide further guidance, as
a result, it is possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as
taxable could be different.

TAXATION OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES. If you transfer a non-Qualified Contract without
full and adequate consideration to a person other than your spouse (or to a
former spouse incident to a divorce), you will be taxed on the difference
between the Contract Value and the investment in the Contract at the time of
transfer. Any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of the
Contract Value is taxed as a withdrawal of such amount or portion and may also
incur the 10% penalty tax.

AGGREGATION OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS. The Code requires that all non-Qualified
deferred annuity contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit (or its affiliates) to the
same Contract Owner during any calendar year be aggregated and treated as one
annuity contract for purposes of determining the taxable amount of a
distribution.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

Generally, Lincoln Benefit is required to withhold federal income tax at a rate
of 10% from all non-annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out of
withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold the required 10% of the taxable
amount. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Lincoln Benefit is required to withhold federal income tax using the wage
withholding rates for all annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out
of withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold using married with three
exemptions as the default. If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is
provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as
the default. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Section 1441 of the Code provides that Lincoln Benefit as a
withholding agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a
non-resident alien. A non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or
resident alien. Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if covered by an income
tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's country of residence if

                                  37 PROSPECTUS



the payee provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number on a completed Form
W-8BEN. A U.S. taxpayer identification number is a social security number or an
individual taxpayer identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS
to non-resident alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social
security number. The U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all countries nor do
all tax treaties provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate for annuities.

TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

The income on tax sheltered annuity (TSA) and IRA investments is tax deferred,
and the income on variable annuities held by such plans does not receive any
additional tax deferral. You should review the annuity features, including all
benefits and expenses, prior to purchasing a variable annuity as a TSA or IRA.
Tax Qualified Contracts are contracts purchased as investments as:

.    Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) under Section 408(b) of the Code;

.    Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code;

.    Simplified Employee Pension (SEP IRA) under Section 408(k) of the Code;

.    Savings Incentive Match Plans for Employees (SIMPLE IRA) under Section
     408(p) of the Code; and

.    Tax Sheltered Annuities under Section 403(b) of the Code.

Lincoln Benefit reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract for
use with any of the retirement plans listed above or to modify the Contract to
conform with tax requirements.

The tax rules applicable to participants with tax qualified annuities vary
according to the type of contract and the terms and conditions of the
endorsement. Adverse tax consequences may result from certain transactions such
as excess contributions, premature distributions, and, distributions that do not
conform to specified commencement and minimum distribution rules. Lincoln

Benefit can issue an individual retirement annuity on a rollover or transfer of
proceeds from a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer sponsored retirement plan under
which the decedent's surviving spouse is the beneficiary. Lincoln Benefit does
not offer an individual retirement annuity that can accept a transfer of funds
for any other, non-spousal, beneficiary of a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer
sponsored retirement plan.

In the case of certain qualified plans, the terms of the plans may govern the
right to benefits, regardless of the terms of the Contract.

TAXATION OF WITHDRAWALS FROM AN INDIVIDUALLY OWNED TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACT. If
you make a partial withdrawal under a Tax Qualified Contract other than a Roth
IRA, the portion of the payment that bears the same ratio to the total payment
that the investment in the Contract (i.e., nondeductible IRA contributions)
bears to the Contract Value, is excluded from your income. We do not keep track
of nondeductible contributions, and all tax reporting of distributions from Tax
Qualified Contracts other than Roth IRAs will indicate that the distribution is
fully taxable.

"Qualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are not included in gross income.
"Qualified distributions" are any distributions made more than five taxable
years after the taxable year of the first contribution to any Roth IRA and which
are:

.    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

.    made to a beneficiary after the Contract Owner's death,

.    attributable to the Contract Owner being disabled, or

.    made for a first time home purchase (first time home purchases are subject
     to a lifetime limit of $10,000).

"Nonqualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are treated as made from
contributions first and are included in gross income only to the extent that
distributions exceed contributions. All tax reporting of distributions from Roth
IRAs will indicate that the taxable amount is not determined.

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Generally, IRAs (excluding Roth IRAs) and TSAs
require minimum distributions upon reaching age 70 1/2. Failure to withdraw the
required minimum distribution will result in a 50% tax penalty on the shortfall
not withdrawn from the Contract. Not all income plans offered under the Contract
satisfy the requirements for minimum distributions. Because these distributions
are required under the Code and the method of calculation is complex, please see
a competent tax advisor.

THE DEATH BENEFIT AND TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Pursuant to the Code and IRS
regulations, an IRA (e.g., traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA and SIMPLE IRA)
may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an IRA may provide a death
benefit that equals the greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value.
The Contract offers a death benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed the
greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value. We believe that the
Death Benefits offered by your Contract do not constitute life insurance under
these regulations.

It is also possible that certain death benefits that offer enhanced earnings
could be characterized as an incidental death benefit. If the death benefit were
so characterized, this could result in current taxable income to a Contract
Owner. In addition, there are limitations on the amount of incidental death
benefits that may be provided under qualified plans, such as in connection with
a 403(b) plan.

Lincoln Benefit reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract for
use with any of the qualified plans listed above.

                                  38 PROSPECTUS



PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. A 10%
penalty tax applies to the taxable amount of any premature distribution from a
Tax Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally applies to any distribution
made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is
incurred on distributions:

.    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

.    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or total disability,

.    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

.    made after separation from service after age 55 (applies only for IRAs),

.    made pursuant to an IRS levy,

.    made for certain medical expenses,

.    made to pay for health insurance premiums while unemployed (applies only
     for IRAs),

.    made for qualified higher education expenses (applies only for IRAs), and

.    made for a first time home purchase (up to a $10,000 lifetime limit and
     applies only for IRAs).

During the first 2 years of the individual's participation in a SIMPLE IRA,
distributions that are otherwise subject to the premature distribution penalty,
will be subject to a 25% penalty tax.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. With respect
to Tax Qualified Contracts using substantially equal periodic payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the taxpayer's attaining age 59 1/2 would be subject to
a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax applied. The tax
for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty tax that would have
been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the years in which the
exception was used. A material modification does not include permitted changes
described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a competent tax advisor
prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal periodic payment stream.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Generally, Lincoln Benefit is
required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 10% from all non-annuitized
distributions that are not considered "eligible rollover distributions." The
customer may elect out of withholding by completing and signing a withholding
election form. If no election is made, we will automatically withhold the
required 10% from the taxable amount. In certain states, if there is federal
withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory. Lincoln Benefit is
required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 20% on all "eligible
rollover distributions" unless you elect to make a "direct rollover" of such
amounts to an IRA or eligible retirement plan. Eligible rollover distributions
generally include all distributions from employer sponsored retirement plans,
including TSAs but excluding IRAs, with the exception of:

.    required minimum distributions, or,

.    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over a period of at
     least 10 years, or,

.    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over the life (joint
     lives) of the participant (and beneficiary), or,

.    hardship distributions.

For all annuitized distributions that are not subject to the 20% withholding
requirement, Lincoln Benefit is required to withhold federal income tax using
the wage withholding rates. The customer may elect out of withholding by
completing and signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we
will automatically withhold using married with three exemptions as the default.
If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically
withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default. In certain states, if
there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Section 1441 of the Code provides that Lincoln Benefit as a
withholding agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a
non-resident alien. A non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or
resident alien. Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if covered by an income
tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's country of residence if
the payee provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number on a completed Form
W-8BEN. A U.S. taxpayer identification number is a social security number or an
individual taxpayer identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS
to non-resident alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social
security number. The U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all countries nor do
all tax treaties provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate for annuities.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Section 408 of the Code permits eligible
individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an
Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA). Individual Retirement Annuities are subject
to limitations on the amount that

                                  39 PROSPECTUS



can be contributed and on the time when distributions may commence. Certain
distributions from other types of qualified plans may be "rolled over" on a
tax-deferred basis into an Individual Retirement Annuity.

ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Section 408A of the Code permits eligible
individuals to make nondeductible contributions to an individual retirement
program known as a Roth Individual Retirement Annuity. Roth Individual
Retirement Annuities are subject to limitations on the amount that can be
contributed and on the time when distributions may commence.

Subject to certain limitations, a traditional Individual Retirement Account or
Annuity may be converted or "rolled over" to a Roth Individual Retirement
Annuity. The income portion of a conversion or rollover distribution is taxable
currently, but is exempted from the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions.

ANNUITIES HELD BY INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS (COMMONLY KNOWN AS CUSTODIAL
IRAS)

Internal Revenue Code Section 408 permits a custodian or trustee of an
Individual Retirement Account to purchase an annuity as an investment of the
Individual Retirement Account. If an annuity is purchased inside of an
Individual Retirement Account, then the Annuitant must be the same person as the
beneficial owner of the Individual Retirement Account.

Generally, the death benefit of an annuity held in an Individual Retirement
Account must be paid upon the death of the Annuitant. However, in most states,
the Contract permits the custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement
Account to continue the Contract in the accumulation phase, with the Annuitant's
surviving spouse as the new Annuitant, if the following conditions are met:

1)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account is the owner
     of the annuity and has the right to the death proceeds otherwise payable
     under the annuity contract;

2)   The deceased Annuitant was the beneficial owner of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

3)   We receive a complete request for settlement for the death of the
     Annuitant; and

4)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account provides us
     with a signed certification of the following:

(a)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

(b)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse has elected to continue the Individual
     Retirement Account as his or her own Individual Retirement Account; and

(c)  The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account has continued
     the Individual Retirement Account pursuant to the surviving spouse's
     election.

SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION IRA. Section 408(k) of the Code allows eligible
employers to establish simplified employee pension plans for their employees
using individual retirement annuities. These employers may, within specified
limits, make deductible contributions on behalf of the employees to the
individual retirement annuities. Employers intending to use the Contract in
connection with such plans should seek competent tax advice.

SAVINGS INCENTIVE MATCH PLANS FOR EMPLOYEES (SIMPLE IRA). Section 408(p) of the
Code allow eligible employers with 100 or fewer employees to establish SIMPLE
retirement plans for their employees using individual retirement annuities. In
general, a SIMPLE IRA consists of a salary deferral program for eligible
employees and matching or nonelective contributions made by employers. Employers
intending to purchase the Contract as a SIMPLE IRA should seek competent tax and
legal advice.

TO DETERMINE IF YOU ARE ELIGIBLE TO CONTRIBUTE TO ANY OF THE ABOVE LISTED IRAS
(TRADITIONAL, ROTH, SEP, OR SIMPLE), PLEASE REFER TO IRS PUBLICATION 590 AND
YOUR COMPETENT TAX ADVISOR.

TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES. Section 403(b) of the Code provides tax-deferred
retirement savings plans for employees of certain non-profit and educational
organizations. Under Section 403(b), any contract used for a 403(b) plan must
provide that distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions made
after 12/31/88, and all earnings on salary reduction contributions, may be made
only on or after the date the employee:

.    attains age 59 1/2,

.    severs employment,

.    dies,

.    becomes disabled, or

.    incurs a hardship (earnings on salary reduction contributions may not be
     distributed on account of hardship).

These limitations do not apply to withdrawals where Lincoln Benefit is directed
to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another 403(b) plan. Generally,
we do not accept Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) funds
in 403(b) contracts.

                                  40 PROSPECTUS



DESCRIPTION OF LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY AND THE SEPARATE ACCOUNT

LINCOLN BENEFIT LIFE COMPANY. Lincoln Benefit Life Company is a stock life
insurance company organized under the laws of the state of Nebraska in 1938. Our
legal domicile and principal business address is 2940 South 84th Street,
Lincoln, Nebraska, 68506-4142. Lincoln Benefit is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allstate Life Insurance Company ("Allstate Life"), a stock life insurance
company incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois. Allstate Life is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Insurance Company ("AIC"), a stock
property-liability insurance company incorporated under the laws of Illinois.
All outstanding capital stock of AIC is owned by The Allstate Corporation
("Allstate").

We are authorized to conduct life insurance and annuity business in the District
of Columbia, Guam, U.S. Virgin Islands and all states except New York. We intend
to market the Contract everywhere we conduct variable annuity business. The
Contracts offered by this prospectus are issued by us and will be funded in the
Separate Account and/or the Fixed Account.

Under our reinsurance agreements with Allstate Life, substantially all contract
related transactions are transferred to Allstate Life and substantially all of
the assets backing our reinsured liabilities are owned by Allstate Life. These
assets represent our general account and are invested and managed by Allstate
Life. Accordingly, the results of operations with respect to applications
received and contracts issued by Lincoln Benefit are not reflected in our
financial statements. The amounts reflected in our financial statements relate
only to the investment of those assets of Lincoln Benefit that are not
transferred to Allstate Life under the reinsurance agreements. While the
reinsurance agreements provide us with financial backing from Allstate Life, it
does not create a direct contractual relationship between Allstate Life and you.

Under the Company's reinsurance agreements with Allstate Life, the Company
reinsures all reserve liabilities with Allstate Life except for variable
contracts. The Company's variable contract assets and liabilities are held in
legally-segregated, unitized Separate Accounts and are retained by the Company.
However, Lincoln Benefit's economic risks and returns related to such variable
contracts are transferred to Allstate Life.

SEPARATE ACCOUNT. Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account was originally
established in 1992, as a segregated asset account of Lincoln Benefit. The
Separate Account meets the definition of a "separate account" under the federal
securities laws and is registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. The SEC does not supervise the management of
the Separate Account or Lincoln Benefit.

We own the assets of the Separate Account, but we hold them separate from our
other assets. To the extent that these assets are attributable to the Contract
Value of the Contracts offered by this prospectus, these assets are not
chargeable with liabilities arising out of any other business we may conduct.
Income, gains, and losses, whether or not realized, from assets allocated to the
Separate Account are credited to or charged against the Separate Account without
regard to our other income, gains, or losses. Our obligations arising under the
Contracts are general corporate obligations of Lincoln Benefit.

The Separate Account is divided into Subaccounts. The assets of each Subaccount
are invested in the shares of one of the Portfolios. We do not guarantee the
investment performance of the Separate Account, its Subaccounts or the
Portfolios. Values allocated to the Separate Account and the amount of Variable
Annuity payments will rise and fall with the values of shares of the Portfolios
and are also reduced by Contract charges. We may also use the Separate Account
to fund our other annuity contracts. We will account separately for each type of
annuity contract funded by the Separate Account.

We have included additional information about the Separate Account in the
Statement of Additional Information. You may obtain a copy of the Statement of
Additional Information by writing to us or calling us at 1-800-865-5237. We have
reproduced the Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information on
44.

STATE REGULATION OF LINCOLN BENEFIT. We are subject to the laws of Nebraska and
regulated by the Nebraska Department of Insurance. Every year we file an annual
statement with the Department of Insurance covering our operations for the
previous year and our financial condition as of the end of the year. We are
inspected periodically by the Department of Insurance to verify our contract
liabilities and reserves. Our books and records are subject to review by the
Department of Insurance at all times. We are also subject to regulation under
the insurance laws of every jurisdiction in which we operate.

ADMINISTRATION

We have primary responsibility for all administration of the Contracts and the
Separate Account. Our mailing address is P.O. Box 80469, Lincoln, Nebraska
68501-0469.

                                  41 PROSPECTUS



We provide the following administrative services, among others: issuance of the
Contracts; maintenance of Contract Owner records; Contract Owner services;
calculation of unit values; maintenance of the Separate Account; and preparation
of Contract Owner reports.

We will send you Contract statements and transaction confirmations at least
quarterly. You should notify us promptly in writing of any address change. You
should read your statements and confirmations carefully and verify their
accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question about a periodic
statement. We will investigate all complaints and make any necessary adjustments
retroactively, but you must notify us of a potential error within a reasonable
time after the date of the questioned statement. If you wait too long, we will
make the adjustment as of the date that we receive notice of the potential
error.

We will also provide you with additional periodic and other reports, information
and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities laws.

DISTRIBUTION OF CONTRACTS

The Contracts described in this prospectus are sold by registered
representatives of broker-dealers who are our licensed insurance agents, either
individually or through an incorporated insurance agency. Commissions paid to
broker-dealers may vary, but we estimate that the total commissions paid on all
Contract sales will not exceed 5.5% of all Purchase Payments (on a present value
basis). From time to time, we may offer additional sales incentives of up to 1%
of Purchase Payments and other cash bonuses to broker-dealers who maintain
certain sales volume levels. ALFS, Inc. ("ALFS") located at 3100 Sanders Road,
Northbrook, IL 60062-7154 serves as distributor of the Contracts. ALFS, an
affiliate of Lincoln Benefit, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life
Insurance Company. ALFS is a registered broker dealer under the Securities and
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is a member of the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. Lincoln Benefit does not pay ALFS a commission for
distribution of the Contracts. The underwriting agreement with ALFS provides
that we will reimburse ALFS for expenses incurred in distributing the Contracts,
including liability arising out of services we provide on the Contracts.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

There are no pending legal proceedings affecting the Separate Account. Lincoln
Benefit is engaged in routine lawsuits which, in our management's judgment, are
not of material importance to their respective total assets or material with
respect to the Separate Account.

LEGAL MATTERS

All matters of Nebraska law pertaining to the Contract, including the validity
of the Contract and our right to issue the Contract under Nebraska law, have
been passed upon by William F. Emmons, Vice President, Assistant General
Counsel, and Assistant Secretary of Lincoln Benefit.

ANNUAL REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Lincoln Benefit's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2003, is incorporated herein by reference, which means that it is legally a part
of this prospectus.

After the date of this prospectus and before we terminate the offering of the
securities under this prospectus, all documents or reports we file with the SEC
under the Exchange Act of 1934 are also incorporated herein by reference, which
means that they also legally become a part of this prospectus.

Statements in this prospectus, or in documents that we file later with the SEC
and that legally become a part of this prospectus, may change or supersede
statement in other documents that are legally part of this prospectus.

We file our Exchange Act documents and reports, including our annual and
quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q electronically on the SEC's "EDGAR"
system using the identifying number CIK No. 0000910739. The SEC maintains a Web
site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address of the site is http:// www.sec.gov. You also can view these materials at
the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549. For more information on the operations of SEC's Public Reference Room,
call 1-800-SEC-0330.

If you have received a copy of this prospectus, and would like a free copy of
any document incorporated herein by

                                  42 PROSPECTUS



APPENDIX A

                         ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES /(1)/

                                  BASIC POLICY

                                       Year ending December 31,
                          ---------------------------------------------------
FUND                       1999      2000      2001       2002        2003
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Basic Value
Fund (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --          --          --
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --          --          --
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --          --          --
 Year
Alger American Growth
Portfolio (5)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --          --  $    10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --          --  $   12.358
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --          --      54,381
 Year
Fidelity VIP Growth
Portfolio (5)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --          --  $    10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --          --  $   12.458
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --          --     111,685
 Year
Fidelity VIP Investment
Grade Bond (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $   10.721
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $   10.721  $   11.094
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --     178,620     645,218
 Year
Fidelity VIP Overseas
(4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    7.724
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    7.724  $   10.895
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --       3,650      40,658
 Year
Goldman Sachs VIT
International Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  12.29  $  10.52  $     8.07  $    6.495
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 12.29  $  10.52  $   8.07  $    6.495  $    8.678
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     22,152   159,917   114,948     254,616     287,318
 Year
Goldman Sachs VIT CORE
Small Cap Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  12.19  $  12.23  $    12.61  $   10.573
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 12.19  $  12.23  $  12.61  $   10.573  $   15.223
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     32,499    94,926   230,893     127,061     199,375
 Year
Janus Aspen Series
Capital Appreciation (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --          --          --
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --          --          --
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --          --          --
 Year
Janus Aspen Series
Foreign Stock (4) (8)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    7.755
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    7.755  $   10.200
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      10,251      32,987
 Year
Janus Aspen Series
Worldwide Growth (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    7.806
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    7.806  $    9.520
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      13,094      51,204
 Year
JPMorgan Small Company
(2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  14.01  $  12.25  $    11.11  $    8.582
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 14.01  $  12.25  $  11.11  $    8.582  $   11.508
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     42,567   135,018   148,118     229,162     235,165
 Year
Lazard Emerging Markets
(2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  13.27  $   9.41  $     8.81  $    8.555
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 13.27  $   9.41  $   8.81  $    8.555  $   12.903
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     11,803    34,832    51,868      78,720     112,391
 Year
Lazard International
Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  11.25  $  10.02  $     7.50  $    6.607
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 11.25  $  10.02  $   7.50  $    6.607  $    8.374
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     27,207    79,805   118,331     162,113     148,319
 Year
LSA Aggressive Growth
(4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    7.299
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    7.299  $    9.982
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      10,154      73,878
 Year
LSA Balanced (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  10.40  $  11.17  $    11.26  $    9.073
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 10.40  $  11.17  $  11.26  $    9.073  $   11.561
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of        386   124,389   266,745     514,929     685,220
 Year
LSA Basic Value (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    7.638
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    7.638  $   10.049
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      63,427     353,241
 Year
LSA Blue Chip (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    7.975
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    7.975  $    9.848
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      24,337     260,606
 Year
LSA Capital Appreciation
(4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    8.163
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    8.163  $   10.491
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      14,015      73,575
 Year
LSA Capital Growth (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  12.22  $  11.03  $     9.33  $    6.910
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 12.22  $  11.03  $   9.33  $    6.910  $    8.472
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of      3,394   142,502   226,920     226,041     330,980
 Year
LSA Diversified Mid Cap
(4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    7.783
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    7.783  $   10.192
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      26,268     172,288
 Year
LSA Emerging Growth
Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  17.48  $  12.04  $     9.75  $    5.589
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 17.48  $  12.04  $   9.75  $    5.589  $    8.098
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     16,191   131,445   150,128     161,610     207,970
 Year
LSA Equity Growth (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  12.49  $  10.86  $     9.05  $    6.224
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 12.49  $  10.86  $   9.05  $    6.224  $    7.627
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     34,228   160,257   240,525      85,390     619,195
 Year
LSA Mid Cap Value (10)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                                                         $    8.437
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                                                            $   11.629
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of                                                165,206
 Year
LSA Value Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  11.03  $  12.55  $    11.77  $    9.035
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 11.03  $  12.55  $  11.77  $    9.035  $   11.622
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         32   122,654   235,535     428,181     484,234
 Year
MFS New Discovery (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    7.473
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    7.473  $    9.833
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      20,998     103,156
 Year
MFS Utilities (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    8.370
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    8.370  $   11.189
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      13,969      71,175
 Year
Oppenheimer Main Street
Small Cap (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    7.839
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    7.839  $   11.151
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      28,379     251,859
 Year
PAVIT OpCap Balanced (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --          --          --
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --          --          --
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --          --          --
 Year
PAVIT OpCap Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  10.62  $  11.51  $    10.56  $    8.180
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 10.62  $  11.51  $  10.56  $    8.180  $   10.371
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of          0    58,987   110,288     195,029     295,226
 Year
PAVIT OpCap Small Cap
(2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  10.65  $  15.15  $    16.18  $   12.502
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 10.65  $  15.15  $  16.18  $   12.502  $   17.586
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of          0    49,685    75,521     140,778     232,549
 Year
PAVIT PEA Science and
Technology (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --  $  10.00  $     3.36  $    1.803
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --  $   3.36  $    1.803  $    2.903
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --    59,395     160,966   1,167,164
 Year
PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond
(U.S. Dollar-Hedged) (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  10.29  $  10.99  $    11.66  $   12.443
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 10.29  $  10.99  $  11.66  $   12.443  $   12.547
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     17,747    30,068    49,293      93,732     218,507
 Year
PIMCO VIT Money Market
(2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  10.07  $  10.54  $    10.79  $   10.786
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 10.07  $  10.54  $  10.79  $   10.786  $   10.713
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     45,777   307,495   918,122   1,311,411   1,069,740
 Year
PIMCO VIT StocksPLUS
Growth and Income (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  11.64  $  10.39  $     9.07  $    7.139
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 11.64  $  10.39  $   9.07  $    7.139  $    9.179
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         21    97,992   171,296     335,810     444,281
 Year
PIMCO VIT Total Return
Bond (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  10.13  $  11.01  $    11.77  $   12.656
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 10.13  $  11.01  $  11.77  $   12.656  $   13.109
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     54,509   181,857   356,786     916,788   1,387,841
 Year
Putnam VT High Yield (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    9.568
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    9.568  $   11.939
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      14,843     151,285
 Year
Rydex VT OTC (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --  $  10.00  $     5.75  $    3.470
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --  $   5.75  $    3.470  $    4.976
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --     7,617      73,139     169,077
 Year
Salomon Brothers
Variable All Cap (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  11.54  $  13.45  $    13.51  $    9.987
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 11.54  $  13.45  $  13.51  $    9.987  $   13.693
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     49,256   141,167   260,699     321,536     374,930
 Year
Salomon Brothers
Variable Investors (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --          --          --
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --          --          --
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --          --          --
 Year
Van Kampen UIF Equity
Growth (2) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --          --          --
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --          --          --
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --          --          --
 Year
Van Kampen UIF High
Yield (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  10.37  $   9.14  $     8.61  $    7.872
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 10.37  $   9.14  $   8.61  $    7.872  $    9.759
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of     17,868    68,958    94,964     148,434     259,819
 Year
Van Kampen UIF. Mid Cap
Growth (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  13.80  $  12.61  $     8.79  $    5.967
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 13.80  $  12.61  $   8.79  $    5.967  $    8.341
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of        409   170,775   213,956     302,409     426,417
 Year
Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid
Cap Value (10)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                $ 10.00  $  12.06  $  13.17  $    12.57  $    8.924
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                   $ 12.06  $  13.17  $  12.57  $    8.924  $   12.453
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of          0    85,226   189,874     301,924     324,553
 Year
Van Kampen LIT
Aggressive Growth (11)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --          --          --
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --          --          --
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --          --          --
 Year
Van Kampen LIT Growth
and Income (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Beginning                     --        --        --  $    10.00  $    8.155
 Accumulation Unit Value
 Ending                        --        --        --  $    8.155  $   10.267
 Number of Units
 Outstanding at End of         --        --        --      58,636     266,307
 Year

(1)  Accumulation Unit Value: unit of measure used to calculate the value of a
     Contract Owner's interest in a Subaccount for any Valuation Period. An
     Accumulation Unit Value does not reflect deduction of certain charges under
     the Contract that are deducted from your Contract Value, such as the
     Administrative Expense Charge. The beginning value reflects the
     Accumulation Unit Value as of October 18, 1999, the date Lincoln Benefit
     started to offer the Contract.

(2)  First offered 10/18/1999.

(3)  First offered 1/17/2001.

(4)  First offered 5/1/2002.

(5)  First offered 5/1/03.(6) Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Balance Fund, LSA Basic
     Value Fund and LSA Value Equity Fund were merged into the PAVIT OpCap
     Balanced Portfolio, AIM V.I. Basic Value Fund - Series I and Salomon
     Brothers Variable Investors Fund - Class I, respectively. Accordingly, on
     4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Balanced Variable Sub-Account
     and the LSA Value Equity Variable Sub-Account to the PAVIT OpCap Balanced
     Variable Sub-Account, AIM V.I. Basic Value Variable Sub-Account and the
     Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Variable Sub-Account, respectively.

(6)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Balance Fund, LSA Basic Value Fund and LSA Value
     Equity Fund were merged into the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Fund - Series I and Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund -
     Class I, respectively. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Balanced Variable Sub-Account and the LSA Value Equity Variable
     Sub-Account to the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Variable Sub-Account, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Variable Sub-Account and the Salomon Brothers Variable
     Investors Variable Sub-Account, respectively.

(7)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Capital Appreciation Fund was merged into the
     Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio - Institutional Shares.
     Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account to the Janus Aspen Serioed Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account.

(8)  Effective 5/1/04 the Janus Aspen Series International Portfolio - Service
     Shares changed its name to the Janus Aspen Foreign Stock Portfolio -
     Service Shares. We have made a corresponding change in the name of the
     Variable Sub-Account that invests in this Portfolio.

(9)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Blue Chip Fund, LSA Equity Growth Fund and LSA
     Capital Growth Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Blue Chip Variable Sub-Account, LSA Equity Growth Variable
     Sub-Account and LSA Capital Growth Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen
     UIF Equity Growth Variable Sub-Account.

(10) Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund and LSA MidCap
     Value Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA MidCap
     Value Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Variable Sub-Account.

(11) Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Aggressive Growth Fund and LSA Emerging Growth
     Fund were merged into the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio, Class
     II. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Aggressive
     Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA Emerging Growth Variable
     Sub-Account to the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Variable Sub-Account.

A brief explanation of how performance of the Subaccounts is calculated may be
found in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                  48 PROSPECTUS



                            ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES

                 BASIC POLICY PLUS ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER

                                                            Year ending December 31,
                                              ---------------------------------------------------
FUND                                           1999       2000       2001       2002       2003
------------------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------
AIM Basic Value (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --         --         --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --         --         --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --         --         --
Alger American Growth (5)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --         --   $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --         --   $ 12.341
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --         --     30,627
Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio (5)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --         --   $  10.00
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --         --   $ 12.441
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --         --     71,284
Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $ 10.706
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $ 10.706   $ 11.057
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --     84,421    275,877
Fidelity VIP Overseas (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  7.714
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  7.714   $ 10.858
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --      8,812     22,038
Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  12.29   $  10.50   $   8.03   $  6.453
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 12.29   $  10.50   $   8.03   $  6.453   $  8.605
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year     5,621     78,931    112,245    114,893    135,685
Goldman Sachs VIT CORE Small Cap Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  12.19   $  12.20   $  12.55   $ 10.505
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 12.19   $  12.20   $  12.55   $ 10.505   $ 15.095
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year     3,604     24,178     35,125     59,592    108,325
Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation (7)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --         --         --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --         --         --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --         --         --
Janus Aspen Series Foreign Stock (4) (8)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  7.744
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  7.744   $ 10.166
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --      6,035     20,593
Janus Aspen Series Worldwide Growth (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  7.795
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  7.795   $  9.488
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --     13,160     39,364
JPMorgan Small Company (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  14.00   $  12.22   $  11.06   $  8.527
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 14.00   $  12.22   $  11.06   $  8.527   $ 11.412
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0     53,597     58,437     83,459    115,268
Lazard Emerging Markets (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  13.26   $   9.39   $   8.77   $  8.501
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 13.26   $   9.39   $   8.77   $  8.501   $ 12.795
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year     2,809     25,988     32,552     51,013     81,410
Lazard International Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  11.24   $  10.00   $   7.47   $  6.565
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 11.24   $  10.00   $   7.47   $  6.565   $  8.304
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year     4,064     50,850     71,754     73,992     82,929
LSA Aggressive Growth (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  7.289
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  7.289   $  9.949
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --      5,753     41,947
LSA Balanced (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  10.40   $  11.14   $  11.21   $  9.015
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 10.40   $  11.14   $  11.21   $  9.015   $ 11.464
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year     7,126     69,393    144,623    221,913    419,279
LSA Basic Value (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  7.627
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  7.627   $ 10.015
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --     30,010    144,113
LSA Blue Chip (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  7.964
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  7.964   $  9.816
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --      9,727    122,223
LSA Capital Appreciation (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  8.152
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  8.152   $ 10.456
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --      4,462     52,459
LSA Diversified Mid Cap (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  7.772
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  7.772   $ 10.158
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --      7,362     76,253
LSA Emerging Growth Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  17.47   $  12.01   $   9.71   $  5.553
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 17.47   $  12.01   $   9.71   $  5.553   $  8.030
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year     5,259     86,819     94,558     98,810    110,592
LSA Equity Growth (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  12.48   $  10.83   $   9.01   $  6.224
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 12.48   $  10.83   $   9.01   $  6.224   $  7.563
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year     8,359     54,291     90,631     85,390   $243,908
LSA Capital Growth(2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  12.21   $  11.00   $   9.28   $  6.910
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 12.21   $  11.00   $   9.28   $  6.910   $  8.401
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year    24,902    123,406    172,729    226,041    268,165
LSA Mid Cap Value (10)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                                                       $  8.246
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                                                          $ 11.591
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year                                               107,129
LSA Value Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  8.978
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  8.426   $ 11.525
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --     25,180    234,745
MFS New Discovery (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  11.03   $  12.52   $  11.72   $  8.978
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 11.03   $  12.52   $  11.72   $  8.978   $  9.800
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year    17,183     62,043    130,669    179,820     46,541
MFS Utilities (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  7.463
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  7.463   $ 11.152
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --     10,193     37,809
PAVIT OpCap Balanced (2) (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --         --         --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --         --         --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --         --         --
PAVIT OpCap Equity (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  8.359
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  8.359   $ 10.284
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --      6,880    158,681
PAVIT PEA Science and Technology (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  10.62   $  11.49   $  10.51   $  8.128
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 10.62   $  11.49   $  10.51   $  8.128   $ 10.284
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year     5,784     61,655     97,863    115,950    158,681
PAVIT OpCap Small Cap (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --   $  10.00   $   3.62   $  1.796
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --   $   3.62   $  1.796   $ 17.439
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --     14,533     63,153    137,092
Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  10.65   $  15.11   $  16.11   $ 12.422
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 10.65   $  15.11   $  16.11   $ 12.422   $ 11.113
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0     16,703     43,783     74,972    108,430
PIMCO VIT Foreign Bond (U.S. Dollar-Hedged)
(2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  7.829
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  7.829
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --     27,890
PIMCO VIT Money Market (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  10.28   $  10.97   $  11.61   $ 12.364
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 10.28   $  10.97   $  11.61   $ 12.364
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0      1,231      3,605     27,152
PIMCO VIT StocksPLUS Growth and Income (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  10.07   $  10.51   $  10.74   $ 10.717
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 10.07   $  10.51   $  10.74   $ 10.717
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year    10,350    104,093    239,107    467,548
PIMCO VIT Total Return Bond (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  11.64   $  10.37   $   9.03   $  7.094
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 11.64   $  10.37   $   9.03   $  7.094
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year    12,776     82,128    112,333    161,698
Putnam VT High Yield (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  10.13   $  10.98   $  11.71   $ 12.575
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 10.13   $  10.98   $  11.71   $ 12.575
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year       224     57,774    148,500    491,013
Rydex VT OTC (3)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  9.555
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  9.555
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --      6,438
Salomon Brothers Variable All Cap (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --   $  10.00   $   5.74      3.457
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --   $   5.74      3.457
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --     14,044     83,805
Salomon Brothers Variable Investors (6)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --         --         --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --         --         --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --         --         --
Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth (2) (9)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --         --         --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --         --         --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --         --         --
Van Kampen UIF High Yield (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  11.53   $  13.42   $  13.46   $  7.822
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 11.53   $  13.42   $  13.46   $  7.822
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year         0     64,958    121,931     60,785
Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Growth (2)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  13.80   $  12.58   $   8.75   $  5.929
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 13.80   $  12.58   $   8.75   $  5.929
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year     6,216     87,781    123,258    135,098
Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value (2) (10)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning            $ 10.00   $  12.05   $  13.14   $  12.52   $  8.867
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending               $ 12.05   $  13.14   $  12.52   $  8.867
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year     6,021     44,148     95,312    151,383
Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth (11)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --         --         --
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --         --         --
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --         --         --
Van Kampen LIT Growth and Income (4)
 Accumulation Unit Value Beginning                 --         --         --   $  10.00   $  8.144
 Accumulation Unit Value Ending                    --         --         --   $  8.144
 Number of Units Outstanding at End of Year        --         --         --     26,840

(1)  Accumulation Unit Value: unit of measure used to calculate the value of a
     Contract Owner's interest in a Subaccount for any Valuation Period. An
     Accumulation Unit Value does not reflect deduction of certain charges under
     the Contract that are deducted from your Contract Value, such as the
     Administrative Expense Charge.

(2)  First offered 10/18/1999.

(3)  First offered 1/17/2001.

(4)  First offered 5/1/2002.

(5)  First offered 5/1/03.(6) Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Balance Fund, LSA Basic
     Value Fund and LSA Value Equity Fund were merged into the PAVIT OpCap
     Balanced Portfolio, AIM V.I. Basic Value Fund - Series I and Salomon
     Brothers Variable Investors Fund - Class I, respectively. Accordingly, on
     4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Balanced Variable Sub-Account
     and the LSA Value Equity Variable Sub-Account to the PAVIT OpCap Balanced
     Variable Sub-Account, AIM V.I. Basic Value Variable Sub-Account and the
     Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Variable Sub-Account, respectively.

(6)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Balance Fund, LSA Basic Value Fund and LSA Value
     Equity Fund were merged into the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Portfolio, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Fund - Series I and Salomon Brothers Variable Investors Fund -
     Class I, respectively. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Balanced Variable Sub-Account and the LSA Value Equity Variable
     Sub-Account to the PAVIT OpCap Balanced Variable Sub-Account, AIM V.I.
     Basic Value Variable Sub-Account and the Salomon Brothers Variable
     Investors Variable Sub-Account, respectively.

(7)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Capital Appreciation Fund was merged into the
     Janus Aspen Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio - Institutional Shares.
     Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account to the Janus Aspen Serioed Capital
     Appreciation Variable Sub-Account.

(8)  Effective 5/1/04 the Janus Aspen Series International Portfolio - Service
     Shares changed its name to the Janus Aspen Foreign Stock Portfolio -
     Service Shares. We have made a corresponding change in the name of the
     Variable Sub-Account that invests in this Portfolio.

(9)  Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Blue Chip Fund, LSA Equity Growth Fund and LSA
     Capital Growth Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Blue Chip Variable Sub-Account, LSA Equity Growth Variable
     Sub-Account and LSA Capital Growth Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen
     UIF Equity Growth Variable Sub-Account.

(10) Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Fund and LSA MidCap
     Value Fund were merged into the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Portfolio, Class I. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of
     the LSA Diversified Mid-Cap Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA MidCap
     Value Variable Sub-Account to the Van Kampen UIF U.S. Mid Cap Value
     Variable Sub-Account.

(11) Effective 4/30/04, the LSA Aggressive Growth Fund and LSA Emerging Growth
     Fund were merged into the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Portfolio, Class
     II. Accordingly, on 4/30/04, we transferred the value of the LSA Aggressive
     Growth Variable Sub-Account and the LSA Emerging Growth Variable
     Sub-Account to the Van Kampen LIT Aggressive Growth Variable Sub-Account.

A brief explanation of how performance of the Subaccounts is calculated may be
found in the Statement of Additional Information.

                                  52 PROSPECTUS



APPENDIX B

                    ILLUSTRATION OF A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Purchase Payment:                          $ 40,000.00
Credit Enhancement:                        1,600.00
Guarantee Period:                          5 Years
Guaranteed Interest Rate:                  5% Annual Effective Rate
5-year Treasury Rate at Time of Purchase
Payment:                                   6%

The following examples illustrate how the Market Value Adjustment and the
Withdrawal Charge may affect the values of a Contract upon a withdrawal. The 5%
assumed Guaranteed Interest Rate is the rate required to be used in the "Summary
of Expenses." In these examples, the withdrawal occurs one year after (in the
second Contract Year) the Issue Date. The Market Value Adjustment operates in a
similar manner for transfers, except that there is no free amount for transfers.
No Withdrawal Charge applies to transfers.

Assuming that the entire $40,000.00 Purchase Payment and $1,600.00 Credit
Enhancement are allocated to the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account for the
Guarantee Period specified above, at the end of the five-year Guarantee Period
the Contract Value would be $53,093.31. After one year, when the withdrawals
occur in these examples, the Contract Value would be $43,680.00. We have assumed
that no prior partial withdrawals or transfers have occurred.

The Market Value Adjustment and the Withdrawal Charge only apply to the portion
of a withdrawal that is greater than the Free Withdrawal Amount. Accordingly,
the first step is to calculate the Free Withdrawal Amount.

The Free Withdrawal Amount is equal to:

(a)  the greater of:

.    earnings not previously withdrawn; or

.    15% of your total Purchase Payments in the most recent eight years; plus

(b)  an amount equal to your total Purchase Payments made more than eight years
     ago, to the extent not previously withdrawn.

Here, (a) equals $6,000.00, because 15% of the total Purchase Payments in the
most recent eight years ($6,000.00 = 15% x $40,000.00) is greater than the
earnings not previously withdrawn ($3,680.00). (B) equals $0, because all of the
Purchase Payments were made less than eight years age. Accordingly, the Free
Withdrawal Amount is $6,000.00.

The formula that we use to determine the amount of the Market Value Adjustment
is:

.9 x (I - J) x N,

where: I = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the relevant Guarantee
Period for the week preceding the beginning of the Guarantee Period;

J = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the relevant Guarantee Period for
the week preceding our receipt of your withdrawal request, death benefit
request, transfer request, or annuity option request; and

N = the number of whole and partial years from the date we receive your request
until the end of the relevant Guarantee Period.

We will base the Market Value Adjustment on the current Treasury Rate for a
maturity corresponding in length to the relevant Guarantee Period. These
examples also show the Withdrawal Charge (if any), which would be calculated
separately from the Market Value Adjustment.

EXAMPLE OF A DOWNWARD MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

A downward Market Value Adjustment results from a full or partial withdrawal
that occurs when interest rates have increased. Assume interest rates have
increased one year after the Purchase Payment, such that the five-year Treasury
Rate is now 6.5%. Upon a withdrawal, the market value adjustment factor would
be:

.9 x (.06 - .065) x 4 = -.0180

The Market Value Adjustment is a reduction of $678.24 from the amount withdrawn:

$-678.24 = -.0180 x ($43,680 - $6,000.00)

A Withdrawal Charge of 7% (assuming the Withdrawal occurs at the start of the
second Contract year) would be assessed against the Purchase Payments withdrawn
that are less than eight years old and are not eligible for free withdrawal.
Under the Contract, earnings are deemed to be withdrawn before Purchase
Payments. Accordingly, in this example, the amount of the Purchase Payment
eligible for free withdrawal would equal the Free Withdrawal Amount less the
interest credited or $2,320.00 ($6,000.00 - $3,680.00).

Therefore, the Withdrawal Charge would be:

$2,637.60 = 7% x (40,000.00 - $2,320.00)

As a result, the net amount payable to you would be:

$40,364.16 = $43,680.00 - $678.24 - $2,637.60

EXAMPLE OF AN UPWARD MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

An upward Market Value Adjustment results from a withdrawal that occurs when
interest rates have decreased. Assume interest rates have decreased one year

                                  53 PROSPECTUS



after the Purchase Payment, such that the five-year Treasury Rate is now 5.5%.
Upon a withdrawal, the market value adjustment factor would be:

.9 x (.06 - .055) x 4 = .0180

The Market Value Adjustment would increase the amount withdrawn by $648.00, as
follows:

$678.24 = .0180 x ($43,680 - $6,000.00)

As above, in this example, the amount of the Purchase Payment eligible for free
withdrawal would equal the Free Withdrawal Amount less the interest credited or
$2,320.00 ($6,000.00 - $3,680.00). Therefore, the Withdrawal Charge would be:

$2,637.60 = 7% x ($40,000.00 - $2,320.00)

As a result, the net amount payable to you would be:

$41,720.64 = $43,680.00 + $678.24 - $2,637.60

EXAMPLE OF A PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL

If you request a partial withdrawal from a Guarantee Period, we can either (1)
withdraw the specified amount of Contract Value and pay you that amount as
adjusted by any applicable Market Value Adjustment or (2) pay you the amount
requested, and subtract an amount from your Contract Value that equals the
requested amount after application of the Market Value Adjustment and Withdrawal
Charge. Unless you instruct us otherwise, when you request a partial withdrawal
we will assume that you wish to receive the amount requested. We will make the
necessary calculations and on your request provide you with a statement showing
our calculations.

For example, if in the first example you wished to receive $20,000.00 as a
partial withdrawal, the Market Value Adjustment and Withdrawal Charge would be
calculated as follows:

let: AW = the total amount to be withdrawn from your Contract Value

                          MVA = Market Value Adjustment

                             WC = Withdrawal Charge

AW' = amount subject to Market Value Adjustment and Withdrawal Charge

                         Then AW - $20,000.00 = WC - MVA

Since neither the Market Value Adjustment nor the Withdrawal Charge apply to the
free withdrawal amount, we can solve directly for the amount subject to the
Market Value Adjustment and the Withdrawal Charge (i.e., AW'), which equals AW ?
$6,000.00. Then, AW = AW' + $6,000, and AW' + $6,000.00 - $20,000.00 = WC - MVA.

MVA = -.018 x AW'

WC = .07 x AW'

WC - MVA = .088AW'

AW' - $14,000.00 = .088AW'

AW' = $14,000.00 / (1 - .088) = $15,350.88

MVA = -.018 x $15,350.88 = - $276.32

WC = .07 x $15,350.88 = $1,074.56

AW = Total amount withdrawn = $15,350.88 + $6,000.00 = $21,350.88

You receive $20,000.00; the total amount subtracted from your contract is
$21,350.88; the Market Value Adjustment is $276.32; and the Withdrawal Charge is
$1,074.56. Your remaining Contract Value is $20,649.12.

If, however, in the same example, you wished to withdraw $20,000.00 from your
Contract Value and receive the adjusted amount, the calculations would be as
follows:

By definition, AW = total amount withdrawn from your Contract Value = $20,000.00

AW' = amount that MVA & WC are applied to

= amount withdrawn in excess of Free Amount = $20,000.00 - $6,000.00 =
$14,000.00

MVA = -.018 x $14,000.00 = $-252.00

WC = .07 x $14,000.00 = $980.00

You would receive $20,000.00 - $252.00 - $980.00 = $18,768.00; the total amount
subtracted from your Contract Value is $20,000.00. Your remaining Contract Value
would be $22,000.00.

EXAMPLE OF FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT

Assume that in the foregoing example, after four years $10,565.06 in earnings;
including the Credit Enhancement had been credited and that the Contract Value
in the Fixed Account equaled $50,565.06. In this example, if no prior
withdrawals have been made, you could withdraw up to $10,565.06 without
incurring a Market Value Adjustment or a Withdrawal Charge. The Free Withdrawal
Amount would be $10,565.06, because the interest credited ($10,565.06) is
greater than 15% of the Total Purchase Payments in the most recent eight years
($40,000.00 x .15 = $6,000.00).

                 (THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY.)

                                  54 PROSPECTUS


                                    PART II
                  INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

Registrant anticipates that it will incur the following approximate expenses in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities to be
registered:

                   Registration fees.................. $    0
                   Cost of printing and engraving..... $1,900
                   Legal fees......................... $    0
                   Accounting fees.................... $    0
                   Mailing fees....................... $2,600

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

The Articles of Incorporation of Lincoln Benefit Life Company (Registrant)
provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers against expenses,
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement as incurred by such person, so
long as such person shall not have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or
misconduct in the performance of a duty to the Company. This right of indemnity
is not exclusive of other rights to which a director or officer may otherwise
be entitled.

Resolution Life, Inc. has obtained directors and officers liability insurance
which insures against certain liabilities that the directors and officers of
Resolution Life and its subsidiaries may, in such capacities, incur.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the even that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by final adjudication of
such issue.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Not Applicable.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

16(a)
Exh. No. Description

1 Form of Principal Underwriting Agreement. Incorporated herein by reference to
Post-Effective Amendment to Form N-4 for Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity
Account (File No. 333-50545, 811-07924) filed January 28, 1999.

1(a) Amended and Restated Principal Underwriting Agreement by and between
Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Allstate Distributors, LLC, effective April 1,
2014. Incorporated herein by reference to Lincoln Benefit Life Company's Form
S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 4,
2014 (SEC File No. 333-180371).

3(i) Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Lincoln Benefit Life
Company dated September 26, 2000, as amended by the Articles of Amendment to
the Articles of Incorporation of Lincoln Benefit Life Company dated January 21,
2015. Filed herewith.

3(ii) Amended and Restated By-Laws of Lincoln Benefit Life Company effective
March 10, 2006. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Lincoln
Benefit Life Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2006. (SEC File No. 333-111553)

4(a) Form of Variable Annuity Contract. Incorporated herein by reference to
Registration Statement on Form N-4 for Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity
Account (File No. 333-82427, 811-07924) filed July 8, 1999.


4(b) Form of Application. Incorporated herein by reference to Registration
Statement on Form N-4 for Lincoln Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account (File
No. 333-82427, 811-07924) filed July 8, 1999.

5(a) Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Incorporated herein by
reference to Post-Effective Amendment to Form S-3 on Form S-1 for Lincoln
Benefit Life Variable Annuity Account (File No. 333-88045) filed April 6, 2000.

5(b) Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Incorporated herein by
reference to Registrant's Form S-3 Registration Statement (File No. 333-158181)
dated March 24, 2009.

5(c) Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. (Incorporated by
reference to Registrant's Form S-1 Registration Statement (File No. 333-180371)
dated March 27, 2012).

5(d) Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding legality. Filed herewith.

8 None

9 None

10 Material Contracts

10.1 Administrative Services Agreement between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and
Allstate Life Insurance Company effective June 1, 2006. Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006. (SEC File No. 333-111553)

10.2 Principal Underwriting Agreement by and among Lincoln Benefit Life Company
and Allstate Distributors, LLC (ALFS, Inc., merged with and into Allstate
Distributors, LLC effective September 1, 2011) effective November 25, 1998.
(Variable Universal Life Account). Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10.6 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for
quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-66452)

10.3 Amended and Restated Principal Underwriting Agreement between Lincoln
Benefit Life Company and Allstate Distributors, LLC (ALFS, Inc. merged with and
into Allstate Distributors, LLC effective September 1, 2011) effective June 1,
2006. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Lincoln Benefit Life
Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 20, 2007. (SEC File
No. 333-111553)

10.4 Selling Agreement between Lincoln Benefit Life Company, Allstate
Distributors, LLC (ALFS, Inc., f/k/a Allstate Financial Services, Inc., merged
with and into Allstate Distributors, LLC effective September 1, 2011) and
Allstate Financial Services, LLC (f/k/a LSA Securities, Inc.) effective
August 2, 1999. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Allstate
Life Insurance Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2003. (SEC File
No. 000-31248)

10.5 Coinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company and Lincoln
Benefit Life Company, effective December 31, 2001. Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company's Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-66452)

10.6 Modified Coinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company and
Lincoln Benefit Life Company, effective December 31, 2001. Incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-111553)

10.7 Modified Coinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company and
Lincoln Benefit Life Company, effective December 31, 2001. Incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Lincoln Benefit Life Company's Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-66452)

10.8 Administrative Services Agreement between Allstate Distributors, LLC,
(ALFS, Inc., merged with and into Allstate Distributors, LLC effective
September 1, 2011) Allstate Life Insurance Company, Lincoln Benefit Life
Company and Charter National Life Insurance Company effective January 1, 2000.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Lincoln Benefit Life
Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. (SEC
File No. 333-111553)

10.9 Assignment & Delegation of Administrative Services Agreements,
Underwriting Agreements, and Selling Agreements entered into as of September 1,
2011 between ALFS, Inc., Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Life


Insurance Company of New York, Allstate Distributors, LLC, Charter National
Life Insurance Company, Intramerica Life Insurance Company, Allstate Financial
Services, LLC, and Lincoln Benefit Life Company. Incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Allstate Life Insurance Company's Current Report
on Form 8-K filed September 1, 2011. (SEC File No. 000-31248)

10.10 Reinsurance Agreement between Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Lincoln
Benefit Reinsurance Company effective September 30, 2012, Incorporated herein
by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Allstate Life Insurance Company's Current
Report on Form 8-K filed October 3, 2012. (SEC File No. 000-31248)

10.11 Recapture Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company ("ALIC") and
Lincoln Benefit Life Company ("LBL"), effective September 30, 2012.
Incorporated herein by reference to Lincoln Benefit Life Company's Form S-1
Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement filed on April 3,
2013. (SEC File No. 333-180371)

10.12 Voluntary Separation Agreement and Release by and between Allstate
Insurance Company and Anurag Chandra, dated October 17, 2013. Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company's Form S-1
Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 4,
2014. (SEC File No. 333-180371)

10.13 Voluntary Separation Agreement and Release by and between Allstate
Insurance Company and Lawrence W. Dahl, dated August 1, 2013. Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company's Form S-1
Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 4,
2014. (SEC File No. 333-180371)

10.14 Administrative Services Agreement by and between Lincoln Benefit Life
Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company, effective April 1, 2014.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of Lincoln Benefit Life
Company's Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement
filed on April 4, 2014. (SEC File No. 333-180371)

10.15 Amended and Restated Reinsurance Agreement by and between Lincoln Benefit
Life Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company, effective April 1, 2014.
Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of Lincoln Benefit Life
Company's Form S-1 Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement
filed on April 4, 2014. (SEC File No. 333-180371)

10.16 Partial Commutation Agreement by and between Allstate Life Insurance
Company and Lincoln Benefit Life Company, effective April 1, 2014. Incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of Lincoln Benefit Life Company's Form S-1
Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement filed on April 4,
2014. (SEC File No. 333-180371)

11 None

12 None

15 Not applicable.

16 Letter re: change in certifying accountant. Filed herewith.

21 Subsidiaries of the registrant. Filed herewith.

23 Consents of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms. Filed herewith.

24 Powers of Attorney for Stephen Campbell, Richard Carbone, Clive Cowdery,
Ann Frohman, Jon Hack, Robert Stein and Grace Vandecruze. Filed herewith.

25 None

26 None

99 Experts. Filed herewith.

Exhibit List for XBRL Docs:

101.INS XBRL Instance Document


101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

16(b)

Financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X (17 CFR Part 210) and
Item 11(e) of Form S-1 are included in Part I.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to the registration statement:

(i) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities
Act of 1933;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective
amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a
fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities
offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that
which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the
estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus
filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the
maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration
Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof;

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of
the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of
1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of
a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration
statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on
Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration
statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided,
however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that
is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or
deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus
that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time
of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement
that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the
registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such
date of first use.


		Page

Item 3(c)	Risk Factors		1
Item 11(a)	Description of Business		9
Item 11(b)	Description of Property		10
Item 11(c)	Legal Proceedings		10
Item 11(e)	Financial Statements and Notes to Financial Statements		11
Item 11(f)	Selected Financial Data		67
Item 11(h)	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		67
Item 11(i)	Changes in or Disagreements with Accountants		87
Item 11(j)	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		88
Item 11(k)	Directors and Executive Officers		88
Item 11(l)	Executive Compensation		89
Item 11(m)	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management		123
Item 11(n)	Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons		126
Other Information			130


	Page(s)

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms		12-13

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Successor) and Balance Sheet (Predecessor)		14

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Successor) and Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Predecessor)		15

Consolidated Statement of Shareholder’s Equity (Successor) and Statements of Shareholder’s Equity (Predecessor)		16

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Successor) and Statements of Cash Flows (Predecessor)		17

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		18-64

Schedule I — Consolidated Summary of Investments — Other than Investments in Related Parties		65

Schedule IV — Consolidated Reinsurance		66


	Successor 12/31/2014			Predecessor 12/31/2013
ASSETS
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value (amortized cost $9,231,856 and $284,928)	$	9,390,647		$	290,882
Commercial mortgage loans		1,115,167			—
Policy loans		194,385			—
Short-term investments		361,369			55,959
Other invested assets		26,897			—

Total Investments		11,088,465			346,841
Cash		49,730			5,100
Accrued investment income		96,408			—
Reinsurance recoverables — nonaffiliates		5,694,965			2,190,417
Reinsurance recoverables — affiliates		—			14,518,174
Valuation of business acquired		231,521			—
Deposit receivable		1,383,388			—
Other assets		592,202			83,735
Separate account assets		1,573,865			1,700,566

Total Assets	$	20,710,544		$	18,844,833

LIABILITIES
Future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities	$	6,463,964		$	3,557,411
Policyholders’ account balances		9,829,337			13,124,115
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		188,616			112,576
Modified coinsurance payable		1,383,388			—
Current income tax		—			3,906
Deferred income tax, net		40,732			2,564
Other long-term debt — affiliate		551,600			—
Separate account liabilities		1,573,865			1,700,566

Total Liabilities	$	20,031,502		$	18,501,138

Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 12)
SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
Common stock, $100 par value, 30,000 shares authorized, 25,000 shares issued and outstanding	$	2,500		$	2,500
Additional paid-in capital		593,558			180,000
Accumulated other comprehensive income		85,498			3,870
Retained earnings		(2,514	)		157,325

Total Shareholder’s Equity		679,042			343,695

Total Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity	$	20,710,544		$	18,844,833


	Successor			Predecessor
	For the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014			For the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014			For the Year Ended December 31, 2013			For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
Revenues
Premiums earned	$	20,384		$	—		$	—		$	—
Fee income from policyholders		259,169			—			—			—
Net investment income		288,571			2,350			10,935			11,590
Realized investment gains, net		46,092			285			—			626

Total revenues	$	614,216		$	2,635		$	10,935		$	12,216

Expenses
Policyholder benefits	$	216,543		$	—		$	—		$	—
Return credited to policyholders’ account balances		256,703			—			—			—
Operating and acquisition expenses		96,050			—			—			—

Total expenses	$	569,296		$	—		$	—		$	—

Income Before Federal Income Tax	$	44,920		$	2,635		$	10,935		$	12,216
Federal Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
Current		—			914			3,902			4,145
Deferred		14,234			8			(77	)		128

Total income tax expense (benefit)		14,234			922			3,825			4,273

NET INCOME	$	30,686		$	1,713		$	7,110		$	7,943

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
Net unrealized investment gains (losses):
Unrealized investment gains (losses) for the period	$	131,433		$	2,364		$	(15,281	)	$	977
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses included in net income		—			285			1			596

Net unrealized investment gains (losses)		131,433			2,079			(15,282	)		381

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
Less: Income tax (benefit) related to:
Unrealized investment gains (losses) for the period		(45,935	)		(828	)		5,349			(343	)
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses included in net income		—			(100	)		—			(209	)

Net unrealized investment gains (losses)		(45,935	)		(728	)		5,349			(134	)

Other comprehensive (loss) income		85,498			1,351			(9,933	)		247

Comprehensive (loss) income	$	116,184		$	3,064		$	(2,823	)	$	8,190


	Common Stock				Additional Paid-In Capital		Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Shareholder’s Equity


Predecessor	Shares		Amount
Balance, December 31, 2011		25,000	$	2,500	$	180,000	$	142,272		$	13,556		$	338,328
Comprehensive income (loss)
Net income (loss)		—		—		—		7,943			—			7,943
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		—		—		—		—			247			247

Total comprehensive income (loss)														8,190

Balance, December 31, 2012		25,000	$	2,500	$	180,000	$	150,215		$	13,803		$	346,518
Comprehensive income (loss)
Net income (loss)		—		—		—		7,110			—			7,110
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		—		—		—		—			(9,933	)		(9,933	)

Total comprehensive income (loss)														(2,823	)

Balance, December 31, 2013		25,000	$	2,500	$	180,000	$	157,325		$	3,870		$	343,695
Comprehensive income (loss)
Net income (loss)		—		—		—		1,713			—			1,713
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		—		—		—		—			1,351			1,351

Total comprehensive income (loss)														3,064

Balance, March 31, 2014 (Note 1)		25,000	$	2,500	$	180,000	$	159,038		$	5,221		$	346,759


Successor
Balance, April 1, 2014 (Note 1)		25,000	$	2,500	$	593,308	$	—		$	—		$	595,808
Dividends to shareholder		—		—		—		(33,200	)		—			(33,200	)
Capital contribution		—		—		250		—			—			250
Comprehensive income
Net income		—		—		—		30,686			—			30,686
Other comprehensive income, net of tax		—		—		—		—			85,498			85,498

Total comprehensive income											—			116,184

Balance, December 31, 2014		25,000	$	2,500	$	593,558	$	(2,514	)	$	85,498		$	679,042


	Successor			Predecessor
	For the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014			For the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014			For the Year Ended December 31, 2013			For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
*Cash flows from operating activities:*
Net income	$	30,686		$	1,713		$	7,110		$	7,943
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash:
Policy charges and fee income		(259,169	)		—			—			—
Return credited to policyholders’ account balances		256,703			—			—			—
Realized Investment gains, net		(46,092	)		(285	)		—			(626	)
Amortization/accretion of bond premium, net		44,112			94			630			781
Amortization of value of business acquired		38,987			—			—			—
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Decrease (increase) in insurance related liabilities and policy-related balances		(21,964	)		6,402			(6,147	)		14,398
Decrease (increase) in receivable from/payable to affiliate		—			24,358			(17,255	)		25,752
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)		14,234			921			(329	)		(516	)
Decrease (increase) in accrued investment income		6,838
Decrease (increase) in other assets and liabilities		31,780			(23,192	)		16,007			(32,761	)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		96,115			10,011			16			14,971

*Cash flows from investing activities:*
Fixed maturities, available for sale
Proceeds from sales and maturities		1,844,344			21,341			62,645			54,521
Purchases		(1,898,874	)		—			(38,896	)		(51,209	)
Proceeds from sales and maturities of commercial mortgage loans		150,849			—			—			—
Net purchases, sales, maturities of derivatives		(8,636	)		—			—			—
Net purchases, sales, maturities of other investments		620,425			55,924			(31,738	)		(11,216	)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		708,108			77,265			(7,989	)		(7,904	)

*Cash flows from financing activities:*
Policyholders’ account deposits		340,128			—			—			—
Policyholders’ account withdrawals		(1,141,289	)		—			—			—
Dividends paid to shareholder		(33,200	)		—			—			—
Change in overdrafts		39,089			—			—			—
Capital contribution		250			—			—			—

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(795,022	)		—			—			—

Net increase (decrease) in cash		9,201			87,276			(7,973	)		7,067
Cash, beginning of period		40,529			5,100			13,073			6,006

Cash, end of period	$	49,730		$	92,376		$	5,100		$	13,073

Supplemental schedule of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year:
Income taxes paid	$	—		$	—		$	4,200		$	4,800
Interest paid	$	4,585		$	—		$	—		$	—
Commutation Agreement proceeds (see Note 1):
Cash received on April 1, 2014	$	—		$	143,348		$	—		$	—
Cash received subsequent to April 1, 2014	$	—		$	5,946		$	—		$	—
Invested assets transferred	$	—		$	11,482,637		$	—		$	—
Noncash activities
Issuance of vehicle note	$	513,000		$	—		$	—		$	—
Issuance of other long-term debt	$	513,000		$	—		$	—		$	—
Interest income on vehicle note	$	15,711		$	—		$	—		$	—
Interest expense on other long-term debt	$	15,711		$	—		$	—		$	—
Increase in vehicle note and other long-term debt	$	38,600		$	—		$	—		$	—
Increase in modified coinsurance payable and deposit receivable	$	166,963		$	—		$	—		$	—


($ in thousands)
Assets
Fixed maturities	$	9,194,903
Commercial mortgage loans		1,263,902
Policy loans		196,451
Short-term investments		979,728
Other invested assets		1,104
Cash		40,529
Accrued investment income		103,246
Reinsurance recoverable		5,606,879
Value of business acquired		290,795
Deposit receivable		1,550,351
Intangibles		5,200
Other assets		554,176
Separate account assets		1,661,007

Total assets acquired		21,448,271

Liabilities
Future policy benefits and other policyholder liabilities		6,682,833
Policyholders’ account balances		10,367,246
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		78,026
Modified coinsurance payable		1,550,351
Other long-term debt — affiliate		513,000
Separate account liabilities		1,661,007

Total liabilities assumed		20,852,463

Net assets acquired	$	595,808


December 31, 2014 — Successor ($ in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Fixed maturities
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. Government Authority and Agencies	$	810,057	$	47,859	$	(590	)	$	857,326
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions		250,008		5,638		(437	)		255,209
All other corporate securities		7,279,391		132,480		(34,126	)		7,377,745
ABS		373,304		6,107		(2,408	)		377,003
CMBS		331,041		3,507		(1,065	)		333,483
RMBS		188,055		2,849		(1,023	)		189,881

Total fixed maturities	$	9,231,856	$	198,440	$	(39,649	)	$	9,390,647




December 31, 2013 — Predecessor ($ in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Fixed maturities
U.S. government and agenciies	$	70,790	$	3,113	$	(57	)	$	73,846
Municipal		2,499		270		—			2,769
Corporate		190,186		5,784		(3,993	)		191,977
Foreign government		4,999		165		—			5,164
CMBS		2,588		88		—			2,676
RMBS		13,866		584		—			14,450

Total fixed maturities	$	284,928	$	10,004	$	(4,050	)	$	290,882


($ in thousands)	Carrying Value
Alabama	$	1,720
Arizona		35,481
California		255,563
Colorado		22,381
Florida		20,779
Georgia		27,502
Hawaii		8,125
Illinois		53,174
Iowa		1,490
Kentucky		8,260
Maine		4,114
Maryland		35,536
Massachusetts		92,963
Minnesota		52,496
Missouri		9,324
Nevada		14,705
New Jersey		84,007
New York		72,625
North Carolina		31,111
Ohio		38,400
Oklahoma		10,835
Pennsylvania		37,688
South Carolina		3,130
Tennessee		5,719
Texas		103,778
Utah		45,914
Virginia		18,572
Washington		13,138
Wisconsin		6,637
General allowance for loan loss		—

Total commercial mortgage loans	$	1,115,167


	Recorded Investment
	Debt Service Coverage Ratios
($ in thousands)	> 1.20x		1.00x - 1.20x		< 1.00x		Total		% of Total			Estimated Fair Value		% of Total
Loan-to-value ratios:
Less than 65%	$	930,592	$	151,700	$	29,460	$	1,111,752		98	%	$	1,146,030		98	%
65% to 75%		16,591		10,537		—		27,128		2			28,275		2
76% to 80%		—		—		—		—		—			—		—
Greater than 80%		—		—		—		—		—			—		—

Total	$	947,183	$	162,237	$	29,460	$	1,138,880		100	%	$	1,174,305		100	%


	Successor
($ in thousands)	December 31, 2014
Low income housing tax credit properties	$	896
Derivatives		26,001

	$	26,897


Successor	Less than 12 months					Greater than 12 months
December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands)	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
Fixed maturities
U.S. Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. Government Authority and Agencies	$	71,766	$	(590	)	$	—	$	—		$	71,766	$	(590	)
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions		37,543		(437	)		—		—			37,543		(437	)
All other corporate securities		1,683,185		(34,126	)		—		—			1,683,185		(34,126	)
ABS		115,568		(2,408	)		—		—			115,568		(2,408	)
CMBS		135,203		(1,065	)		—		—			135,203		(1,065	)
RMBS		92,804		(1,023	)		—		—			92,804		(1,023	)

Total fixed income securities	$	2,136,069	$	(39,649	)	$	—	$	—		$	2,136,069	$	(39,649	)




Predecessor	Less than 12 months					Greater than 12 months
December 31, 2013 ($ in thousands)	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Losses
Fixed maturities
U.S. government agencies	$	4,942	$	(57	)	$	—	$	—		$	4,942	$	(57	)
Corporate		75,754		(3,795	)		1,770		(198	)		77,524		(3,993	)

Total fixed income securities	$	80,696	$	(3,852	)	$	1,770	$	(198	)	$	82,466	$	(4,050	)


($ in thousands) Predecessor	Net Unrealized Gain (Losses) on Investments			VOBA			Future Policy Benefits and Policyholders’ Account Balances			Deferred Income Tax (Liability) Asset			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Related to Net Unrealized Investment Gains (Losses)
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	20,855		$	—		$	—		$	(7,299	)	$	13,556
Net investment gains and losses on investments arising during the period		977			—			—			(343	)		634
Reclassification adjustment for gains and losses included in net income		596			—			—			(209	)		387

Balance, December 31, 2012	$	21,236		$	—		$	—		$	(7,433	)	$	13,803
Net investment gains and losses on investments arising during the period		(15,281	)		—			—			5,349			(9,932	)
Reclassification adjustment for gains and losses included in net income		1			—			—			—			1

Balance, December 31, 2013	$	5,954		$	—		$	—		$	(2,084	)	$	3,870
Net investment gains and losses on investments arising during the period		2,364			—			—			(828	)		1,536
Reclassification adjustment for gains and losses included in net income		285			—			—			(100	)		185

Balance, March 31, 2014	$	8,033		$	—		$	—		$	(2,812	)	$	5,221



Successor
Balance, April 1, 2014	$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Net investment gains and losses on investments arising during the period		159,261			—			—			(55,674	)		103,587
Reclassification adjustment for gains and losses included in net income		—			—			—			—			—
Impact of net unrealized investment gains and losses on VOBA		—			(20,287	)		—			7,100			(13,187	)
Impact of net unrealized investment gains and losses on future policy benefits and policyholders’ account balances		—			—			(7,541	)		2,639			(4,902	)

Balance, December 31, 2014	$	159,261		$	(20,287	)	$	(7,541	)	$	(45,935	)	$	85,498


($ in thousands)	Succesor
	December 31, 2014
			Gross Fair Value
Primary Underlying	Notional		Assets		Liabilities
Assets
Equity options	$	624	$	68,776	$	(43,104	)
Futures		10		329		—
Liabilities
Policyholders account balances
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts
Equity-indexed annuity contracts⁽³⁾	$	1,734,264	$	—	$	(63,660	)
Equity-indexed life contracts⁽³⁾		347,610		—		(18,720	)
Guaranteed accumulation benefits⁽¹⁾		120,714		—		(6,367	)
Guaranteed withdrawal benefits⁽¹⁾		17,102		—		(366	)


($ in thousands)	Predecessor
	December 31, 2013
			Gross Fair Value
Primary Underlying	Notional		Assets		Liabilities
Liabilities
Policyholders account balances
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts
Equity-indexed and forward starting options in life and annuity product contracts⁽²⁾		2,591,090		—		(258,415	)
Guaranteed accumulation benefits⁽²⁾		152,936		—		(8,970	)
Guaranteed withdrawal benefits⁽²⁾		22,199		—		(474	)


	Successor
($ in thousands)	For the Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014
($ in thousands)	Realized Investment Gains (Losses)		Policyholder Benefits
Assets
Equity Options	$	15,230	$	—
Futures	$	2,187	$	—
Liabilities
Policyholders’ account balances
Equity-indexed annuity contracts	$	—	$	(5,622	)
Equity-indexed life contracts				90


($ in thousands)	Predecessor
	For the Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014				For the Year Ended December 31, 2013				For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
	Interest Credited⁽¹⁾		Policyholder Benefits⁽¹⁾		Interest Credited⁽¹⁾		Policyholder Benefits⁽¹⁾		Interest Credited⁽¹⁾		Policyholder Benefits⁽¹⁾
Liabilities
Policyholders’ account balances
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts	$	16,427	$	946	$	36,890	$	10,177	$	186,625	$	5,126


Level 1		Assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market that the Company can access.

Level 2		Assets and liabilities whose values are based on the following:

		(a) Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;

		(b) Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or

		(c) Valuation models whose inputs are observable, directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3		Assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use in valuing the assets and liabilities.


($ in thousands)
Description for Each Class of Asset or Liability	Level 1			Level 2			Level 3			Total
Assets at fair value
Fixed maturities
U.S Treasury Securities and Obligations of U.S. Government Authority and Agencies	$	—		$	857,326		$	—		$	857,326
Obligations of U.S. States and Political Subdivisions		—			255,209			—			255,209
All Other Corporate Securities		—			7,370,409			7,336			7,377,745
ABS		—			371,753			5,250			377,003
CMBS		—			330,790			2,693			333,483
RMBS		—			189,881			—			189,881
Short term investments		191,979			145,676			23,713			361,368
Other invested assets
Equity Options		25,672			—			—			25,672
Futures		329			—			—			329
Separate accounts assets		1,573,865			—			—			1,573,865

Total assets at fair value	$	1,791,845		$	9,521,044		$	38,992		$	11,351,881

Liabilities at fair value
Policyholders’ account balances
Equity indexed annuity contracts	$	—		$	—		$	(63,660	)	$	(63,660	)
Equity indexed life contracts		—			(18,720	)		—			(18,720	)
Guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits		—			—			(6,367	)		(6,367	)
Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits								(366	)		(366	)
Separate accounts liabilities		(1,573,865	)		—			—			(1,573,865	)

Total liabilites at fair value	$	(1,573,865	)	$	(18,720	)	$	(70,393	)	$	(1,662,978	)


($ in thousands)	Balance as of April 1, 2014			Net income (loss)			OCI			Transfers to Level 3		Transfers out of Level 3			Purchases		Sales			Issues		Settlements		Balance, December 31, 2014
Assets
Fixed income securities
All other corporate securities	$	400,527		$	6,693		$	(7,841	)	$	—	$	(291,802	)	$	4,930	$	(97,228	)	$	—	$	—	$	15,279
Short-term investments	$	24,095		$	29		$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	(411	)	$	—	$	—	$	23,713
Liabilities
Equity indexed annuity contracts	$	(58,038	)	$	(5,622	)	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	(63,660	)
Equity indexed life contracts	$	(15,691	)	$	(3,029	)	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	(18,720	)
Guaranteed minimium accumulation benefits and guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits⁽¹⁾	$	(8,499	)	$	1,766		$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—	$	(6,733	)


($ in thousands)	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)			Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)			Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)			Balance as of December 31, 2013
Assets:
Fixed maturities:
U.S. government and agencies	$	27,520		$	46,326		$	—		$	73,846
Municipal		—			2,769			—			2,769
Corporate		—			191,977			—			191,977
Foreign government		—			5,164			—			5,164
RMBS		—			14,450			—			14,450
CMBS		—			2,676			—			2,676

Total fixed maturities		27,520			263,362			—			290,882
Short-term investments		20,764			35,195			—			55,959
Separate account assets		1,700,566			—			—			1,700,566

Total assets at fair value	$	1,748,850		$	298,557		$	—		$	2,047,407

% of total assets at fair value		85.4	%		14.6	%		—	%		100.0	%
Liabilities:
Policyholders’ account balances: Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts	$	—		$	—		$	(267,859	)	$	(267,859	)

Total liabilities at fair value	$	—		$	—		$	(267,859	)	$	(267,859	)

% of total liabilities at fair value		—	%		—	%		100.0	%		100.0	%


($ in thousands)				Total gains (losses) included in:
($ in thousands)	Balance as of December 31, 2013			Net income⁽¹⁾		OCI			Transfers into Level 3		Transfers out of Level 3
Liabilities
Policyholders’ account balances:
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts	$	(267,859	)	$	18,525	$	—		$	—	$	—

Total recurring Level 3 liabilities	$	(267,859	)	$	18,525	$	—		$	—	$	—


	Purchases			Sales		Issues			Settlements		Balance as of March 31, 2014
Liabilities
Policyholders’ account balances:
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts	$	—		$	—	$	(3,764	)	$	2,612	$	(250,486	)

Total recurring Level 3 liabilities	$	—		$	—	$	(3,764	)	$	2,612	$	(250,486	)


($ in thousands)	Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014		As of December 31, 2013		As of December 31, 2012
Liabilities
Policyholders’ account balances:
Derivatives embedded in life and annuity contracts	$	18,525	$	43,244	$	131,054

Total recurring Level 3 liabilities	$	18,525	$	43,244	$	131,054


($ in thousands)	For the Period from April 1, 2014 Through December 31, 2014
Direct	$	921,444
Assumed		5,258
Ceded		(702,833	)

Premiums and fee income, net of reinsurance	$	223,869


($ in thousands)	Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014			2013			2012
Direct	$	331,899		$	1,331,597		$	1,298,864
Assumed		1,581			6,830			6,784
Ceded:
Affiliate		(244,797	)		(962,576	)		(908,459	)
Non-affiliate		(88,683	)		(375,851	)		(397,189	)

Premiums and fee income, net of reinsurance	$	—		$	—		$	—


($ in thousands)	December 31, 2014
Deferred tax assets
Policyholder reserves	$	2,057,627
Deferred acquisition costs		24,850
Premiums receivable		8,197
Net operating loss carryforward		7,500
Other assets		38

Total deferred tax assets	$	2,098,212

Deferred tax liabilities
Value of business acquired	$	(81,032	)
Amounts recoverable from reinsurers		(2,010,157	)
Investments		(45,935	)
Intangibles		(1,820	)

Total deferred tax liabilities	$	(2,138,944	)

Net deferred tax liability	$	(40,732	)


($ in thousands)	For the Period from April 1, 2014 Through December 31, 2014
Expected federal income tax expense	$	15,722
Dividends received deduction		(1,470	)
Other		(18	)

Total income tax expense	$	14,234


($ in thousands)	2013
Deferred assets
Reinsurance recoverables	$	497
Other assets		4

Total deferred assets		501

Deferred liabilities
Unrealized net capital gains		(2,084	)
Accrued expenses		(981	)
Other liabilities		—

Total deferred liabilities		(3,065	)

Net deferred liability	$	(2,564	)


Product	Mortality	Interest rate	Estimation method
Traditional life insurance	Actual company experience plus loading	Interest rate assumptions range from 2.5% to 8.0%	Net level premium reserve method using the Company’s withdrawal experience rates; includes reserves for unpaid claims

Immediate fixed annuities	1983 individual annuity mortality table with internal modifications; 1983 individual annuity mortality table; Annuity 2000 mortality table with internal modifications	Interest rate assumptions range from 0% to 8.8%	Present value of expected future benefits based on historical experience

Accident and health insurance	Actual company experience plus loading	Interest rate assumptions range from 4.0% to 5.3%	Unearned premium; additional contract reserves for mortality risk and unpaid claims

Other: Variable annuity guaranteed minimum death benefits	Annuity 2000 mortality table with internal modifications	Interest rate assumptions range from 4.0% to 5.8%	Projected benefit ratio applied to cumulative assessments


Product	Interest rate	Withdrawal/surrender charges
Interest-sensitive life insurance	Interest rates credited range from 0% to 10.0% for equity-indexed life (whose returns are indexed to the S&P 500) and 2.6% to 6.0% for all other products	Either a percentage of account balance or dollar amount grading off generally over 20 years

Fixed annuities	Interest rates credited range from 0% to 8.8% for immediate annuities; 0% to 7.0% for equity-indexed annuities (whose returns are indexed to the S&P 500); and 1.0% to 6.0% for all other products	Either a declining or a level percentage charge generally over ten years or less. Additionally, approximately 18.7% of fixed annuities are subject to market value adjustment for discretionary withdrawals.

Other investment contracts: Guaranteed minimum income, accumulation and withdrawal benefits on variable and fixed annuities and secondary guarantees on interest-sensitive life and fixed annuities	Interest rates used in establishing reserves range from 1.7% to 10.3%	Withdrawal and surrender charges are based on the terms of the related interest-sensitive life insurance or fixed annuity contract


	Successor
	December 31, 2014
($ in millions)	In the Event of Death		At Annuitization/ Accumulation⁽¹⁾		For Cumulative Periodic Withdrawals		Accumulation at Specified Dates
*Variable Annuity Contracts*
Separate Account value	$	742.7	$	151.9	$	16.6	$	118.4
Net amount at risk	$	57.2	$	15.2	$	0.1	$	6.2
Average attained age of contractholders		60 years		N/A		N/A		N/A
Weighted average waiting period until guarantee date		N/A		None		N/A		6 years
*Variable Life, Variable Universal Life and Universal Life Contracts*
No Lapse Guarantees:
Separate Account value	$	325.1
General account value	$	31518.3
Net amount at risk	$	89,942.8
Average attained age of contractholders		51 years


	GMDB		GMIB		GMWB/ GMAB		Secondary Guarantees
($ in thousands)	Variable Annuity		Variable Annuity		Variable Annuity		Interest- Sensitive Life and Fixed Annuities			Total
Predecessor
Balance as of December 21, 2012	$	9,390	$	19,484	$	19,621	$	200,688		$	249,183
Less: reinsurance recoverable		9,390		19,484		19,621		200,688			249,183

Net balance as of December 31, 2012		—		—		—		—			—
Incurred guarantee benefits		—		—		—		—			—
Paid guarantee benefits		—		—		—		—			—

Net change		—		—		—		—			—
Net balance as of December 31, 2013		—		—		—		—			—
Plus reinsurance recoverable		8,444		8,743		9,444		281,771			308,402

Balance as of December 31, 2013	$	8,444	$	8,743	$	9,444	$	281,771		$	308,402

Less: reinsurance recoverable		8,444		8,743		9,444		281,771			308,402
Net balance as of December 31, 2013		—		—		—		—			—
Incurred guarantee benefits		—		—		—		—			—
Paid guarantee benefits		—		—		—		—			—

Net change		—		—		—		—			—
Net balance as of March 31, 2014		—		—		—		—			—
Plus reinsurance recoverable		8,057		7,122		8,499		293,704			317,382

Balance as of March 31, 2014	$	8,057	$	7,122	$	8,499	$	293,704		$	317,382



Successor
Balance as of April 1, 2014	$	8,057	$	7,122	$	8,499	$	552,163		$	575,841
Less: reinsurance recoverable		8,057		7,122		8,499		67,288			90,966

Net balance as of April 1, 2014		—		—		—		484,875			484,875
Incurred guarantee benefits		—		—		—		159,104			159,104
Paid guarantee benefits		—		—		—		(108,252	)		(108,252	)

Net change		—		—		—		50,852			50,852
Net balance as of December 31, 2014		—		—		—		535,727			535,727
Plus reinsurance recoverable		8,358		8,240		6,733		83,733			107,064

Balance as of December 31, 2014	$	8,358	$	8,240	$	6,733	$	619,460		$	642,791


($ in thousands)	For the Period from April 1, 2014 Through December 31, 2014
Balance at beginning of period	$	290,795
Business acquired		—
Amortized to expense during the year⁽¹⁾		(38,987	)
Adjustment for unrealized investment gains during the year		(20,287	)

Balance at end of year	$	231,521


	VOBA Amortization
2015		14	%
2016		12	%
2017		11	%
2018		9	%
2019 and thereafter		54	%


(in thousands)
2015	$	97
2016		194
2017		207
2018		212
2019		217
All future years		1,712

Aggregate total	$	2,639


($ in thousands)	Gross Amount		Ceded to Other Companies			Assumed from Other Companies		Net Amount		Percentage of Amount Assumed to Net
*Successor*
Period from April 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014
Life insurance in force	$	395,385,878	$	388,790,881		$	5,106,566	$	11,701,563		43.6	%

Premiums and contract charges:
Life and annuities	$	869,472	$	(669,382	)	$	5,258	$	205,348		2.6	%
Accident and health insurance		51,972		(33,451	)		—		18,521		0.0	%

	$	921,444	$	(702,833	)	$	5,258	$	223,869		2.3	%




*Predecessor*
Period from January 1, 2014 through March 31, 2014
Premiums and contract charges:
Life and annuities	$	313,410	$	(314,991	)	$	1,581	$	—		0.0	%
Accident and health insurance		18,489		(18,489	)		—		—		0.0	%

	$	331,899	$	(333,480	)	$	1,581	$	—		0.0	%

Year ended December 31, 2013
Life insurance in force	$	389,941,404	$	395,421,202		$	5,479,798	$	—		0.0	%

Premiums and contract charges:
Life and annuities	$	1,250,623	$	(1,257,453	)	$	6,830	$	—		0.0	%
Accident and health insurance		80,974		(80,974	)		—		—		0.0	%

	$	1,331,597	$	(1,338,427	)	$	6,830	$	—		0.0	%

Year ended December 31, 2012
Life insurance in force	$	378,467,115	$	384,205,939		$	5,738,824	$	—		0.0	%

Premiums and contract charges:
Life and annuities	$	1,201,592	$	(1,208,376	)	$	6,784	$	—		0.0	%
Accident and health insurance		97,272		(97,272	)		—		—		0.0	%

	$	1,298,864	$	(1,305,648	)	$	6,784	$	—		0.0	%